Am400 SM De-Gb

AM-400DE
SERVICE MANUAL
No. 00ZAM400DESME
DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM

MODEL AM-400DE
MODEL SELECTION CODE DESTINATION
AM-400 DE Germany
AM-400 F France
Illustration: AM-400DE AM-400 IT Italy
AM-400 SE Sweden
AM-400 H U.K.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [3] Circuit description of LIU PWB ....................5-19
[1] Caution........................................................... 1-1 [4] Circuit description of power supply PWB......5-21
[2] Specifications ................................................. 1-3 [5] Circuit description of CIS unit ......................5-23
[3] Operation panel.............................................. 1-4 [6] Circuit description of operation panel
[4] Transmittable documents ............................... 1-5 PWB ............................................................5-24
[5] Installation ...................................................... 1-6 [7] Data flow chart.............................................5-25
[8] Troubleshooting ...........................................5-26
CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS
[1] Adjustments ................................................... 2-1 CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS
[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches............ 2-7 LAYOUT
[3] Troubleshooting ........................................... 2-30 [1] Control PWB circuit .......................................6-1
[4] Error code table............................................ 2-31 [2] LIU PWB circuit ...........................................6-14
[3] Power Supply PWB circuit...........................6-17
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION [4] High Voltage PWB circuit.............................6-19
[1] Mechanical description................................... 3-1 [5] Operation Panel PWB circuit .......................6-22
[2] Disassembly and assembly procedures....... 3-18
CHAPTER 7. OPERATION FLOWCHART
CHAPTER 4. DIADRAMS [1] Protocol .........................................................7-1
[1] Block diagram ................................................ 4-1 [2] Power on sequence.......................................7-2
[2] Wiring diagram ............................................... 4-2
[3] Point-to-point diagram.................................... 4-3 CHAPTER 8. OTHER
[1] Service tools ..................................................8-1
CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION [2] Rewriting version up the FLASH ROM ..........8-2
[1] Circuit description........................................... 5-1
[2] Circuit description of control PWB.................. 5-1 Parts Guide
Parts marked with " " are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for
maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
This document has been published to be used

SHARP CORPORATION for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
AM-400DE
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AM-400DE
Service Manual
[1] Caution
1. Laser caution
This laser facsimile is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 of the CDRH or IEC60825-1 standard. This means that
this machine dose not produce a hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified
herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
This laser radiation isn't a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved on the eyes retina, there is danger of spot
damage to the retina.
The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of servicing.
1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as a unit, not an individual part.
2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the toner/developer unit and drum cartridge.
3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connected when removing and installing the optical sys-
tem.
4) The cover of Laser Printer Unit contains the safety interlock switch.
Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot.
CLASS 1
LASER PRODUCT
LASER KLASSE 1
Laser Wave Length : 770 nm -795 nm

Laser Pulse Times : 72.58 ns
Laser Output Power : max. 4.0 mW
2. Life of consumable
Section Part Estimated Life Replaced by

Toner cartridge Replacement cartridge (AM-30DC) 3,000 prints (at Letter/5% chart) User
Drum cartridge Replacement cartridge (AM-90DR) 20,000 prints (at Letter/5% chart) User
Paper feed Transfer roller (Refer to the P/G No. 3-19) 50,000 prints Service Engineer
(NROLR2525XHZZ)
Fuser Fusing unit (Refer to the P/G No. 5-901) 50,000 prints Service Engineer
(CFRM-2265XH02)
Paper transport Feed roller (Refer to the P/G No. 3-29) Cleaning as needed --------------------------
(NROLR2333XHZZ)
Unit AM-400 5 years or 50,000 prints of early either --------------------------
1–1
AM-400DE
3. Precautions for using Lead-Free Solder
1. Employing lead-free solder

This model employs lead-free solder.
This is indicated by the "LF" symbol printed on the PWB and in the service manual.
The suffix letter indicates the alloy type of the solder.
Example:
Indicates lead-free solder of tin, silver and copper.
2. Using lead-free solder
When repairing a PWB with the "LF" symbol, only lead-free solder should be used. (Using normal tin/lead alloy solder may
result in cold soldered joints and damage to printed patterns.)
As the melting point of lead-free solder is approximately 40°C higher than tin/lead alloy solder, it is recommended that a
dedicated bit is used, and that the iron temperature is adjusted accordingly.
3. Soldering
As the melting point of lead-free solder (Sn-Ag-Cu) is higher and has poorer melting point (flow), to prevent damage to the
land of the PWB, extreme care should be taken not to leave the bit in contact with the PWB for an extended period of time.
Remove the bit as soon as a good flow is achieved.
The high content of tin in lead free solder will cause premature corrosion of the bit.
To reduce wear on the bit, reduce the temperature or turn off the iron when it is not required.
Leaving different types of solder on the bit will cause contamination of the different alloys, which will alter their
characteristics, making good soldering more difficult.
It will be necessary to clean and replace bits more often when using lead-free solder. To reduce bit wear, care should be
taken to clean the bit thoroughly after each use.
1–2
AM-400DE
[2] Specifications
1. Print specifications 4. Scanning specifications
Printer type: Laser Scanner type: CIS (Contact Image Sensor)

Toner cartridge yield*: Initial starter cartridge (included with Resolution: 300/600 x 300 dpi, 300/600 x 600 dpi
(continuous printing, 5% machine): Approx. 1500 pages Scan speed: Black and white:
page coverage, A4 Replacement cartridge AM-30DC: (TWAIN scanning using 300/600 x 300 dpi: 6 sec/page
paper) Approx. 3000 pages the auto document 300/600 x 600 dpi: 6 sec/page
Drum cartridge yield*: Initial starter cartridge (included with feeder; reading time Color and grayscale:
(continuous printing, 5% machine): 20,000 pages (average) only) 300/600 x 300 dpi: 22 sec/page
page coverage, A4 Replacement cartridge AM-90DR: 300/600 x 600 dpi: 22 sec/page
paper) 20,000 pages (average) Compatibility: TWAIN, WIA
PC print speed: 12 ppm (pages per minute) Grayscale: 256 levels
Resolution: 600 x 600 dpi (dots per inch) Color: 24-bit color
* The yields may vary depending on coverage and operating condi-
tions. 5. General specifications
2. Copy specifications Auto document feeder: A4 size: 20 sheets max. (80 g/cm2)
Computer connection: USB 2.0 or 1.1 port (USB 2.0 or 1.1
Copy speed: 12 cpm (copies per minute) cable must be purchased separately)
Copy quality settings: Text, Photo Effective scanning 208 mm max.
Copy resolution set- 300 dpi, 600dpi width:
tings: Effective printing width: 202 mm max.
Enlargement/Reduction: 25% to 400% Display: 16-digit LCD display
Contrast settings: 5 levels Paper tray capacity: 250 sheets (80 g/cm2)
Halftone: 256 levels (A4-size plain paper) (At room temperature and normal
Multiple copies: Max. 99 copies per original humidity)
Maximum copy size: Document glass: A4 Power requirements: 220 - 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Auto document feeder: A4 (U.K., Eire: 230 V AC, 50 Hz)
Operating temperature: 10 - 30°C
3. Fax specifications Humidity: 20 - 85% RH
Noise emission: German Products and Equipment
Automatic dialing: 100 Speed Dial numbers Safety Law, Part 3: Noise emission:
Modem speed: 33,600 bps with automatic fallback to The max. Acoustic Noise is 70 dB(A)
lower speeds (lowest speed 2400 bps) or less according to EN ISO7779.
Transmission time*: Approx. 3 seconds Power consumption: Idle: 9 W
Communication method: Super G3, G3 Maximum: 870 W
Compression scheme: MMR, MR, MH Dimensions: Width: 475 mm
Applicable telephone Analog public switched telephone net- Depth: 420 mm
line: work (TBR21) Height: 370 mm
Memory size*: 2 MB (approx. 125 average A4 pages) Weight: Approx. 12.7 kg (including trays and
Horizontal: 8 dots/mm toner and drum cartridges)
Resolution: Vertical: Standard: 3.85 lines/mm
Fine/Halftone: 7.7 lines/mm
Super fine: 15.4 lines/mm
Halftone: 256 levels
Reception modes: FAX ONLY, EXT. TEL
* Based on Sharp Standard Chart at standard resolution, excluding
time for protocol signals (i.e., ITU-T phase C time only).
As a part of our policy of continuous improvement, SHARP reserves the right to make design and specification changes for product improvement
without prior notice. The performance specifications figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may be some deviations from
these values in individual units.
Trademark information
• Microsoft, Windows and Internet Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
1–3
AM-400DE
[3] Operation panel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
QUALITY CONTRAST
MENU
E-SORT REDIAL
ZOOM Z A BROADCAST
COPY SCAN FAX !
DUPLEX SCAN PRINT STOP ENTER SPEED
HELP
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1. Display 11. SCAN key

This displays messages and prompts to help you operate the Press this key to select scan mode.
machine. 12. HELP (FAX key and SCAN key)
2. ZOOM key Press the FAX key and SCAN key simultaneously to print the
Press this key to select an enlargement or reduction setting HELP list, a brief guide to the operation of the machine.
when making a copy. 13. FAX key
3. E-SORT key Press this key to select fax mode. When in fax mode, press
Press this key when making multiple copies to have the this key to select the Line Monitor function.
copies collated (sorted into sets with the pages ordered 1, 2, 14. Alarm indicator
3..., 1, 2, 3..., etc.). This blinks when the toner cartridge nears empty or the drum
4. QUALITY key cartridge is near or at the end of its life. This lights steadily
When making a copy, press this key to select the type of when the toner cartridge is empty, the machine is out of
original you are copying (TEXT, PHOTO). When sending a paper, the print compartment cover is open, or when a paper
fax, press this key to select a resolution setting. jam has occurred (a message will appear to indicate the
5. Right/left arrow keys problem).
When making a copy, press either of these keys after 15. DUPLEX SCAN key
selecting an enlargement/reduction setting with the ZOOM Press this key to copy or fax multiple two-sided pages.
key to increase or decrease the setting by 1%. When sending 16. PRINT STOP key
a fax, press either of these keys to search through your auto- Press this key to cancel a print job sent to the machine from a
dial fax numbers. computer.
6. MENU key 17. ENTER key
Press this key, followed by the left or right arrow key, to Press this key to enter or select a setting.
access special functions and settings. 18. BROADCAST key
7. CONTRAST key Press this key to send the same fax to multiple destinations.
Press this key to select a contrast setting when making a copy 19. SPEED key
or sending a fax. Press this key to dial a fax number using an abbreviated 2-
8. REDIAL key digit Speed Dial number.
Press this key followed by the Start key to automatically redial 20. Number keys
the last number dialed. Use these keys to enter the number of copies, dial fax
9. Stop key numbers, and enter numbers and letters when storing auto-
Press this key to cancel operations before they are completed. dial numbers.
10. COPY key 21. Start key
Press this key to select copy mode. Press this key when you are ready to begin copying, faxing,
or scanning. The key can also be pressed in the date and
time display of fax mode to show the percentage of memory
currently used.
1–4
AM-400DE
[4] Transmittable documents 5. Automatic Document Feeder Capacity
Number of pages that can be placed into the feeder at anytime is as
1. Document Sizes follows:
Normal size: max. ADF 20 pages
Normal size Width 148 - 210 mm
Length 148 - 297 mm Special size: single sheet only (manual feed)
NOTE: • When you need to send or copy more pages than the feeder
limit, place additional pages in feeder when last page in feeder
is being scanned.
• Place additional pages carefully and gently in feeder.
(Max.) If force is used, double-feeding or a document jam may result.
(Min.) (Max.) 356mm 6. Readable Width & Length

A4 size 297mm The readable width and length of a document are slightly smaller than
182mm
the actual document size.
Note that characters or graphics outside the effective document scan-
148mm 210mm 216mm ning range will not be read.
[Normal size] [Special size] • Readable width
208mm, max
Use document carrier sheet for smaller documents.
• With special sizes, only one sheet can be fed into the machine at a
time. Insert next page into feeder as current page is being scanned.
2. Paper Thickness & Weight
20 sheets 1 sheet(Manual)
Paper weight 21.5 lbs. 14 lbs. ~ 42 lbs.
(80 g/m2) (52 g/m2 ~ 157g/m2)
Paper thickness (ref.) 0.1 mm 0.1 mm ~ 0.18mm Readable width
Paper size LGL (216 mm x 355.6 mm)
A4 (210 mm x 297 mm) • Readable length
LTR (216 mm x 279 mm) This is the length of the document sent minus 4mm from the top
Feeder capacity A4/LTR: 10 sheets max. and bottom edges.
LGL : 1 sheet max.
4mm
3. Document Types
• Normal paper
Readable length
Documents handwritten in pencil (No. 2 lead or softer), fountain
pen, ball-point pen, or felt-tipped pen can be transmitted.
Documents of normal contrast duplicated by a copying machine 4mm
can also be transmitted.
• Diazo copy (blue print)
• Diazo copy documents of a normal contrast may be transmitted.
• Carbon copy
A carbon copy may be transmitted if its contrast is normal.
4. Cautions on Transmitting Documents

• Documents written in yellow, greenish yellow, or light blue ink can-
not be transmitted.
• Ink, glue, and correcting fluid on documents must be dry before the
documents can be transmitted.
• All clips, staples and pins must be removed from documents before
transmission.
• Patched (taped) documents should be copied first on a copier and
then the copies used for transmission.
• All documents should be fanned before insertion into the feeder to
prevent possible double feeds.
1–5
AM-400DE
[5] Installation 2) Releasing the scanner.
Before plugging in the power cord, pull the scanner release toward
1. Site selection you to release the scanner lock.
Take the following points into consideration when selecting a site for • Caution: Plugging in the power cord without releasing the scan-
this model. ner lock may damage the machine.
ENVIRONMENT
• The machine must be installed on a level surface.
• Keep the machine away from air conditioners, heaters, direct sun-
light, and dust.
• Provide easy access to the front, back, and sides of the machine.
In particular, keep the area in front of the machine clear, or the orig-
inal document may jam as it comes out after scanning.
• The temperature should be between 10 - 30°C.
• The humidity should be between 20% and 85% (without conden-
sation).
ELECTRICITY: AC 220 - 230 V, 50 Hz, earthed AC outlet (U.K.,
Eire:230 V, 50 Hz, earthed (3-prong) outlet).
If you need to move the machine:
Caution!
• In the event that you need to move the machine to a new location,
• Connection to a power source other than that specified will cause disconnect the telephone line cord before unplugging the power
damage to the equipment and is not covered under the warranty. cord. After you have unplugged the power cord, push the scanner
• If your area experiences a high incidence of lightning or power release back in to lock the scanner.
surges, we recommend that you install a surge protector for the • After moving, release the scanner lock first and then plug in the
power and telephone lines. Surge protectors can be purchased at power cord. Connect the telephone line last.
most telephone specialty stores.
3) Connecting the power cord.
If the machine is moved from a cold to a warm place...
Plug the power cord into a 220 - 230 V, 50 Hz, earthed AC outlet
Condensation may form on the reading glass if machine is moved from (U.K., Eire:230 V, 50 Hz, earthed (3-prong) outlet).
a cold to a warm place, this will prevent proper scanning of documents
• Caution: Make sure the scanner has been released as explained
for transmission. Turn on the power and wait approximately 2 hours
on the previous page before plugging in the power cord.
before using machine.
• The power outlet must be installed near the equipment and must
TELEPHONE JACK
be easily accessible.
A standard telephone jack must be located near the machine. This is
Note: The shape of the power plug varies by country.
the telephone jack commonly used in most homes and offices.
• Plugging the fax machine into a jack which is not jack may result in
damage to the machine or your telephone system. If you do not
know what kind of jack you have, or need to have one installed,
contact the telephone company.
2. Attaching the trays

1) Attach the document feeder tray.
POWER
CORD
• The machine does not have a power on/off switch. The power is
turned on and off by simply plugging in or unplugging the power
cord.
• Whenever you unplug the power cord, wait at least 5 seconds
Slide the output tray into the machine as shown. When it stops, lift before plugging it back in.
the end slightly and push in so that the tray locks in place.
• If you area experiences a high incidence of lightning or power
surges, it is recommended that you install surge protectors for the
power and telephone lines. Surge protectors can be purchased
from your dealer or at most telephone specialty stores.
Important: The output tray must be attached correctly or the

machine will not operate.
1–6
AM-400DE
4) Connecting the telephone line cord.
1) Press the side cover release 1 , open the side cover 2 ,
Insert one end of the line cord into the socket on the back of the
machine marked TEL. LINE. Insert the other end into a wall tele-
phone socket. and then open the front cover 3 .
Note: The shape of the line cord plug varies by country.

• Italy: Use the provided adapter to connect the line cord to the wall
socket.
1
Make sure that the line cord is inserted into the TEL LINE socket.
Do not insert it into the TEL. SET socket!
3 2
TEL.
LINE
TEL.
SET • Caution! The fusing unit inside the print compartment becomes
very hot during operation. Do not touch the inside of the print com-
partment after the machine has been in operation.
2) Remove the new drum cartridge from its packaging.
3) Insert the drum cartridge into the print compartment, sliding it along
• Germany: In Germany, the machine is supplied with a N-coded the guides.
line cable, enabling you to use an extension (cordless) telephone • Do not touch or allow other objects to contact the drum (the green
on the same line. If you don’t have the standard NFN-outlet of cylinder). This may damage the drum. If fingerprints, dust, or other
TELEKOM, you can purchase an NFN-adapter at your retailer. contaminants get on the drum, wipe it gently with a clean cloth.
Important: The facsimile function of this machine is not designed • Exposure to light for more than several minutes will damage the
for use on a line which has call waiting, call forwarding, or certain drum. Be sure to insert the drum cartridge promptly into the
other special services offered by your telephone company. If you machine.
attempt to use the facsimile function in conjunction with any of
these services, you may experience errors during transmission and • If you find it necessary to leave the cartridge out of the machine
reception of facsimile messages. for move than several minutes, wrap the cartridge in black paper.
The facsimile function of this machine is not compatible with digital
telephone systems.
Grasp this handle to

push the cartridge in.
4) Remove the new toner cartridge from its packaging. Shake the car-
3. Installing the toner cartridge and drum cartridge tridge side to side four or five times to distribute the toner evenly
The laser printer in the machine uses a toner cartridge and drum car- within the cartridge.
tridge.
• The starter toner cartridge included with the machine can print
approximately 1,500 A4-size pages at 5% page coverage.
• When replacing the toner cartridge, use a SHARP AM-30DC toner
cartridge. One cartridge can print about 3,000 A4-size pages at 5%
coverage.
• The drum cartridge can print approximately 20,000 A4-size pages.
When replacing the drum cartridge, use a SHARP AM-90DR drum
cartridge.
Follow the steps below to install the toner cartridge and the drum car-
tridge.
Note: The quality of the toner cartridge is guaranteed for 18 months
after the date of manufacture indicated on the package. The quality of
the drum cartridge is guaranteed for 24 months after the date of manu-
facture indicated on the package.
1–7
AM-400DE
5) Grasp the cartridge handle and insert the toner cartridge into the 4. Resetting the drum counter
print compartment, sliding it along the guides.
Each time you install a new drum cartridge, follow the steps below to
• After inserting the cartridge, press on the arrow mark to mark sure reset the drum counter to zero.
it “clicks” into place.
• Do not touch the roller in the toner cartridge.
Display:
1 Press
MENU
and then Z
or A
LIFE
repeatedly until the display at right

appears.
2 Press . CLEAR: START KEY
DRUM COUNTER
3 Press . 1: LIFE COUNTER
4 Press repeatedly to exit.
Grasp this
handle to
insert the
cartridge. 5. Manually resetting the toner counter
Press on this mark to
make sure the cartridge When a new toner cartridge is installed, the toner counter is reset in
"clicks" into place. Step 7 on the previous page. The procedure below is normally not nec-
essary; however, it can be used in the event that you need to reset the
toner manually.
6) Close the front cover 1 and then the side cover 2 .
• Make sure the side cover is completely closed. Otherwise, light Display:
may enter the print compartment and damage the drum. 1 Press
MENU
and then Z
or A
LIFE
repeatedly until the display at right

appears.
Display: 2 Press . CLEAR: START KEY
TONER EXCHANGED? TONER COUNTER
2 3 Press . 3: CLR DRUM COUNT
1 1 = YES, 2 = NO
4 Press repeatedly to exit.
7) If you installed a new toner cartridge, press to select YES 6. Loading paper
(this will reset the toner counter to zero). You can load approximately 250 sheets of A4 paper (80 g/cm2) in the
paper tray.
Caution! Do not use the blank side of paper that has already been
NEW TONER? printed on.
1) Remove the output tray.
OK: PRESS START
• If you temporarily removed and then replaced an old toner car-
tridge for maintenance or other reason, press to continue
using the previous toner count. (Note: Be sure to press ,

or the machine will not alert you when the toner cartridge is out of
toner.)
8) Press .
9) If you installed a new drum cartridge, reset the drum counter as

explained below.
1–8
AM-400DE
2) Insert a stack of paper into the tray, print side up.
• Important! The stack of paper must not be higher than the paper Minimum system requirements
height line on the paper tray. Operating system: Windows® Me / 2000 Professional/ XP
Port: USB 2.0 or 1.1 port
Display: 800 x 600 (SVGA) with 256 colors or more
Free hard-disk space: 150 MB or more
Other requirements: An environment in which the operating
system can freely operate.
Comments:
• USB 2.0 Hi-Speed is only possible if your computer has a USB 2.0
port and you are using a USB 2.0 cable. In addition, the Microsoft
USB 2.0 driver must be preinstalled in your computer, or the USB
2.0 driver for Windows® 2000/XP provided through Windows
Paper height line Update must be installed. Note that USB 2.0 Hi-Speed is not possi-
ble in Windows® Me.
• To scan the maximum document length (356 mm) using the auto
document feeder at 1200 dpi in full colour, at least 1GB of memory
3) Squeeze the sides of the paper guide as shown and slide it to the is required. In addition, at least 600MB or more of free hard disk
slot for the length of the paper you are loading (A4). space is required on the drive where your operating system is
installed. In Windows® Me, it is not possible to scan an A4 size
document at 1200 dpi in full color or grayscale (a lower resolution
or a smaller scanning area must be selected).
• Note for Windows® Me: In the Power Management settings in
the Control Panel, System stand-by must be set to Never. In
addition, do not use the stand-by feature that appears when you
shut down Windows.
Installing the software
• A USB cable is required to connect the machine to your computer.
Please purchase a USB 2.0 or USB 1.1 cable. The USB cable will
be connected during the software installation procedure. (If you
wish to use USB 2.0 Hi-Speed mode and your system meets the
requirements for Hi-Speed mode, purchase a USB 2.0 cable. A
4) Replace the output tray. USB 2.0 certified cable is recommended.)
• To install the software on Windows® 2000/XP using the installer,
you must log in with administrator’s rights.
• The windows shown in the following procedure appear in Win-
dows® XP. The windows that appear in other versions of Windows
may be slightly different.
Note: In the following instructions, “Windows 2000” indicates Win-
dows 2000 Professional (the software cannot be installed on Win-
dows 2000 Server).
1) Make sure that the USB cable is not connected to your com-
puter. (The cable will be connected in Step 11.)
• If the USB cable is connected, a Plug and Play window will
appear. Click the Cancel button to close the window and discon-
nect the cable.
2) Insert the Sharp CD-ROM into your computer’s CD-ROM drive.
3) In Windows® XP, click the start button, click My Computer, and
7. Installing the software then double-click the CD-ROM icon.
To use the machine as a printer and scanner for your computer, you In Windows® Me/2000, double-click My Computer on the desktop
must install the software and connect a USB cable. The CD-ROM that and then double-click the CD-ROM icon.
comes with the machine contains the following software:
• MFP Drivers: These consist of the printer driver that allows the 4) Double-click the setup icon ( ) in the CD-ROM window.
machine to be used as a printer, and the scanner driver that allows
you scan using TWAIN and WIA compliant applications.
5) The Language Selection window will appear. Select the language
• Sharpdesk: This is an integrated software environment that makes that you wish to use and click Next. (The language selections vary
it easy to manage image files and launch applications. (Note that depending on your country or region.)
Internet Explorer® 5.5 or higher is required to install Sharpdesk; if
this is not installed, you will be prompted during the installation pro-
cedure to install Internet Explorer® 6.0SP1 from the CD-ROM.)
• Button Manager: This allows you to initiate scanning from the
operation panel of the machine by selecting one of six preset scan
menus.
1–9
AM-400DE
6) Follow the instructions in the windows that appear. 10)The Search Setup Wizard will appear. Follow the on-screen
instructions to create an index database for Sharpdesk.
• When the Setup Type Selection window appears, select Stan-
dard to install all of the software components (this should normally
be selected). If you only wish to install certain components, select
Custom and then select the components that you wish to install.
Note: If you wish to select the folder where Sharpdesk and/or But-
ton Manager are installed, select Custom.
11)Make sure that the power cord of the machine is not plugged in
(the machine is powered off), and then connect the USB cable.
• Insert one end of the USB cable into the USB port on the machine
and the other end into your computer’s USB port.
Comments:
• Do not connect the AM-400 to a hub to which another AM-400 is
connected. If this is done, the AM-400 will not operate correctly.
• If you find that your computer does not recognize the machine or
operation is unstable, try connecting the USB cable to a different
USB port on your computer, or try a different USB cable (use the
shortest possible cable).
• In Windows® 2000/XP, if a warning message appears at any time

regarding the Windows logo test or digital signature, be sure to
click Continue Anyway or Yes.
7) When the Finish window appears to indicate that the selected
packages have been installed, click Close.
8) If the installation was a Standard installation, the following window
will appear. Click OK.
12)Plug in the power cord of the machine.

• Windows® XP: Go to the procedure for completing installation of
• If you installed the MFP drivers using a Custom installation and the software on Windows XP below.
did not install Sharpdesk, the following window will appear. Click
• Windows® 2000: This completes the installation of the software.
OK and go to Step 11.
Note: If a warning message regarding the Windows logo test
appears (the warning may appear twice), click Yes each time the
window appears. This will complete the installation of the software.
• Windows® Me: This completes the installation of the software.
Completing installation of the software on Windows® XP
9) The following window will appear. Click Yes to restart your com-
puter.
1 – 10
AM-400DE
13)In Windows® XP, the Found New Hardware Wizard will appear. 14)When the wizard finishes installing the scanner software, click Fin-
Make sure that Install the software automatically (Recom- ish to close the wizard.
mended) is selected and click Next (this will install software for 15)After a brief interval, the Found New Hardware Wizard will appear
using the machine as a scanner).
again to install software for using the machine as a printer. Make
sure that Install the software automatically (Recommended) is
selected and click Next.
• Note for Windows® XP SP2: The following window will appear

first. Select No, not this time and click Next. Continue from the
previous window. • If the following warning appears regarding the Windows logo test,
click Continue Anyway.
• If the following warning message appears regarding the Windows

logo test, click Continue Anyway.
1 – 11
AM-400DE
16)When the wizard finishes installing the printer software, click Finish 8. Clearing a jammed document
to close the Wizard. This completes the installation of the software
If the original document doesn’t feed properly during transmission or
on Windows® XP.
copying, or DOCUMENT JAMMED appears in the display, first try
Sharpdesk online guide
For information on using Sharpdesk, view the Sharpdesk online pressing . If the document doesn’t feed out, open the auto
guide on the CD-ROM. To view the online guide, open the Manual
folder and then the EnglishA folder on the CD-ROM, and double- document feeder cover and remove it.
click SDUG_Enu.pdf. Important:
Removing the software Do not try to remove a document without opening the auto document
feeder cover. This may damage the feeder mechanism.
In the event that you need to remove the software from your com-
puter, follow the steps below.
1) Squeeze the cover release 1 and open the auto document
1) Disconnect the USB cable from your computer and the machine.
feeder cover. Open the document glass cover.
2) Open the Control Panel and select Add or Remove Programs
(or Add/Remove Programs).
3) Select SHARP AM-400 Series MFP Driver (or Sharpdesk) 1
from the list, and click the Change/Remove button (or the Add/
Remove button).
2) Remove the document.

• The document can be removed from either the top or the bottom
slot, whichever is easiest.
4) Click OK to confirm the removal.
3) Close the auto document feeder cover, pressing down on both

sides to make sure it clicks into place.
Press down
on the marks
1 – 12
AM-400DE
9. Clearing jammed printing paper 4) If the jammed page cannot be pulled out directly, open the front
cover 1 and rotate the white knob 2 in the direction

1) Press the side cover release 1 and then open the side cover
shown to feed the jammed page out into the output tray.
2 .
1
2
2) Push the two heater roller release levers down to release the 5) After the jammed page has been removed, push the two heater
heater roller. roller release levers back up.
• Caution! The fusing unit (indicated in white at right) becomes
very hot during operation. Do not touch the fusing unit.
6) Close the front cover 1 (if you opened it) and then the side
3) If the jammed page is protruding from the side of the machine, gen-
tly pull it out. Take care not to tear the paper or leave any torn cover 2 .
pieces of paper in the print compartment.
• If this clears the jam, go to Step 5.
• If you are unable to clear the jam in this way, go to Step 4.
• Take care not to touch or allow other objects to contact the drum
(the green cylinder). This damage the drum.
2
1
Note: If you find that another paper jam occurs immediately after
clearing a paper jam, open the side cover and then the front cover
and remove the jammed paper as explained above. With the front
cover and side cover still open, remove the output tray and remove
the printing paper from the paper tray. Replace the output tray and
close the front cover and then the side cover. Remove the output
tray once again, fan printing paper, replace it in the paper tray, and
then replace the output tray.
1 – 13
AM-400DE
10. Troubleshooting
1. Display
ADD PAPER Check the printing paper. If the tray is empty, add REMOVE / A fax has been received to memory because paper is
paper. If there is paper in the tray, make sure it is BYPASS PAPER inserted in the bypass tray (faxes cannot be printed
inserted correctly (take out the stack, align the edges (alternating messages) while paper is in the bypass tray). Remove the paper
evenly, and then reinsert it in the tray). Printing will from the bypass tray to allow the fax to be printed.
resume automatically when the output tray is
replaced. SYSTEM ERROR [XX] If this message appears, unplug the power cord, wait
(a number appears in about 10 seconds, and then plug it back in. If the
BYPASS MISFEED The paper is not inserted correctly in the bypass tray. “XX”) message still appears, unplug the power cord and call
Remove the paper and insert it again. (Refer to Printer error code/ for service.
Scanner message)
BYPASS PAPER! / Paper has been inserted in the bypass tray. If the
IF COPY, PRESS SET BYPASS PAPER / Paper must be inserted in the bypass tray for a print
(alternating messages) paper has been inserted for a copy job, press A
to SIZE: XXXX job or copy job that requires use of the bypass tray.
(alternating messages; a Insert the indicated size of paper in the tray.
set the paper size. If the paper is for a print job, the
message can be disregarded. paper size appears in
“XXXX”)
CHK SCANNER LOCK/ Make sure that the scanner lock has been released TONER EMPTY The toner cartridge must be replaced. Printing will be
PLS RETURN POWER and then unplug the power cord, wait at least 5 possible (although the output will be increasingly
(asternating messages) seconds, and plug it back in. faint) until a fax is received. Once a fax is received, it
will be held in memory and printing will not be
COVER OPEN One or both of the print compartment covers are possible until the toner cartridge is replaced.
open. Make sure both covers are closed.
TONER NEAR EMPTY The toner cartridge is almost out of toner
DATE/TIME UNSET The date and time need to be set. Note (approximately 200 pages can be printed).
that the date and time settings will be lost if the
machine is unplugged or a power failure occurs.
TOTAL PAGE(S) 01 Number of fax pages transmitted or received.
DOCUMENT JAMMED The original document is jammed. See the following

section, Clearing Paper Jams. Document jams will
occur if you load more than 20 pages at once or load
documents that are too thick. 2. Audible signals
The document may also jam if the receiving machine
doesn’t respond properly when you attempt to send a Continuous tone 3 seconds Indicates the end of transmission or
fax. reception.
DOCUMENT READY A document has been inserted in the auto document Intermittent tone 5 seconds Indicates incomplete transmission or
feeder and the machine is waiting for you to begin (3 beeps) (1 second on, 1 reception.
faxing or copying. second off)
DRUM LIFE OVER This appears when the drum cartridge needs Rapid intermittent 35 seconds Indicates that an extension phone
replacement. tone (0.7 seconds on, connected as explained is off hook.
0.3 seconds off)
FAX RX IN MEMORY A fax has been received in memory because the
toner cartridge needs replacement, you have run out
of printing paper, the paper is jammed, or paper is
inserted in the bypass tray. The fax will print out
automatically when the problem is fixed.
3. Printer error code (Troubleshooting Refer to page 5-27 to 5-29)
GRP. SPACE FULL This appears if you attempt to store a Group when
both Groups are already programmed. PAPER JAM The roller sensor could not detect its home position
after driving the pick up motor for the specified period.
LINE ERROR Transmission or reception was not successful. Press
The roller sensor could not become NOT-Active after
the STOP key to clear the message and then try
again. If the error persists, see Line error. passing the specified period from picking up paper.
SYSTEM ERROR [P2] The printer controller detected the optical unit (LSU)
error.
MEMORY IS FULL If faxes have been received to memory because
printing is not possible (an additional message will The external interrupt signal for optical unit (LSU) or
indicate the problem), resolve the problem so that High-voltage control did not become active after
printing can continue (see Substitute Reception to passing the specified period.
Memory)
If you are attempting to send a fax, see If the memory SYSTEM ERROR [P3] Thermistor error was detected.
becomes full.
If you are copying, see If MEMORY IS FULL appears. SYSTEM ERROR [P4] ROM or RAM error was detected on the printer
control unit.
NO # STORED This appears if you attempt to search for a Speed Dial SYSTEM ERROR [P5] High temperature error was detected.
number when none have been stored.
SYSTEM ERROR [P6] Low temperature error was detected.
OFF HOOK This appears when an extension phone connected as
SYSTEM ERROR [P7] Communication error between the main controller
explained is lifted. Only can be pressed in and the printer controller was detected.
fax mode when this message appears.
OUTPUT TRAY OFF The output tray is not attached correctly. Attach it as
explained. The machine will not operate if the output
tray is not attached correctly. 4. Scanner message (Troubleshooting Refer to page 5-29)
CHK SCANNER LOCK The scanner unit could not detect change point of
PAPER JAMMED The printing paper is jammed.
home postion. (ON -> OFF or OFF -> ON)
PAPER MISMATCHED This appears after printing if the size of the printed
image did not match the paper size on some pages
of the job. Check the printed pages and reprint as
needed.
1 – 14
AM-400DE
11. Quick setup guide
1 Make sure you have the following items. If any

are missing, contact your dealer or retailer. 2 Attach the trays.
Note: The shape of the line cord plug varies by

country. An adapter (not shown) is provided in
For detailed instructions some countries.
on setting up and using the AM-400, see the Drum
Telephone line Toner
online guide on the CD-ROM. cord cartridge cartridge
To open the guide, double-click the Manual folder on
the CD-ROM, double-click English, and then double-
click Online Manual.pdf.
(Note: Acrobat Reader 5.05 or higher is required to
view the manual.To install Version 5.05, double-click When the tray
stops, lift the
Acrobat Reader, English, and then ar505enu.exe
end slightly
on the CD-ROM.)
and push in.
All company names and product names appearing in this Output tray Document Setup CD-ROM
setup guide are the trademarks of their respective owners. feeder tray Guide
3 Important:
Pull the scanner release toward you to
4 Plug the power cord into a standard, earthed
power outlet.
5 Connect the phone line cord
to the TEL. LINE jack and a wall jack.
release the scanner lock. Note: The power outlet must be installed Italy: Use the provided adapter to connect the
Caution: Be sure to release the scanner lock near the equipment and must be easily line cord to the wall socket.
before plugging in the power cord. accessible.
Note: The
Note: The shape of the TEL.
shape of the line cord plug LINE
power plug varies by TEL.
SET
varies by country.
country
6 Install the toner cartridge and drum cartridge.
1. Press ı1 . Open the side cover 2. Remove the drum cartridge from its 3. Insert the drum cartridge, 4. Remove the toner cartridge from its
packaging. sliding it along the guides. packaging. Shake the cartridge side
ı2 and then the front cover ı3 .
to side four or five times to distribute
the toner evenly within the
1 cartridge.
Caution!
Do not touch the fusing unit
under the side cover after the
3 2 Grasp this handle to
machine has been in operation,
push the cartridge in
as it may become very hot.
5. Insert the toner cartridge, sliding it along 6. Close the front cover ı1 and 7. Press to select "YES" and 8. Reset the drum cartridge counter:
the guides until it clicks into place. then the side cover ıˇ2 . MENU
then press . (This resets a.Press once and then Z
or
the toner cartridge counter.)
A
until "LIFE" appears in the
Display: display.
TONER EXCHANGED? b. Press and then .

2
Press on the arrow 1 c. Press repeatedly to exit.
mark to make sure 1:YES, 2:NO
the cartridge clicks
into place
7 Load paper.
2. Insert a stack of paper
8 Set the date and time that appear
in the fax mode display.
1. Remove the output tray.
into the tray, print side up.
1. In the date and time display of fax mode
The stack should 5. Enter a two-digit number for the hour
FAX
not be higher (press if needed to select fax (00 to 23) and a two-digit number for
than this line the minute (00 to 59).
MENU
mode), press , , . Example: 9:25
2. Enter a two-digit number for the day
("01" to "31"). 6. Press ENTER
.
Example: the 5th
7. Press repeatedly to exit.
Z
3. Squeeze the sides of the paper 4. Replace the output tray. • To clear a mistake press .
guide and slide it to the slot for 3. Enter a 2-digit number for the month.
the length of paper loaded. Example: February
4. Enter the year (four digits)

Example:
1 – 15
AM-400DE
9 Install the software on your computer. (The software

allows the machine to be used as a printer and scanner.)
Note: A USB 2.0 or 1.1 cable is required to connect the
machine to your computer. Please purchase this separately.
1. Make sure that a USB cable is not connected • If you installed the MFP drivers using a Custom installation • Windows R Me: This completes the installation of the
to the machine and your computer. (The cable and did not install Sharpdesk, the following window will software.
will be connected in Step 11.) appear. Click OK and go to Step 11. Note: In the power management settings in the Control
• If a cable is connected and a Plug and Play window appears, close Panel, System stand by must be set to Never.
the window and disconnect the cable. Completing the installation on Windows R XP
2. Insert the Sharp CD-ROM into your computer's
13. In Windows R XP, the Found New Hardware
CD-ROM drive.
9. The following window will appear. Click Yes to restart Wizard will appear. Make sure that Install the
3. Windows R XP: Click the start button, click My software automatically (Recommended) is
your computer.
Computer, and double-click the CD-ROM icon. selected and click Next.
Windows R Me/2000: Double click My Computer on Note for Windows R XP SP2: The first window of the
the desktop and double-click the CD-ROM icon. wizard will ask you if the wizard can connect to Windows
Update. Select No, not this time and click Next.
4. Double-click the setup icon ( ) in the CD- 10. The Search Setup Wizard will appear. Follow the
ROM window. on-screen instructions to create an index
5. If the Language Selection window appears, database for Sharpdesk.
select the language that you wish to use and click
Next (the language selections will vary depending
on your country or region).
6. Follow the on-screen instructions.
• When the Setup Type Selection window appears, select
Standard to install all of the software components (this should • If a warning message appears regarding the Windows
normally be selected). If you only wish to install certain
components, select Custom and then select the components logo test, click Continue Anyway.
that you wish to install. 14. When the wizard finishes installing the software, click
11. Make sure that the machine's power cord is not
Finish to close the wizard.
plugged in, and then connect the USB cable to the
USB port on the machine and on your computer. 15. After a brief interval, the Found New Hardware
Wizard will appear again. Make sure that Install
the software automatically (Recommended) is
selected and click Next.
12. Plug in the machine's power cord.

• Windows R XP: Follow Steps 13 through 16 to
• In Windows R 2000/XP, if a warning message appears at any time
regarding the Windows logo test or digital signature, be sure to click
complete the installation of the software.
Continue Anyway or Yes. • Windows R 2000: This completes the installation of the
7. When the Finish window appears to indicate that the software.
selected packages have been installed, click Close. • If a warning message appears regarding the Windows
Note: If a warning message regarding the Windows logo
test appears (the warning may appear twice), click Yes logo test, click Continue Anyway.
8. If the installation was a Standard installation, the
following window will appear. Click OK. each time the window appears. This will complete the 16. When the wizard finishes installing the software,
installation of the software. click Finish to close the wizard. This completes
the installation of the software on Windows R XP.
Configure Button Manager (one of the programs installed in the above step) as
10 the program on your computer that handles scanner events from the machine.
Windows R XP/Me Windows R 2000
1. Click the start button, click Control Panel, and 3. The SHARP AM-400 Properties appear. 1. Click the Start button, point to Settings, and
double-click Scanners and Cameras. Click on the Events tab. select Control Panel.
• If Scanners and Cameras does not appear in Windows 4. Select SC1 from the Select an event list. 2. In the Control Panel, double-click Scanners and
Me, click view all Control Panel options. 5. In the Actions field, select Start this program Cameras.
2. Right-click the SHARP AM-400 icon and and then select Sharp Button Manager I from the 3. Select SHARP AM-400 and click Properties.
select Properties. list of programs. Click Apply. 4. Click the Event s tab in the SHARP AM-400
Properties.
5. Select SC1 from the Scanner events list.
6. In Send to this application, select Sharp
Button Manager I.
• If other applications appear in the list, make sure that
none are selected.
7. Click the Apply button.
8. Repeat Steps 5 through 7 for each of events SC2
6. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 for each of events SC2 through SC6. When finished, click the OK button.
through SC6. When finished, click the OK button.
1 – 16
AM-400DE
CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS
AM-400DE
Service Manual
[1] Adjustments
1. General
Since the following adjustments and settings are provided for this
model, make adjustments and/or setup as necessary.
2. Adjustments of output voltage (FACTORY ONLY)

1. Install the power supply unit in the machine.
2. Set the recording paper and document.
3. When the document is loaded, power is supplied to the output
lines. Confirm that outputs are within the limits below.
2.1. Output voltage settings
Output Voltage limits

CNLSR CNPN
CNOUT1
CNSCM
CNOUT2
CNCIS
CNRTH
+24VSUB 23.04V~24.96V
CNPM
CNFRT +24VMAIN 23.04V~24.96V

+5VMAIN 4.75V~5.25V
CNORG
CNHV
+3.3VMAIN 3.201V~3.399V
CNHPS
Connector CNPW
CNSP
Pin No. CNPW
CNMM
CONTROL PWB 1 MG
(TOP SIDE) 2 +24VSUB
CNPUM 3 MG
CNBYPE CNFM
CNUSB 4 MG
CNTCT 5 +24VMAIN
6 +24VMAIN
CNROLSNS 7 DG
CNTCVR 8 +5VMAIN
CNPIN
9 DG
CNPW
1 14 CNLIU 10 +3.3VMAIN
11 DG
12 /HEATER ON
CNHT CN6
13 /PWRLY
1 3 1 3
CNPW 14 /ZC
1 14
1 2 Connector
CN2 CN6
Pin No.
1 +24VMAIN
POWER SUPPLY 2 N.C.
PWB (TOP SIDE) 3 +24VS
Connector
CNHT
Pin No.
1 N
FUSING UNIT THERMAL INTERLOCK 2 N.C.
FUSE-2 SWITCH 3 L
Connector
CN2
Pin No.
1 1
2 2
2–1
AM-400DE
3. High voltage power check
3.1. General
Note: Since the parts of this PWB cannot be supplied, change it as a unit.
CAUTION
DO NOT TOUCH!
(VR51) CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE AREA MAX. 4000V
D3 Q3
B1
D4
VR1
CN3
C6
C1
J6
QJ071 CN4
J5
R93
D2
R1
D8
D5
D10 J3
C5
CN1 D9
J52
VR51 C9
J51
D1 D53
D61
C7
R15
D58 D7 J12
J11
J1
J2 D62
Q52
D60 R16
Q38
J22
R67 J21
D52 J4
J42
J41
QJ005 D31
B51
C56
D54
VR31 J32
J31 CAUTION - HIGH VOLTAGE
The unit's back cover should never be opened by
anyone other than a qualified serviceperson.
C65 C31 There are many high voltage parts inside the unit,
and touching them is dangerous.
CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE AREA MAX. 4000V
C4
R13
R14
R10
R7
R11
R4
R18
R3
R9 R8 R3
R3
Q1
R44 C2
R19
CN1
R65 R66 R2
R14
R59
R17 R63
R94
R57
R5 R98 R56 R53

C61
R47
R51
R6
IC1 Q57
R99
C55
R60 R54
C8 C66
R48
R92
C52
R100
R43
R62
R91
Q58
R61
R74
R73 R50
Q51
C53 R52
R75 R58
R49
C62
R64
R72 R55
R103 C51
R80 R101 C54
R71
R79 R78
R81 R40
Q34 Q36 R39 R70
R66
R42 D42 R38
D41 R69
Q37 R46
Q33
C32 R76
R41
Q32 Q35 R37 R77
R83
CAUTION - HIGH VOLTAGE
R102 R36 R84
The unit's back cover should never be opened by
Q31 R85
R32 R31 R86 R87 anyone other than a qualified serviceperson.
R88 R89 R90
D59
R34
R33 R35
There are many high voltage parts inside the unit,
D57 D56 D55 and touching them is dangerous.
2–2
AM-400DE
3.2. MC Voltage Check Point
D3 Q3
B1
GND (-)
D4
VR1
CN3
C6
C1
J6
QJ071 CN4
J5
R93
D2
R1
D8
D5
D10 J3
C5
CN1 D9
J52
VR51 C9
J51
D1 D53
D61
C7
R15
D58 D7 J12
J11
J1
J2 D62
Q52
D60 R16
Q38
J22 MC Voltage Check Point (-)
R67 J21
D52 J4 (There is danger of an electric shock!)

J42
Use Measuring instrument:
J41
QJ005 D31 Input Resistance : more than 100 MΩ
B51 Maximum Voltage : more than 2 kV
C56
D54
VR31 J32
J31 VOLTAGE
MC : - 950 V ± 20 V (PRINTING)
MC : - 850 V ± 20 V (CLEANING)
C65 C31

The unit's back cover should never be opened by anyone other than
a qualified serviceperson. There are many high voltage parts inside
the unit, and touching them is dangerous.
1) MC Voltage
Time(s)
Type Tolerance
-570V ± 67V
-950V ± 20V
-1330V ± 67V
Voltage(v)
300Hz
2–3
AM-400DE
3.3. TC Voltage Check Point
D3 Q3
B1
GND (-)
D4
VR1
CN3
C6
C1
J6
QJ071 CN4
J5
R93
D2
R1
D8
D5
D10 J3
C5
CN1 D9
J52
VR51 C9
J51
D1
TC Voltage Check Point (+)
D61 D53
C7
R15 (There is danger of an electric shock!)
D58 D7 J12 Use High Voltage Tester:
J11
Requirement of Measuring instrument:
J1 Input Resistance : more than 100 MΩ
J2 D62 Maximum Voltage : more than 5 kV
Q52
R16
D60
Q38
VOLTAGE
J22
J21
TC (+) : + 3600 V ± 72 V (PRINTING)
R67
TC (-) : - 500 V ± 50 V (CLEANING)
D52 J4
J42
J41
QJ005 D31
B51
C56
D54
VR31 J32
J31
C65 C31

1) TC Voltage
Voltage(v)
Type Tolerance
-3980V
-3600V ± 72V
-3220V
Time(s)
300Hz
2–4
AM-400DE
3.4. SV/DV Voltage Check Point and SV (-) Voltage Adjustment Volume
D3 Q3
B1
GND (-)
D4
VR1
CN3
C6
C1
J6
QJ071 CN4
J5
R93
D2
R1
D8
D5
D10 J3
C5
CN1 D9
J52
VR51 C9
J51
D1 D53
D61
C7
R15
D58 D7 J12
J11
J1
J2 D62
Q52
D60 R16
Q38
J22
R67 J21 DV Voltage Check Point (+)
D52 J4 VOLTAGE
J42 DV (+) : + 300 V ± 5 V (CLEANING)
QJ005 D31
J41 DV (-) : - 220 V ± 5 V (PRINTING)
B51
C56
D54
VR31 J32
J31 SV Voltage Check Point (+)
VOLTAGE
C65
SV (+) : + 400 V ± 15 V (CLEANING)
C31
SV (-) : - 320 V ± 15 V (PRINTING)
The unit's back cover should never be opened by anyone other than DV (-) Voltage adjustment Volume
the unit, and touching them is dangerous. VR31
It can be made to change with VR31.
In the range of ± 50V.
DV (-) : - 220 V ± 50 V (PRINTING)
2–5
AM-400DE
4. IC protectors replacement 5. Settings
ICPs (IC Protectors) are installed to protect the CIS unit, LIU PWB 5.1. Dial mode selector
unit, Scanner motor drive circuit, Pickup motor drive circuit, Main
motor drive circuit and IC22 circuit. ICPs protect various ICs and elec- DIAL mode (Soft Switch No. SW5 Data No. 5)
tronic circuits from an overcurrent condition. Setting is not required since the required mode is TONE ONLY.
The location of ICPs are shown below:
6. Volume setting
6.1. Ringer
CNLSR F8 CNPN
CNOUT1
CNSCM
CNOUT2
CNCIS
CNRTH
Like a telephone, the machine will ring to alert you when a call comes
CNPM
F5 F3 CNFRT in. To adjust the volume of the ringer or turn it off, follow the steps
CNORG below.
CNHV
F7
CNHPS
Display:
CNSP 1 Make sure that the date and time
display of fax mode appears (if needed FAX SETTING
CNMM
CONTROL PWB press

FAX
) and then press
MENU
.
(TOP SIDE)
CNPUM 2 Press . 1: DATE&TIME SET
CNBYPE CNFM
F6 CNUSB
CNTCT 3 Press (Press in Russia and 1: HIGH
Poland).
CNROLSNS
The display briefly shows
CNTCVR 4 Press a number key to select the your selection, then:
CNPIN
F4 desired volume setting:

4: ALARM VOLUME
: HIGH
CNPW CNIU
: MIDDLE
F6/F8:Top side F3/F4/F5/F7:Bottom side
: LOW
: OFF
1) F8 (KAB5002 201) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an
overcurrent generated in the CIS unit. If F8 is open, replace it with a
new one. 5 Press repeatedly to exit.

overcurrent generated in the LIU PWB unit. If F4 is open, replace it
with a new one. 6.2. Alarm volume
3) F3 (KAB3202 202) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an The machine sounds a three-beep alarm to alert you when an error
overcurrent generated in the scanner motor drive circuit. If F3 is occurs during fax transmission or reception. To adjust the volume of
open, replace it with a new one. the alarm or turn it off, follow the steps below.

overcurrent generated in the IC22 circuit. If F5 is open, replace it 1 Make sure that the date and time
Display:
with a new one. display of fax mode appears (if needed FAX SETTING
FAX MENU
5) F6 (KAB3202 102) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an press ) and then press .
overcurrent generated in the pickup motor drive circuit. If F6 is
open, replace it with a new one. 2 Press . 1: DATE&TIME SET

overcurrent generated in the main motor drive circuit. If F7 is open, 3 Press (Press in Russia and 1: HIGH
replace it with a new one. Poland).
In addition to the replacement of F3, F4, F5, F6, F7 and F8, the fac- The display briefly shows
tor causing F3, F4, F5, F6, F7 and F8 to open must also be 4 Press a number key to select the your selection, then:
desired volume setting:
repaired. If not, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7 and F8 will open again. 1: DATE&TIME SET
: HIGH
Replacement parts
: LOW
KAB3202 202 (Sharp code: QFS-L1027YCZZ)
: OFF
KAB5002 251 (Sharp code: QFS-L2021XHZZ)
KAB3202 102 (Sharp code: QFS-L0004QCZZ) 5 Press repeatedly to exit.

2–6
AM-400DE
[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches 1.2. Print diagnosis
This diagnosis is concerned with the print which is used for production
1. Entering the diagnostic mode and service support.
1.1. Fax diagnosis Entering the diagnostic mode

This diagnosis is concerned with the main body of fax which is used
for production and service support. Press MENU 9 8 6 , and the following
display will appear.
Entering the diagnostic mode
M/C Ver:TE53 : PRINTER ROM version
Press MENU 9 8 7 , and the following Then press the START key. Select the desired item with the
display will appear. key and the key or select with the rapid key.
TE37 / x x x x (AM-400DE) or TE39 / x x x x (AM-400F) or Enter the mode with the ENTER key.
TE44 / x x x x (AM-400IT) or TE48 / x x x x (AM-400SE) or (Diag • specifications)
TE42 / x x x x (AM-400H) : FAX ROM version
x x x x : Check sum MENU 9 8 6 PRINT DIAG MODE M/C Ver:TE53
Then press the START key. Select the desired item with the key (The alternate display of two screens.)
and the key or select with the rapid key.
Enter the mode with the ENTER key. START
(Diag • specifications) ENTER SINGLE PRINT
MENU 9 8 7 DIAG MODE TE37 / x x x x or COUNTRY NAME
ENTER CONTINUOUS PRINT
TE39 / x x x x or
TE44 / x x x x or
TE48 / x x x x or ENTER COPY AGING
TE42 /xxxx
ENTER LIFE MODE
(The alternate display of three screens.)
ENTER TOP VOID ADJUST

START
ENTER PRINT ADJUST
ENTER SOFT SWITCH MODE
ENTER TEST MODE
ENTER ROM & RAM CHECK
ENTER PANEL CHECK MODE
ENTER CHECK PATTERN MODE Memory clear when power is turned on

ENTER SIGNAL SEND MODE 1 Pressing the START and STOP keys, turn on the main power, and the
following message will be indicated.
ENTER SIGNAL SEND MODE 2
ENTER MEMORY CLEAR MEMORY CLEAR 1:CLEAR
ENTER CIS ADJUSTING MODE [1] Key [2] Key
ENTER DIAL TEST MODE Stand-by display

MEMORY CLEARING
ENTER AUTO FEEDER MODE
When 1 is selected, the memory will be cleared to be ready to opera-
ENTER FLASH MEMORY TEST tion.
ENTER GEAR CHANGE MODE If 2 is selected, memory will not be cleared and the machine enters
standby mode.
ENTER FLATBED AGING
ENTER MESSAGE PRINT (AM-400DE/F/IT/SE only)
2–7
AM-400DE
2. Diagnostic items description 5. Storage of data
In the following cases, the data if the soft switches set will be
2.1. Fax diagnosis stored.
2.1.1 Soft switch mode • It is shifted to set the next soft switch by pressing [ENTER] key.
In this mode, the soft switches are set and the soft switch list is printed. • It is shifted to set the next soft switch with the [>] key.
1. Operation • It is shifted to the last soft switch with the [<] key.
Soft switch mode screen • It is shifted to set another soft switch by inputting two digits as
the switch number.
• Output of the soft switch list starts.
SOFTSWITCH MODE
6. Protocol monitor
[ENTER] Key If the SW No. 8 Data No. 5 is set to 1, the protocol monitor result is
printed after fax communication.
SW01 = 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
2.1.2 ROM & RAM check
Switch No. To check the sum value of Firmware or RAM.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8: Data No.
No. Device Alarm Buzzer Remarks
2. Switch number selection and data setting 1 ROM 1 time <Short
1) Enter two digits of a soft switch number to set the switch num- (PROGRAM FLASH) sound>
Main
ber. Of a switch number of non-existing soft switch is entered, 2 D-RAM1(*1) 2 times <Short
key error buzzer sounds to reject the input. sounds>
SW01 = 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 SW01 = SW16 = 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0

*1 WORK MEMORY (SDRAM 16M).
[ 1 ] key [ 6 ] key 1. Display
cursor position
ROM & RAM CHECK ROM = RAM= ROM=OK,RAM=OK

2) Press [ENTER] key for setting of the next soft switch.
Start checking
by pressing [ENTER] key
SW01 = 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 SW02 = 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 PRINTING
SW03 = 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
cursor position
[ENTER]Key [ENTER]Key
2. Result printing
After checking, the results print starts.
3) Data number selection
(a) Pressing [>] key moves the cursor to the right. 2.1.3 Panel key test
If the cursor is on data number 8, pressing [>] key shifts the cur- This is used to check whether each key is normally operated or not.
sor to data number 1 of the next switch number. If the switch When the test is started, a LED will blink (1000ms cycle) for the LED
number is the final, pressing [>] key will exit the soft switch test. During the test. After the test, the test result will be printed.
mode.
* When any numeric key is pressed during the panel test, the DTMF
signal correspond to the key number is sent to the line. If another key
SW01 = 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 SW02 = 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 SW03 = 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
is pressed the DTMF signal will stop. This function becomes valid by
with the cursor on bit8
cursor position
[>]Key
[>]Key changing the value of soft switch. (Default: Disable)
1) Flow
(b) Pressing [<] key moves the cursor to the left.
Press any key except [STOP] key. At this time, the name of each
If the cursor is on data number 1, pressing [<] key shifts the cur-
key will be displayed every push of the key.
sor to data number 1 of the former switch number. If the switch
number is 1, pressing [<] key do not move the cursor.
PANEL CHECK MODE PRESS EACH KEY 1
[ENTER] key [1]Key

SW03 = 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 SW03 = 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 SW03 = 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
[<]Key [<]Key
cursor position
1 START ..... (other key)
SW03 = 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 SW02 = 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 SW01 = 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 [START]Key
[<]Key with the cursor on bit 1
cursor position
[<]Key
To finish this mode, press [STOP] key Go to (a or b).

3. Data setting
Press the [MENU] key, and the data to the position of the cursor will
be reversed to 1 when it is 0, or to 0 when it is 1. a) When all keys can be inputted, the following message will be dis-
4. Outputting method of soft switch list played.
In the soft switch mode, press [QUALITY] key, and the soft switch
ALL KEY OK !!
list will be printed. If the recording paper runs out or is clogged, the
key error buzzer will sound with the process not received. Then the screen will be all displayed in blank (Refer to (2)) and the
test result will be printed.
2–8
AM-400DE
b) If any key skipped, the following message will be displayed. 2.1.6 Signal send mode 2
The specified signals about V.34 and V.8 mode transmitted in the fol-
KEY ERROR !!
lowing sequence to check the modem.
A key name that is not pressed yet is displayed so that this test can 1. Press the [ENTER] key, and no signals with the loop state starts.
be continued.
[ 1] No signals (making the loop) [ 9] 16800bps (V.34)
At that time, pressing the [STOP] key will exit this mode. And the
result will be printed. [ 2] 33600bps (V.34bis) [10] 14400bps (V.34)
[ 3] 31200bps (V.34bis) [11] 12000bps (V.34)
2) Black screen
[ 4] 28800bps (V.34) [12] 9600bps (V.34)
[ 5] 26400bps (V.34) [13] 7200bps (V.34)
[ 6] 24000bps (V.34) [14] 4800bps (V.34)
2.1.4 Check pattern mode [ 7] 21600bps (V.34) [15] 2400bps (V.34)
[ 8] 19200bps (V.34) [16] 0-300bps (V. 21)
The effective printing area frame is printed in the specified sheet size [17] ANSam
of the standard tray (Letter/Legal/A4).
1. Printing the pattern [ENTER]Key [ENTER]Key
Printing size depends on Paper Size setting in Common Setting. SIGNAL SEND2 CML ON V.34 33600bps
[ENTER]Key
CHECKP ATTERN NOW AGING
V.34 26400bps V.34 28800bps V.34 31200bps
[ENTER]Key
[ENTER]Key
2.1.5 Signal send mode 1 V.34 24000bps V.34 21600bps V.34 19200bps
[ENTER]Key
The specified signals are transmitted in the following sequence to [ENTER]Key [ENTER]Key
check the modem. V.34 12000bps V.34 14400bps V.34 16800bps
[ENTER]Key
1. Press the [ENTER] key, and no signals with the loop state starts. [ENTER]Key [ENTER]Key
V.34 9600bps V.34 7200bps V.34 4800bps

[ 1] No signals (making the loop) [ 9] 9600bps (V.29)
[ENTER]Key
[ 2] 4800bps (V.27ter) [10] 7200bps (V.29) [ENTER]Key [ENTER]Key
ANSam V.21 0 - 300bps
[ 3] 14400bps (V.33) [11] 4800bps (V.27ter) V.34 2400bps
[ 4] 12000bps (V.33) [12] 2400bps (V.27ter) 2. Pressing the [ENTER] key during transmitting ANSam signal, or
[ 5] 14400bps (V.17) [13] 300Hz (FLAG) pressing the [STOP] key will stop the output of signal and exit the
[ 6] 12000bps (V.17) [14] 2100Hz (CED) mode.
[ 7] 9600bps (V.17) [15] 1100Hz (CNG)
[ 8] 7200bps (V.17) 2.1.7 Memory clear
Clear the backup memory including the soft switches, registration
[ENTER]Key [ENTER]Key data. After executing this mode, the memory clear report is printed.
CML ON V.27ter 4800bps
SIGNAL SEND1
Note: The following data is not cleared. Values for Printer life including
[ENTER]Key the adjusted value of printing void.
V.17 14400bps V.33 12000bps V.33 14400bps
[ENTER]Key
2.1.8 CIS adjusting mode
When the "color scan" or "monochrome scan" is selected in this mode,
V.17 12000bps V.17 9600bps V.17 7200bps
the scanner motor moves from its home position to the specified value.
[ENTER]Key
Then, the document reading lamp is turned on.
V.27ter 4800bps V.29 7200bps V.29 9600bps
[ENTER]Key CIS ADJUST 1: COLOR 1 key

[ENTER]Key
V.27ter 2400bps FLAG (300bps) 2100 Hz (CED TONE)
[ENTER]Key 2: MONO 2 key
1100 Hz (CNG)
The motor will move to the specified position and the reading lamp is lit on.
2. Pressing the [ENTER] key during transmitting CNG signal, or 1. Press the [STOP] key to exit the mode.
pressing the [STOP] key will stop the output of signal and exit the
mode.
2–9
AM-400DE
2.1.9 Dial test mode 2.1.12 Gear change mode
The mode is used to inspect whether dialing is accurate in two kinds of The gear to drive ADF and flatbed mechanism will be aging continu-
dial modes or not. All data which can be dialed in this mode are auto- ously and the number of switching will appear on the LCD.
matically called up in both PB and DP mode. 1. Operation
When this mode is activated, the following operations will be automati-
cally executed to their ends. Whenever the dialed content is right or GEAR CHARGE MODE
not is judged with the external instrument which is connected to the
[ENTER]Key
line cable.
1. After pressing [ENTER] key, the CML relay is turned on, and the ADF : COUNT = 00001 Drive the gear as ADF mode.
following numbers are dialed in the PB mode.
Move from Home Position to the reading direction. After
pause, move to the reading position from ADF.
“1”, “2”, “3”, “4”, “5”, “6”, “7”, “8”, “9”, “ “, “0”, “#”
2. And the following numbers are dialed in the DP mode. Drive the gear as Flatbed mode.
FBED : COUNT = 00001
“1”, “5”, “9”, “0”
Pause and drive reversely.
3. After dialing, the CML relay is turned off.
ADF : COUNT = 00002 Drive the gear as ADF mode.
DIAL TEST
Move from Home Position to the reading direction.
[ENTER]Key
After pause, move to the reading position from ADF.
123456789 # 1590 Go to Auto Feeder Mode
FBED : COUNT = 00002 Drive the gear as Flatbed
2.1.10 Auto feeder mode Pause and drive reversely.
Inserting and discharging the document can check the auto feeder. Th is sequence will be terminated by pressing STOP key.
The information of document sensor (A4 sensor) and ORG sensor is

2. Note
displayed when the documents are inserted to the Auto Feeder.
ADF and FLATBED counter will be 0 over 65535.
1. Operation
Press [STOP] key to exit the mode.
AUTO FEEDER
[ENTER]Key
2.1.13 Flatbed aging
300 MONO
Scanner motor will be driven based on the motor speed for each reso-
lution. By pressing the [>] key or the [<] key, you can select the motor
[>] Key
Feeding documents will start speed preliminary.
by pressing ENTER key.
600 MONO
1. Operation
[>] Key
300 COLOR MOTOR AGING MODE

[>] Key
[ENTER]Key
600 COLOR
300 MONO
without documents with documents [>] Key

Aging will start
( ) A4 (A4 ) A4 (A4 ORG) by pressing ENTER key.
600 MONO
2. Press [STOP] key to exit the mode. [>] Key
2.1.11 Flash memory test 300 COLOR
The Flash memory is checked. [>] Key
No. Flash memory Alarm Buzzer Remarks 600 COLOR

1 NOR-Flash 1 time <Long sound> Press STOP key to terminate this aging.
2. Press [STOP] key to exit the mode.

FLASHM EMORY
[ENTER]Key 2.1.14 Message print (AM-400DE/F/IT/SE only)
NOW CHECKING In this mode, all the message data, which are used for displaying indi-
cation and list print are printed as a contrast table of the selected lan-
FLASH OK When an error occurs, the alarm will sound.
guage and English.
End
Note: If this is excessively repeated, it will shorten the life of the Flash
memory.
2 – 10
AM-400DE
3. Print diagnosis
3.1. Single print
1
In this mode, a sheet with selected pattern is printed.
2
Printing size depends on Paper Size setting in Common Setting.
3
SINGLE PRINT 2: ALL WHITE 3: ALL BLACK
[>]Key [>]Key
4
[ENTER]Key [>]Key
5
1: CHECK PATTERN 4: AREA PATTERN
[>]Key 6
[>]Key 7
5: STRIPE PATTERN
[>]Key 8
11: IDBG CHART
[>]Key
9
6: H-TONEPATTERN
[>]Key
10: SG CHRAT
[>]Key
Figure 1 Check Pattern
9: 5% CHART 8: GENERAL CHART 7: PHIL CHART
[>]Key [>]Key
Select the desired pattern with the [>] key and [<] key and press the
[ENTER] key.
1: Check Pattern : same as Figure 1
2: All White pat- : Not printed
tern
3: All Black pat- : Printed with black within print area
tern
4: Area pattern : Frame line is printed within print area
5: Stripe pattern : Lateral stripe (Black 2 lines and White 2 lines)
6: Halftone pat- : same as Figure 3 Figure 2 Halftone 2 Pattern
tern
7: Phil chart : PHIL CHART pattern
8: General chart
9: 5 % chart
10: SG chart
11: IDBG chart
(a) Area pattern
It prints 30 mm long per a pattern.
1: Full Black pattern
2: Halftone 2 pattern (The Figure 2 is repeated.)
3: Halftone 1 pattern (The Figure 3 is repeated.)
Figure 3 Halftone 1 Pattern
4: Mesh point pat- (The Figure 4 is repeated.)
tern
5: Longitudinal (Black 2 dots and White 2 dots are repeated
stripe in the line.)
2 pattern
6: Lateral stripe (Black 2 lines and White 2 lines are
2 pattern repeated.)
7: Lateral stripe (Black 1 line and White 1 line are repeated.)
1 pattern
8: Full White pattern
9: Full Black pattern
Figure 4 Mesh point Pattern
2 – 11
AM-400DE
3.2. Continuous print 3.3. Copy aging
This mode is used for print aging. This mode is used for COPY Aging. The document on the flatbed or
ADF will be scanned at the beginning of each cycle and printed it. The
Select the desired pattern and input cycle, counter, pages for aging.
meaning of “CYCLE”, “COUNT” and “PAGE” are same as the case
Printing size depends on Paper Size setting in Common Setting. “CONTINUOUS PRINT”.
Printing size depends on Paper Size setting in Common Setting.
CONTINUOUS PRINT 2: ALL WHITE 3: ALL BLACK
[>]Key [>]Key [>]Key
[ENTER]Key COPY AGING
1: CHECK PATTERN 4: AREA PATTERN [ENTER]Key [>]Key

[>]Key [>]Key
CYCLE=000(s) CYCLE=000(m)
5: STRIP PATTERN
11: IDBG CHART Enter the cycle and press the [ENTER] key.
[>]Key
[>]Key
COUNT=0000(time)
6: H-TONE PATTERN
10: SG CHRAT [>]Key Enter the counter and press the [ENTER] key.
[>]Key
PAGE=000(sheet)
9: 5% CHART 8: GENERAL CHART 7: PHIL CHART
Enter a number of pages and press the [ENTER] key.
[>]Key [>]Key
Start aging
Select the desired pattern with the [>]key and [<]key and press the [ENTER] key.
3.4. Life mode

This mode is used to set the life counter of the printer and the counter
[>]Key of the scanner at desired values and to clear them.
CYCLE=000(s) CYCLE=000(m)
LIFE MODE
Enter the cycle and press the [ENTER] key.
[ENTER]Key [>]Key
COUNT=0000(time)
1: LIFE SETMODE 2: LIFE CLEAR
Enter the counter and press the [ENTER] key.
PAGE=000(sheet) 3.4.1 Life set mode

Enter a number of pages and press the [ENTER] key.
The values of life counter can be set in this mode.
Start aging 1. Enter life set mode.
1. Printing pattern
LIFE MODE
1: Check Pattern : same as Figure 1 [ENTER]Key
[ENTER]Key
2: All White pat- : Not printed
1: SCAN(ADF) 0000000000
tern
[>]Key
3: All Black pat- : Printed with black within print area [ENTER]Key
tern 2: SCAN(FB) 0000000000

4: Area pattern : Frame line is printed within print area [>]Key [ENTER]Key
5: Stripe pattern : Lateral stripe (Black 2 lines and White 2 lines) 3: PRINT 0000000000
6: Halftone pat- : same as Figure 3
[>]Key
tern [ENTER]Key
7: Phil chart : PHIL CHART pattern 4: DRUM 0000000000
8: General pattern [>]Key [ENTER]Key

9: 5 % chart 5: TONER PAGE 0000000000
10: SG chart
[ENTER]Key
11: IDBG chart [>]Key
6: TONER DOTCOUNT 0000000000
2. Printing interval [CYCLE]: The time from printing end to next print-
[>]Key cursor position
ing start.
Input Range: 001 to 999 seconds or 001 to 999 minutes. 2. The cursor blinks at the top data. Four counters can be selected.
3. Repeat printing [COUNT]: The number of printing cycle. Select the desired counter and input the counter value of 10 digits
using the numeric keys. Pressing the [ENTER] key changed the
Input Range: 0001 to 9999 times. counter value.
4. Printing pages [PAGE]: The printing pages in one cycle of printing. Note: Toner page counter cannot be changed.
Input Range: 001 to 999 pages. Caution: These counters are not cleared after memory clear mode
is executed. If it is necessary to execute the memory clear mode on
repairing the PWB, these life counters should be set again at the
same time.
2 – 12
AM-400DE
3.4.2 Life clear mode 3.6.1 Fan MD time set
This mode is used for clearing life counters. This mode is used to set the driving time of the fan motor after stop-
ping the main motor.
2: LIFE CLEAR
[ENTER]Key
[ENTER]Key (a)[ENTER]Key
FAN MD_TIME SET FAN MD_TIME( 02 )
1: LIFE CLEAR ALL LI FE CLE AR
Cursor position
[>]Key
• Default value: 02
2: LIFE CLR EACH
• Input Range: MIN: 00, MAX: 63
[>]Key
(b)[ENTER]Key [ENTER]Key • Unit: Minute
1: SCAN(ADF) LI FE CLE AR
After entering the value, the Printer Adjust mode ends and the next
[>]Key [ENTER]Key mode is displayed.
2: SCAN(FB) LI FE CLE AR
[>]Key [ENTER]Key
3.6.2 Tray temp.
3: PRINT LI FE CLE AR This mode is used to set the temperature of fixing when printing from
[>]Key [ENTER]Key
the standard tray.
4: DRUM LI FE CLE AR
TRAY TEMP.
[>]Key [ENTER]Key
[ENTER]Key
5: TONER LI FE CLE AR
ON temp.=190 deg Input temperature using the numeric keys
[>]Key
[>]Key
(a) Life all clear
OFF temp.=190 deg Input temperature using the numeric keys
Press the [ENTER] key, and the life counters of the printer and the life
counter of the scanner are set to 0. [>]Key
Note: The value for Top void is not cleared. FEED temp.=190 deg Input temperature using the numeric keys
(b) Life each clear

[>]Key
This mode is used to respectively clear the life counter of the printer
and the counter of the scanner. Select the desired counter and press TIME=10(s) Input temperature using the numeric keys
[ENTER] key. [>]Key
Note: If “5: TONER” is executed, both “TONER PAGE” and “TONER 1. ON TEMP.
DOTCOUNT” are cleared.
The temperature to start turning on the heater.
3.5. Top void adjust • Default value: 190
This mode is used for adjusting the top margin for printing. • Range: MIN: 170, MAX: 233
• Unit: Centigrade
TOP VOID ADJUST 2. OFF TEMP.
[ENTER]Key [>]Key The temperature to start turning off the heater.

1: PATTERN PRINT 2: VOID SETTING
• Range: MIN: 170, MAX: 233
3.5.1 Pattern print
3. FEED TEMP.
For the print pattern, a graduation scale is printed on the leading edge
of the paper with figures. Enter the smallest figure as a top void value. The temperature to start feeding the paper.
3.5.2 Void setting
Enter a top void value.
Input range: [0 - 40]
4. TIME
3.6. Print adjust Warming up time after reaching the temperature that the printing
This mode is used to set some values about the printer. can be done.
PRINT ADJUST
[ENTER]Key
• Unit: Second
FAN MD_TIME SET TRAY TEMP. BYPASS TEMP.
[>]Key [>]Key
[>] Ke y
[>]Key
PARAMETERL IST FLICKER ADJUST
[>]Key
2 – 13
AM-400DE
3.6.3 Bypass temp. 3.7. Test mode
This mode is used to set the temperature of fixing when printing from This mode is used for printer aging on the two modes.
the bypass tray.
TEST MODE
BYPASS TEMP. [ENTER]Key

[ENTER]Key
1: MOTOR AGING 2: CHARGER ADJUST 3: PAPER FEED
ON temp.=200 deg Input temperature using the numeric keys [>]Key
[>]Key [>]Key
[>]Key
[>]Key 5: PRINT SIZE 4: COM TEST
OFF temp.=200 deg Input temperature using the numeric keys [>]Key
[>]Key
3.7.1 Motor aging
FEED temp.=200 deg Input temperature using the numeric keys
1. The motor aging starts with heater on or with heater off.
[>]Key
1: MOTOR AGING MM_AGING: HT_ON
TIME=10(s) Input temperature using the numeric keys [1]Key
[ENTER]Key
[>]Key
HT 1: ON 2: OFF MM_AGING: HT_OFF
1. ON TEMP. [2]Key
The temperature to start turning on the heater.

2. To exit the aging, press [STOP] key.
3.7.2 Charger adjust
This mode is used to check the high-pressure control.
1. Operation
2. OFF TEMP.
The temperature to start turning off the heater. 2: CHARGER ADJUST
• Default value: 200 [ENTER]Key
• Range: MIN: 170, MAX: 233 NOW ADJUSTING
• Unit: Centigrade 1. Press the [ENTER] key to operate the mode.

3. FEED TEMP.
2. Press the [STOP] key to exit this mode.
The temperature to start feeding the paper.
3.7.3 Paper feed
This mode is used to check Mechanical Controller in the High speed
mode.
Note: This mode is not used actual printing.
4. TIME
1. Operation
Warming up time after reaching the temperature that the printing
can be done. 3: PAPER FEED
• Default value: 10 [ENTER]Key
• Range: MIN: 10, MAX: 63 NOW AGING
• Unit: Second 1. Press the [ENTER] key to operate the mode.

3.6.4 Flicker adjust 2. Press the [STOP] key to exit this mode.
This mode is specified the number of table for the countermeasures of
“FLICKER”.
[E NT ER]K ey
FLICKER ADJUST FLICKER NO.=06
• Input Range: MIN: 00, MAX: 63
• Unit: -
3.6.5 Parameter list

Printing the parameter for fixing.
PARAMETER LIST PRINTING
[E NT ER]K ey
2 – 14
AM-400DE
3.7.4 COM test mode 3.7.5 Print size
You can check the communication between the main CPU and the This function is prepared for the function in the future. Now there is no
printer controller on this mode. Concretely, input the command number meaning.
from the main CPU and can read the response from the printer control- 1. Operation
ler.
1. Operation PRINT SIZE
Press [ENTER]Key
4: COM TEST SIZE=215. 9x279. 4
[ENTER]Key ex)[1],[2]Ke y Enter paper size on bypass tray with numeric key and press the [ENTER] key.
SR = SR12 =01
[>]Key
ex)[1],[2]Ke y
EC = EC12 =10
[>]Key ex)[1],[2],[3],[4]Key
EEC , = EEC12,34 = 80 13
[>]Key
ex)[1],[2]Ke y
ESR = ESR12 =15
[>]Key
(a) cursor position
1. Press the [ENTER] key to enter the mode.

2. Select the mode “SR”, “EC”, “EEC”, or “ESR” using the “<“ or the
“>” key. The “>” key can be used to select the mode only when a
cursor is in the position of (a).
3. Enter the value using the numeric keys.
“SR”, “EC”, “ESR”
• Range MIN: 00, MAX: 31
“EEC”
• Range MIN: 00, MAX: 63
4. Press the [STOP] key to exit this mode.
4. How to make soft switch setting

To enter the soft switch mode, press the following key entries in sequence.
Press MENU 9 8 7 START ENTER
DATA No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW01 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Press MENU key.
SW01 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Press key.
SW01 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Press key.
SW01 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit1 - 8 are set.
SW01 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Press ENTER key during setting.
SW02 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Soft SW01 - SW99 are set.
SW99 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
To finish the settings halfway between
SW01 and SW99, press the STOP
key. In this case, the setting being done
to the SW No. on display will be nullified
while settings done to the preceding
SW No. remain in effect.
When the QUALITY key is pressed, the
contents of soft switches are printed.
The soft switch mode is terminated.
2 – 15
AM-400DE
5. Soft switch description
5.1. Soft switch
SW DATA Switch setting and function Initial setting

ITEM Remarks
NO. NO. 1 0 DE F IT SE H
1 Recall interval 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 1 1 1 1
3 Binary input 0 0 0 0 0
4 No. = 8 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 (Data No.)
EX 0 1 0 1
eg. Recall interval is set 5 min.
SW1
5 Recall times 0 0 0 0 0
6 0 0 0 0 0
8 No. = 8 4 2 1 0 0 0 0 0
5 6 7 8 (Data No.)
EX 0 0 1 0
eg. Recall times is set 2 times
1 Memory retransmission 0 0 0 0 0
2 times 0 0 0 0 0
4 No. = 8 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 (Data No.)
EX 0 0 0 1
eg. Retransmission time set to 1 time.
SW2
5 Memory retransmission 0 0 0 0 0
6 interval 0 0 0 0 0
8 No. = 8 4 2 1 0 0 0 0 0
5 6 7 8 (Data No.)
EX 0 0 1 0
eg. Retransmission interval to 2 minutes.
1 Number of rings for auto- 0 0 0 0 0

2 receive (0: No ring receive) 0 0 0 0 0
4 No. = 8 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 (Data No.)
EX 0 0 0 1
SW3 eg. Number of rings for auto receive is set to 1.
COPY/FAX/SCAN mode COPY FAX SCAN SCAN

5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
7 Receive mode AUTO MANUAL 1 1 1 1 1
8 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0
2 – 16
AM-400DE

ITEM Remarks
5 Time display format 24 hours 12 hours-AM/PM 1 1 1 1 1
SW4
6 Date display format Month-Day-Year Day-Month-Year 0 0 0 0 0
7 Summer time (Daylight sav- No Yes 0 0 0 0 1
ing)
8 Flatbed document size of TX LETTER A4 0 0 0 0 0
mode
Alarm volume Off High Low Low
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Ringer volume Off High Middle Low
3 No. 3 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
SW5 4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 Dial mode PULSE TONE 0 0 0 0 0
6 Header registration No Yes 0 0 0 0 0
Auto clear Off 30sec 60sec 120sec
7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Communication results print- Printed At Send Never Always
out at error error/ only prints prints
only timer
1 No. 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
2 No. 2 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
3 No. 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
4 Automatic printing of activity Yes (When memory full) No (1st data is cleared 0 0 0 0 0
report when memory full)
SW6
5 Printout of total time and total Off On 0 0 0 0 0
number of pages on activity
report
Fax default resolution Stan- FINE S-FINE
dard
6 No. 6 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
7 No. 7 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 ECM mode Off On 0 0 0 0 0
3 Header print Off On 0 0 0 0 0
4 Footer print On Off 0 0 0 0 0
SW7
7 MMR On Off 1 1 1 1 1
8 MR On Off 1 1 1 1 1
1 CIS transmission Off On 0 0 0 0 0
2 DIS receive acknowledge dur- Twice Once in NSF reception, 0 0 0 0 0
ing G3 transmission twice in DIS reception
3 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 On Off 0 0 0 0 1
transmission mode
SW8
4 CNG send when manual TX On Off 1 1 1 1 1
5 Protocol monitor On Off 0 0 0 0 0
6 Signal monitor On Off 0 0 0 0 0
2 – 17
AM-400DE

ITEM Remarks
1 Action when RTN received Handle to no error Handle to error 0 0 0 0 1
SW9
6 V.34 mode function in case On Off 1 1 1 1 1
of manual communication
7 V.34 mode function On Off 1 1 1 1 1
8 V.34 control channel com- 2400bps 1200bps 0 0 0 0 0
munication speed
Modem speed No. 1 No.2 No. 3 No. 4
V.33 14400bps 0 1 0 0
V.33 12000bps 0 1 1 0
V.17 14400bps 1 0 0 0
V.17 12000bps 1 0 1 0
V.17 9600bps 1 0 0 1
V.17 7200bps 1 0 1 1
1 V.29 9600bps 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 V.29 7200bps 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
SW10 3 V.27ter 4800bps 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 V.27ter 2400bps 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Reception speed fixed No V.17- V.29- V.27ter-
14400 9600 4800
BPS BPS BPS
5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
6 No. 6 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Compromised equalizer 0Km 1.8Km 3.6Km 7.2Km
7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
CED tone signal interval 75ms 500ms 750ms 1000ms
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
EOL detection timer 13sec 25sec 5sec 5sec
3 No. 3 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Processing of DIS reception Com- A line is Apply to T.30 +
SW11
after DIS transmission mand cut T.30 alpha
retrans-
mitting
5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1 Signal transmission level 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 1 1 1 1
4 No. = 16 8 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) 1 1 1 1 1
SW12 EX 0 1 0 1 1
eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm
2 – 18
AM-400DE

ITEM Remarks
1 DTMF output level (High) 1 1 1 1 1
2 0 0 0 0 0
4 No. = 16 8 4 2 1 0 0 0 0 0
5 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) 1 1 1 1 1
SW13 EX 1 0 0 0 1
1 DTMF output level (Low) 1 1 1 1 1
2 0 0 0 0 0
4 No. = 16 8 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) 0 0 0 0 0
SW14 EX 1 0 1 1 0
1 V.34 mode transmission 1 1 1 1 1
2 speed 1 1 1 1 1
3 Sending speed = 2400(bps) x n 1 1 1 1 1
4 0 0 0 0 0
Example:
2400(bps) x 12 = 28800(bps)
2400(bps) is set for N=0. 33600(bps) is set for N=15.
SW15
5 V.34 mode receiving speed 1 1 1 1 1
6 1 1 1 1 1
7 Receving speed = 2400(bps) x n 1 1 1 1 1
8 0 0 0 0 0
Example:
2400(bps) x 12 = 28800(bps)
2400(bps) is set for N=0. 33600(bps) is set for N=15.
SW16
Delay time before line con- 0s 1.5s 3.0s
1 nect auto dial No. 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
Delay timer after line con- 1.7s 3.0s 3.6s 4.0s
3 nect auto dial No. 3 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
SW17
Calling time 45s 90s 55s
5 No. 5 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
CNG timing 3.5s 1.5s 3.0s
7 No. 7 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
2 – 19
AM-400DE

ITEM Remarks
1 Key push sound On Off 1 1 1 1 1
2 Line monitor type Fax and Dial dial only 0 0 0 0 0
3 Pause time 4sec 2sec 1 1 1 1 1
4 Ringing Display (if ringer vol- On Off 1 1 1 1 1
ume is OFF)
SW18 5 Dial tone detection (before On Off 0 0 0 0 0
autodial)
6 Busy tone detection (after On Off 0 0 0 0 0
autodial)
8 Line monitor On Off 0 0 0 0 0
CI signal frequency No. 1 No.2 No. 3 No. 4
11.6-76.9 0 0 0 0
14.0-76.9 0 0 0 1
14.5-76.9 0 0 1 0
15.5-76.9 0 0 1 1
20.0-58.8 0 1 0 0
1 20.0-66.6 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
2 19.6-76.9 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 25.0-58.8 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
4 35.0-76.9 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
SW19
CI signal OFF detect enable No. 5 No. 6 No. 7
time 200ms 0 0 0
300ms 0 0 1
350ms 0 1 0
400ms 0 1 1
500ms 1 0 0
5 700ms 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 1200ms 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 Not used 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 Method of detecting CI fre- Modem FW 0 0 0 0 0
quency
1 Pulse Format of D.P. N+1 N 0 0 0 1 0
Inter digit pause time 800ms 840ms 880ms 900ms 1000ms
2 No. 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
3 No. 3 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
SW20
5 Pulse Mark/Break Ratio 40/60 33/67 1 0 1 1 0
6 The change to DB from DP Yes No 1 1 1 1 1
by ( )
2 DTMF sending by panel test Yes No 0 0 0 0 0
mode
Number of busy tone pulse 2pulse 4pulse 6pulse 8pulse
3 detection No. 3 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
SW21
4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
2 – 20
AM-400DE

ITEM Remarks
1 Print mode when printer life Continue Stop 1 1 1 1 1
over
2 Print mode when drum life Continue Stop 1 1 1 1 1
over
3 Print mode when toner empty Continue Stop 0 0 0 0 0
4 Print mode when toner Continue Stop 0 0 0 0 0
SW22 unsuitable
5 Print mode when paper size Continue Stop 1 1 1 1 1
error
6 Print mode when paper tray Continue Stop 0 0 0 0 0
removed
Paper size at tray Letter A4 Legal N/A
1 No. 1 0 0 0 x 0 0 0 0 0
2 No. 2 0 0 0 x 0 0 0 0 0
3 No. 3 0 0 1 x 0 0 0 0 0
4 No. 4 0 1 0 x 1 1 1 1 1
SW23
Fan time after printing 10min. 20min. 30min. 5min.
5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1 Automatic reduce of receive 100% Auto reduce 0 0 0 0 0
SW24
Copy default content type Text Photo
1 No. 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
2 No. 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Copy default quality 300 600
3 No. 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
4 No. 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
SW25
Copy default center contrast Dark Normal Light Normal
5 (for TEXT) No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
Copy default center contrast Dark Normal Light Normal
7 (for PHOTO) No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Speaker volume Low Middle High Low
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
SW26 4 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0
2 – 21
AM-400DE

ITEM Remarks
Fax default center contrast No. 1 No. 2
Darker 0 0
Dark 0 0
Normal 0 1
Light 0 1
1 Lighter 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 Normal Other setting 1 1 1 1 1
Copy default contrast No. 4 No. 5 No. 6
SW27 Darker 0 0 0
Dark 0 0 1
Normal 0 1 0
Light 0 1 1
Lighter 1 0 0
4 Lightest 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Darkest 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 Normal Other setting 0 0 0 0 0
SW28
SW29
SW30
1 USB high speed setting Disable Enable 0 0 0 0 0
SW31
SW32
2 – 22
AM-400DE

ITEM Remarks
SW33
SW34
SW35
SW36
SW37
SW38
SW39
2 – 23
AM-400DE

ITEM Remarks
SW40
SW41
SW42
SW43
SW44
SW45
SW46
2 – 24
AM-400DE

ITEM Remarks
SW47
SW48
SW49
SW50
l
SW99
2 – 25
AM-400DE
5.2. Soft switch function description SW5 No. 7, No. 8 Auto Clear
SW1 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Recall interval Used to set the retention time for the copy settings. After the specified
auto clear time elapses, the default settings return.
Choice is made for a recall interval for speed and rapid dial numbers.
Use a binary number to program this. If set to 0 accidentally, 1 will be SW6 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Communication results printout
assumed. It is possible to obtain communication results after each transaction.
SW1 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Recall times Normally, the switch is set (No. 1: 0, No. 2: 0, No. 3: 1) so that the
communication result is produced only a communication error is
Choice is made as to how many recall times should be made. Use a encountered.
binary number to program this. If No. 1 was set to 1, No. 2 was set to 1 and No. 3 was set to 0, the
SW2 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Memory retransmission times communication result will be produced every time a communication is
done, even if the communication was successful. If No. 1 was set to 0,
The number of memory retransmissions is set. No. 2 to 1 and No. 3 to 0, the communication result will be produced
SW2 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Memory retransmission interval every transmission. Setting No. 1 to 1 No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0 will dis-
able this function. No transaction report will be printed. If No. 1 was set
The interval between memory retransmissions is set. to 0, No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0, the communication result is produced
SW3 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Number of rings for auto-receive only after a timer and memory transmission or when a communication
(0: No ring receive) error is encountered.
When the machine is set in the auto receive mode, the number of rings SW6 No. 4 Automatic printing of activity report
before answering can be selected. It may be set from one to nine rings This soft switch is used to select; whether or not to produce the activity
using a binary number. If the soft switch was set to 1, a direct connec- report when the memory is full (about 30 items). An activity report can
tion is made to the facsimile. If it was set to 0 accidentally, receive ring be produced from Report&List mode.
is set to 1. If it was above 9, receive rings are set to 9.
After producing the activity report, all the data in the memory will be
SW3 No.5, No.6 COPY/FAX/SCAN mode cleared. When the switch function is set to "0" (NO), the data in mem-
An operation mode for each copy, fax, or PC scan is set. ory will be deleted from the oldest as it reaches the maximum memory
capacity (approx. 30 items).
SW-3 No. 7 Receive mode
SW6 No. 5 Print out total time and total number of pages on activ-
Auto/extension telephone receiving mode is set. ity report
SW-3 No. 8 Reserved Used to print out the total communication time and the total pages
Set to “0”. sent/received on the activity report.
SW-4 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved SW6 No. 6, No. 7 Fax default resolution
Set to “0”. Used to set the transmission mode which is automatically selected
when the QUALITY key is not pressed. In the copy mode, however,
SW4 No. 5 Time display format the fine mode is automatically selected unless the QUALITY key is
When this switch is set to "0", time is displayed in 12-hour system. manually set to another mode.
When set to "1", 24-hour system. SW6 No. 8 Reserved
SW4 No. 6 Date display format Set to "0".
Used to select date display/print formats. SW7 No. 1 ECM mode

0: DAY-Month-Year Used to determine ECM mode function.
1: Month-Day-Year SW7 No. 2 Reserved
SW4 No. 7 Summer time (Daylight saving) Set to "0".
The daylight saving function ON/OFF is set. SW7 No. 3 Header print
SW4 No. 8 Flatbed document size of TX mode When it is set at 0, sender’s name, sending page number and so on
are automatically printed in the recording paper on the receiving side
Used to set a document scan length for fax transmission from the flat-
during transmission. Thus, the sender can be known on the receiving
bed.
side.
SW5 No. 1, No. 2 Alarm volume 0: Applied.
Used to set volume of the end buzzer or error buzzer for facsimile 1: Not applied.
transmission/reception.
SW7 No. 4 Footer print
SW5 No. 3, No. 4 Ringer volume
When set to "1", the date of reception, the sender machine No., and
Ringer volume: the page No. are automatically recorded at the end of reception.
The calling sound volume of CI signal receiving is set.
SW7 No. 5, No.6 Reserved
SW5 No. 5 Dial mode Set to "0".
Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the
SW7 No. 7 MMR
facsimile.
MMR (Modified MR) selects presence of the compression function.
0: PULSE DIAL
1: TONE DIAL SW7 No. 8 MR
MR (Modified READ) selects presence of the compression function.
SW5 No. 6 Header registration
When setting this switch to "1", registering senders is protected.
2 – 26
AM-400DE
SW8 No.1 CSI transmission SW10 No. 5, No. 6 Reception speed fixed
CSI signal contains the sender’s phone number registered in the The transferable speed of modem in the receiving mode is set.
machine. If this switch is set to "1", no sender’s name will be printed at
SW10 No. 7, No. 8 Compromised equalizer
the receiving side.
The specific line equalizer is inserted.
SW8 No. 2 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission
No. 1 No. 2
Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF (DIS) is acknowl-
edged after receiving two NSFs (DISs) or receiving one NSF (two 0 0: The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off.
DISs). It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo 0 1: Line equalizer corresponding to 1.8 km.
suppression problem, if set to 1.
1 0: Line equalizer corresponding to 3.6 km.
SW8 No. 3 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 transmission mode 0 1: Line equalizer corresponding to 7.2 km.
Though transmission of a non-modulated carrier is not required for
SW11 No. 1, No. 2 CED tone signal interval
transmission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommen-
dation, it may be permitted to send a non-modulated carrier before the For international communication, the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an
image signal to avoid an echo suppression problem. It may be useful echo suppressor switch, causing a communication problem. Though
for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if this soft switch is normally set to "0", it should be set to "1" so as to
set to 1. change the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms to
500ms to eliminate the communication problem caused by echo.
SW8 No. 4 CNG send when manual TX
SW11 No. 3, No. 4 EOL detection timer
CNG signal sending ON/OFF in case of manual transmission is set.
Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25-second or 13-second
SW8 No. 5 Protocol monitor
timer for detection of End of line This is effective to override communi-
Normally set to "0". If set to "1", communication can be checked, in cation failures with some facsimile models that have longer End of line
case of troubles, without using a G3 tester or other tools. When com- detection.
munication FSK data transmission or reception is made, the data is
SW11 No. 5, No. 6 Processing of DIS reception after DIS transmis-
taken into buffer. When communication is finished, the data analyzed
and printed out. When data is received with the line monitor (SW7-No. sion
7) set to "1" the reception level is also printed out. When receiving, operation in case of DIS reception after DIS transmis-
sion is selected. Retransmitting command: To retransmit DIS in disre-
SW8 No. 6 Signal monitor gard of DIS reception.
Normally set to "0". If set to "1", the transmission speed and the recep-
Breaking circuit: To break circuit instantly. (Abnormal finish)
tion level are displayed on the LCD. Used for line tests.
T. 30: To operate in accordance with T. 30.
SW8 No. 7 Reserved
T. 30+<: To operate in accordance with T. 30+<. (To operate differently
Set to "0". according to cases.)
SW8 No.8 Reserved SW11 No. 7, No.8 Reserved
Set to "1". Set to "0".
SW9 No.1 Action when RTN received SW12 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Signal transmission level
The operation is set when the RTN signal is received in the G3 trans- Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of -0dB to -
mission mode. 31dB.
SW9 No. 2, No.3 Reserved SW12 No. 6 ~ No.8 Reserved
SW9 No. 4 Reserved SW13 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (High)
Set to "1". To set the level to output high group DTMF signals. -15 to 0 dBm (0.5
dBm unit)
SW9 No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0". SW13 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW9 No. 6 V.34 mode function in case of manual communication
Used to select whether the V.34 mode is made valid when automati- SW14 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (Low)
cally transmitting/receiving. To set the level to output low group DTMF signals. -15 to 0 dBm (0.5
dBm unit)
SW9 No. 7 V.34 mode function
Used to select the V.34 mode for communication when set to “1” com- SW14 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
munication method is V.34 mode. Set to "0".
SW9 No. 8 V.34 control channel communication speed SW15 No. 1 ~ No. 4 V.34 mode transmission speed
Used to select the control channel communication speed for V.34 Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication
mode. method is V.34 transmission mode.
SW10 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Modem speed SW15 No. 5 ~ No. 8 V.34 mode receiving speed
Used to determine the initial modem speed. The default is Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication
14400BPS(V.17). It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed method is V.34 reception mode.
when frequent line fallback is encountered, in order to save the time
required for the fallback procedure. SW16 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
2 – 27
AM-400DE
SW16 No. 4 Reserved (AM-400DE/IT) SW20 No. 1 Pulse format of D.P.
Set to "1". Used to set pulse format of D.P. mode.
SW16 No. 4 Reserved (AM-400F/SE/H) SW20 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Inter digit pause time
Set to "0". Used to set the pause time between pulses
SW16 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved SW20 No. 5 Pulse Make/Break ratio.
Set to "0". Used to set pulse ratio of D.P. mode.
SW16 No. 7 Reserved (AM-400DE/IT/SE/H) SW20 No. 6 The change to DB from DP by ( )
Set to "0". When setting to 1, the mode is changed by pressing the key from
SW16 No. 7 Reserved (AM-400F) the pulse dial mode to the tone dial mode.
Set to "1". SW20 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
SW16 No. 8 Reserved Set to "0".
Set to "0". SW21 No. 1 Reserved
SW17 No. 1, No. 2 Delay timer before line connect in auto dial Set to "1".
Set a time period between start of dial operation and line connection in SW21 No. 2 DTMF sending by panel test mode
the auto dial mode. With this switch set to “1”, the DTMF signal is sent when a numeric key
SW17 No. 3, No. 4 Delay timer after line connect in auto dial is pressed in the panel test mode.
Set a time period between dial-up line connection and dial data trans- SW21 No. 3, No. 4 Busy tone detection pulse number
mission in the auto dial mode. Used to set detection of Busy tone intermittent sounds.
SW17 No. 5, No. 6 Calling time SW21 No. 5 Reserved
Set the call time for dialing in the auto dial mode. Set to "0".
SW17 No. 7, No. 8 CNG timing SW21 No. 6 Reserved
Set a time period between dialing in the auto dial mode and CNG sig- Set to "1".
nal transmission.
SW21 No. 7 Reserved
SW18 No. 1 Key push sound
Set to "0".
Used to toggle the key sound between on and off.
SW21 No. 8 Reserved
SW18 No. 2 Line monitor type
Set to "1".
The time period to monitor the sound on the line is set.
SW22 No. 1 Print mode when printer life over
0: From the start of dialing, and until the call reaches receiving party
Used to set whether the printing operation stops or not when the
1: From the start of dialing to the end of the communication
PRINTER LIFE OVER error occurs.
SW18 No. 3 Pause time
SW22 No. 2 Print mode when drum life over
The dial pause time is set.
SW18 No. 4 Ringing display (if ringer volume is OFF) DRUM LIFE OVER error occurs.
When set to “1” and ringer volume is OFF, “RINGING” display informs SW22 No. 3 Print mode when toner empty
you that the CI signals are received.
SW18 No. 5 Dial tone detection (before auto dial) TONER EMPTY error occurs.
When set to “1”, a number is dialed after detecting the dial tone. SW22 No. 4 Print mode when toner unsuitable
SW18 No. 6 Busy tone detection (after auto dial) Used to set whether the printing operation stops or not when the
TONER UNSUITABLE error occurs.
When set to “1”, the busy tone is detected after dialing a number.
SW22 No. 5 Print mode when size error
SW18 No. 7 Reserved
Used to set whether the printing operation stops or not when the SIZE
Set to "0".
ERROR occurs.
SW18 No. 8 Line monitor
SW22 No. 6 Print mode when paper tray removed
When set to “1”, sound on the line is monitored in transmission.
SW19 No.1 ~ No. 4 CI signal frequency PAPER TRAY REMOVED error occurs.
Used to set a frequency that is considered as the CI signal. SW22 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
SW19 No. 5 ~ No. 7 CI signal OFF detect enable time Set to "1".
Used to set the maximum length of CI signal OFF time, which is used SW23 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Paper size at tray
to determine a sequence of CI signals.
The paper size in the tray is set.
SW19 No. 8 Method of detecting CI frequency
SW23 No. 5, No. 6 Fan time after printing
CI frequency detection method is set.
Set the FAN rotation time for completed print operation.
2 – 28
AM-400DE
SW23 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved SW29 No. 1 Reserved (AM-400H)
SW24 No. 1 Automatic reduce of receive SW29 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved (AM-400DE/F/IT/SE)
If set to 1, it is reduced automatically. Set to "1".
SW24 No. 2 ~ No. 8 Reserved SW29 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved (AM-400H)
SW25 No. 1, No. 2 Copy default content type SW29 No. 4 Reserved (AM-400DE/F/IT/SE)
The default copy scanning quality is set. Set to "0".
SW25 No. 3, No. 4 Copy default quality SW29 No. 4 Reserved (AM-400H)
Copy scanning resolution is set. Set to "1".
SW25 No. 5, No. 6 Copy default center contrast (for TEXT) SW29 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved (AM-400DE/F/IT/SE)
When the copy scanning quality is set to the TEXT mode, this switch is Set to "1".
used to set the reference contrast of the center value for the default
contrast setting (SW27 No. 4 ~ No. 6). SW29 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved (AM-400H)
Set to "0".
SW25 No. 7, No. 8 Copy default center contrast (for PHOTO)
When the copy scanning quality is set to the PHOTO mode, this switch SW29 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
is used to set the reference contrast of the center value for the default Set to "0".
contrast setting (SW27 No. 4 ~ No. 6).
SW30 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
SW26 No. 1, No. 2 Speaker volume
Set to "0".
The line monitor volume is set.
SW31 No. 1 USB high speed setting
Used to set whether the USB high speed mode is activated or not.
Set to "0".
SW27 No. 1, No. 2 Fax default center contrast
Set to "0".
Used to set the reference contrast of the center value for the fax con-
trast setting. SW31 No. 6 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW27 No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0". SW31 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW27 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Copy default contrast
The default is set in the copy contrast setting. SW32 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW27 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0". SW32 No. 5 Reserved
Set to "1".
Set to "0". SW32 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW28 No. 4 Reserved
Set to "1". SW33 ~ SW99 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW28 No. 5 Reserved (AM-400DE/F/IT/SE)
Set to "0".
SW28 No. 5 Reserved (AM-400H)

Set to "1".
SW28 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

Set to "0".
SW28 No. 7 Reserved (AM-400H)

Set to "1".
SW28 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

Set to "0".
2 – 29
AM-400DE
[3] Troubleshooting • Slow down the transmission speed SOFT SWITCH 10-1, 2, 3, 4.
May be used in case [2] [3].
Refer to the following actions to troubleshoot any of the problems
mentioned in 1-4. • Replace the LIU PWB.
May be used in all cases.
[1] A communication error occurs.
• Replace the control PWB.
[2] Image distortion produced.
May be used in all cases.
[3] Unable to do overseas communication.
• If transmission problems still exist on the machine, use the follow-
[4] Communication speed slow due to FALLBACK. ing format and check the related matters.
• In crease the transmission level SOFT SWITCH 12-1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
May be used in case [1] [2] [3].
• Decrease the transmission level SOFT SWITCH 12-1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
May be used in case [3].
• Apply line equalization SOFT SWITCH 10-7, 8.
May be used in case [1] [2] [3] [4].
TO: ATT: Ref.No. :

CC: ATT: Date :
FM: Dept :
Sign :
***** Facsimile communication problem ***** Ref.No.:

From: Mr. Fax Tel No.: Date:
Our customer Name Tel No.
Address Fax No.
Contact person Model name
Other party Name Tel No.
Address Fax No.
Contact person Model name
Problem mode Line: Domestic / international Model: G3 Phase: A, B, C, D.
Automatic reception / Manual reception
Reception / Transmission
Automatic dialing / Manual dialing / Others
Frequency: % ROM version:
Confirmation Please mark problem with an X.
Our customer B1 Other party
item No problem is: 0.
B2
A1 A2 B1 B2 C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2
A1 A2 C1 D2
Transmission level setting is ( ) dB at our
customer
C2 D1
E1 Transmission level ( ) dBm
E2 Reception level ( ) dBm
Our service Other party's service By level meter at B1 and B2
Comment
Countermeasure
**** Please attach the G3 data and activity report on problem. ****
2 – 30
AM-400DE
[4] Error code table
1. Communication error code table
1.1. G3 Transmission
Code Final received signal Error Condition (Receiver side)

0 Incomplete signal frame Cannot recognize bit stream after flag
1 NSF, DIS Cannot recognize DCS signal by echo etc.
Cannot recognize NSS signal (FIF code etc.)
2 CFR Disconnects line during reception (carrier missing etc.)
3 FTT Disconnects line by fall back
4 MCF Disconnects line during reception of multi page
Cannot recognize NSS, DCS signal in the case of mode change
5 PIP or PIN The line is hung up without replying to telephone request from the receiving party.
6 RTN or RTP Cannot recognize NSS, DCS signal after transmit RTN or RTP signal.
7 No signal or DCN No response in receiver side or DCN signal received* (transmitter side)
8 - Owing to error in some page the error could not be corrected although the specified number of
error retransmissions were attempted.
11 - Error occurred after or while reception by the remote (receiving) machine was revealed to be
impossible.
12 - Error occurred just after fallback.
13 - Error occurred after a response to retransmission end command was received.
1.2. G3 Reception
Code Final received signal Error Condition (Receiver side)

0 Incomplete signal frame Cannot recognize bit stream after flag
1 NSS, DCS Cannot recognize CFR or FTT signal
Disconnects line during transmission (line error)
2 NSC, DTC Cannot recognize NSS signal (FIF code etc.)
3 EOP Cannot recognize MCF, PIP, PIN, RTN, RTP signal
4 EOM Cannot recognize MCF, PIP, PIN, RTN, RTP signal in the case of mode change
5 MPS The line is hung up without replying to communication request.
6 PR1-Q Cannot recognize PIP, PIN signal in the case of TALK request
7 No signal or DCN No response in transmitter (cannot recognize DIS signal) or DCN signal received* (receiver side)
8 - Error occurred upon completion of reception of all pages.
9 - Error occurred when mode was changed or Transmission/Reception switching was performed.
10 - Error occurred during partial page or physical page reception.
11 - Error occurred after or during inquiry from the remote (transmitting) machine as to whether recep-
tion is possible or not.
12 - Error occurred during or just after fallback.
13 - Error occurred after the retransmission end command was received.
1.3. Super G3 mode 1.4. <Reference> Details of E-29 ~ E31
Error Code Transmission Errors Reception Errors E-29 Handshaking error in V.8 negotiation procedure
E-16 Same as E-0 Same as E-0 E-30 Handshaking error in V.34 line probing procedure
E-17 Same as E-1 Same as E-1 E-31 Handshaking error in V.34 HDX training procedure
E-18 Same as E-2 Same as E-2
E-19 - Same as E-8
E-21 - Same as E-10
E-22 - -
E-24 Same as E-8 -
E-28 - -
E-29
Error occurred during handshaking for super G3
E-30
mode
E-31
2 – 31
AM-400DE
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
AM-400DE
Service Manual
[1] Mechanical description 3.2. Automatic document feed

1) Use of the paper feed roller and separation rubber plate ensures
1. Facsimile block error-free transport and separation of documents. The plate spring
presses the document to the paper feed roller to assure smooth
1.1. Document feed block and diagram feeding of the document.
2) Document separation system:
Feed roller Front sensor Separation rubber plate/speed reduction ratio/roller backlash sepa-
ration system
Separate Document
spring
First document
Separation Feed roller
Transfer rubber plate
roller Exit pinch roller
Rear
plate Document
Separate
spring
Transfer Exit roller
pinch roller Last document
ORG sensor CIS Separation

rubber plate
Separation plate
Fig. 1
2. Document feed operation Fig. 3

1) As shown in Fig.1, the document set in the hopper (the front sensor
is on) is fed with the let out roller and paper feed roller which rotate
3.3. Loading the documents
together with the pulse motor. 1) Make sure that the documents are of suitable size and thickness,
2) When a specified number of pulses are received from the docu- and free from creases, folds, curls, wet glue, wet ink, clips, staples
and pins.
ment sensor after the document lead edge is sensed, scanning will
be started. 2) Place documents face down in the hopper.
3) When a specified number of pulses are received from the docu- • Adjust the document guides to the document width.
ment sensor after the document rear edge is sensed, scanning will • Align the top edge of documents and gently place them into the
be ended to discharge the document to the tray.
hopper. The first page under the stack will be taken up by the
4) If the front sensor is on (the document is set up in the hopper), the feed roller to get ready for transmission.
next document is supplied and fed nearly when the last document
NOTE: 1) Curled edge of documents, if any, must be straighten out.
is completely read and discharged. If the front sensor is off (no doc-
ument is set up in the hopper), the drive will be stopped when the 2) Do not load the documents of different sizes and/or thick-
document is discharged to the tray. nesses together.
3.4. Documents applicable for automatic feed

3. Hopper mechanism
3.1. General view Product specifications
Indication Lower Limit Upper Limit
Weight Metric system 52g/m2 80g/m2
indication indication
Thickness Metric system 0.06mm 0.1mm
indication indication
Document Document size Minimum (148mm x 182mm)
size Range A4 (210mm x 297mm)
Letter (216mm x 279mm)
Legal (216mm x 356mm)
Number of Document size Minimum ~ Letter/A4 size 20sheets
Fig. 2 ADF sheets Weight Legal 1 sheet
The hopper is used to align documents with the document guides Paper Kind Paper of fine quality/bond paper/
adjusted to the paper width. quality Kent paper
NOTE: Adjust the document guides before and after inserting the doc- NOTE: Double-side coated documents and documents on facsimile
ument. recording paper should be inserted manually.
Documents heavier than 80g/m2 in terms of the paper weight must be
duplicated on a copier to make it operative in the facsimile.
3–1
AM-400DE
4. Paper path
Document input
Document exit
CIS
Fusing unit
Print exit
Optical unit (LSU)
Drum cartridge
Envelope
Paper(250 sheets)
Toner cartridge
Fig. 4
5. Components layout
11
2 1 13 12
3
4
10
5
9
8
Fig. 5
No. PARTS NAME No. PARTS NAME

1 Feed roller 8 Drum cartridge
2 Transfer roller 9 Optical unit (LSU)
3 Transfer pinch roller 10 Fusing unit
4 CIS 11 Document feeder tray
5 Output tray 12 Exit roller
6 PU roller assay 13 Exit pinch roller
7 Toner cartridge
3–2
AM-400DE
6. Switch/Sensor layout
2
1
10
9 8
11
14
12
13
6
3
4
5
Fig. 6
No. PARTS NAME TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 Front sensor Microcircuit When the document is set up in the hopper, the front sensor is on.
2 ORG sensor Microcircuit When the ORG sensor is on, the document is fed and scanning will be
started.
3 P-IN sensor Microcircuit When this switch is turned on, paper transport.
4 Bypass PE sensor Microcircuit When this switch is turned on, paper transport.
5 Inter lock switch Microcircuit Detects the opening or closing of the Right Cover.
6 PO2 sensor Microcircuit Detects when the paper is fed out.
7 Roller switch Microcircuit Detects when the Pickup Roller is home position.
8 Toner sensor Microcircuit Detects when the Toner Cartridge is set.
9 Home position sensor Microcircuit Detects when CIS is ADF scanning position.
10 Tray cover sensor Microcircuit Detects when the Paper Tray is set up.
11 PO1 sensor Photo transistor Detects when the paper is fed out.
12 Temperature fuse 216°C Thermal fuse When the heat roller temperature rises abnormally, this fuse cuts off the
power relay power line (+24 V line).
13 Temperature fuse 152°C Thermal fuse When the heat roller temperature rises abnormally, this fuse cuts off the
heater lamp power line.
14 Thermistor Thermistor Detects the temperature on the heat roller.
3–3
AM-400DE
7. Scanner drive block and diagram
7.1. Overall layout
Drive switching unit
Lever Scanner unit

System gear
Pin A
Hold lever
Gear
Hold rib
Home position sensor
7.2. Gear layout
Motor gear
(drive source)
Sheet scan drive side gear train
Planet gear A
Scan unit drive side gear train
System gear
Planet gear B
Drive belt
System gear biasing spring

Scan unit locking lever
3–4
AM-400DE
7.3. Fixed scan mode
Sheet scan drive side gear train Motor gear

(drive source)
Planet gear A
Counterclockwise rotation: The scanner unit

moves toward the sheet scan position.
(Clockwise rotation: The scanner unit
moves toward the fixed scan position.)
System gear
Planet gear B

7.4. Sheet scan mode

Motor gear
(drive source)
Planet gear A
Counterclockwise rotation: Sheets

are fed to the sheet scan section.
System gear
Planet gear B
Locking rib (Scanner unit)
System gear biasing spring Scan unit locking lever
3–5
AM-400DE
7.5. Switching operation (1) from the sheet scan mode to the fixed scan mode

Motor gear
(drive source)
Planet gear A
Clockwise rotation:
switching operation
System gear
Planet gear B
The planet gear A moves toward the scan unit drive side gear and
stops at the intermediate position because the pin A on the planet gear
A mounting arm is restricted its movement by the cam groove A. The
planet gear B moves into engagement with the system gear so that the
system gear rotates. Along with the rotation of the system gear, the
scan unit locking lever starts rotating in the release direction.

(drive source)
Planet gear A
Clockwise rotation:
switching operation
System gear
Planet gear B
Rotation of the system gear releases the pin A on the planet gear A
mounting arm from the cam groove A, and the planetary gear A is
engaged with the scan unit drive side gear. The scan unit starts mov-
ing toward the fixed scan side.
3–6
AM-400DE

(drive source)
Planet gear A
Clockwise rotation:
switching operation
System gear
Planet gear B

Due to the system gear rotation, the pin B is guided in the cam groove
B to turn the planet gear B mounting arm. The planet gear B is disen-
gaged from the system gear, and the system gear loses its power.

(drive source)
Planet gear A

Counterclockwise rotation: The scanner
unit moves toward the sheet scan position.
(Clockwise rotation: The scanner
unit moves toward the fixed scan position.)
System gear
Planet gear B

The system gear is driven by the system gear biasing spring until it
reaches the stopper at the release position of the scan unit locking
lever.
3–7
AM-400DE
7.9. Switching operation (1) from the fixed scan mode to the sheet scan mode
Motor gear
(drive source)
Planet gear A
Counterclockwise rotation: The scanner

System gear
Planet gear B
Scanner unit
Lever

Pin Scan unit locking lever
When the scan unit's lever that comes back to the sheet scan position
pushes the system gear pin, the system gear starts rotating in clock-
wise direction.

(drive source)
Planet gear A

Counterclockwise rotation: The scan
Cam groove B
Pin B
System gear
Planet gear B
Pin A
Cam groove A
Scanner unit
Lever
System gear biasing spring Pin Scan unit locking lever
Due to the system gear rotation, the pin B on the planet gear mounting
arm is guided in the cam groove B, and the planet gear B is engaged
with the system gear. Along with the system gear rotation, the scan
unit locking lever moves toward the lock position.
3–8
AM-400DE

Motor gear
Planet gear A (drive source)
Counterclockwise rotation:
switching operation
System gear
Planet gear B
Pin A
Cam groove A
Scan unit
Lever
Pin Scan unit locking lever
Rotation of the system gear releases the pin A on the planet gear A
mounting arm from the cam groove A. The planet gear A moves to the
intermediate position between the scan unit drive side gear and the
sheet scan drive side gear. At this time, the belt stops moving, and the
scan unit stops accordingly just before the sheet scan position.

(drive source)
Planet gear A
Counterclockwise rotation: Sheets

are fed to the sheet scan section.
System gear
Planet gear B
Rotation of the system gear releases the pin B on the planet gear B
mounting arm from the cam groove B, and the planet gear B is disen-
gaged from the system gear. After the disengagement, the system
gear is kept rotating in clockwise direction by the system gear biasing
spring. The scan unit locking lever is moved by the system gear, and it
stops after pushing the scan unit to the locking rib. Keep rotating the
motor in the counterclockwise direction for the sheet feeding opera-
tion.
3–9
AM-400DE
8. Print process
8.1. Image forming process
Normal paper is used as print paper. A laser beam is used to expose
on the OPC surface to form latent electrostatic images, which are
developed into visible images (toner images) and are transferred on
paper. The basic operation is composed of the five processes: charg-
ing, exposure, development, transfer, and cleaning.
8.2. System diagram (1)
High Voltage Power Supply Unit
FU-EARTH
100MOHM
Heat roller 100V
4.7MOH M 4.7MOHM
Heater lamp DV DC: -220V
Paper Development
Pressure roller Roller
Print
Voltage
DC: -280V
Laser Scanning Unit SV
Supply DC: +400V

Laser Roller Cleaning
Main beam Voltage
Developing roller
charger
brush print
DC: +3600V (D6 Cathode)
Separation
electrode TC
Supply roller
Transfer Charger
Roller Voltage DC: -500V
cleaning
Transfer Toner
Photoconductor
charge drum (OPC)
roller Paper
MC DC: -950V
AC: -570V <--> -1330V
Main Charger
brush Voltage
Fig. 7
8.3. System diagram (2)
CONTROL PWB High Voltage PWB Unit LASER MFP

Constant
voltage Oscillation B1 HV(+) 250MΩ Transfer Roller
57 TCON Rectifier TC
16bit CPU control circuit Transformer
110MΩ
IC21 circuit circuit

OPC DRUM
Feedback circuit HV(-)
Rectifier Separation electrode
circuit
Supply Roller
Short Constant SV
protection voltage(-)
56 circuit Developing Roller
MCON circuit DV
Short Doctor
Constant HV(-) circuit Charger Roller
voltage Oscillation B51 Rectifier MC
control circuit Transformer circuit
circuit
Feedback circuit
Constant Heat Roller
PWM voltage(+) FU-EARTH
Logic PWMSIN circuit
circuit control
circuit Pressure Roller
Fig. 8
3 – 10
AM-400DE
8.4. Image forming process diagram
Scanning Lens Laser diode

mirror
High voltage
circuit Mirror
Main charger Exposure

brush
Toner
Cleaning, Charge
Development
cleaning
Developing High voltage

roller circuit
Paper exit Fusing Separation
Transfer Paper feed roller Paper tray Paper

Separation
electrode
Heat roller Transfer roller

Pressure roller
High voltage circuit

Heater lamp
Fig. 9
3 – 11
AM-400DE
8.5. Functions and operations of major parts 8.5.2 Developing unit
Latent electrostatic images formed by laser beam on the OPC drum
are developed to visible images by the developing unit. Toner is filled
Paper in the developing unit.
Optical unit(LSU)
a. Developing roller
3 The developing roller is made of urethane and has a high electric
resistance. It is flexible and is in close contact with the OPC drum.
Toner on the developing roller is attached to latent electrostatic images
8 on the OPC drum to form visible images on the OPC drum.
A voltage of DC-220V is applied the developing roller.
b. Doctor
9
2
The doctor is in close contact with the developing roller. It adjusts toner
quantity on the developer roller surface.
6
The doctor is made of conductive material.
c. Toner supply roller
5
1 Toner is supplied to the developing roller by the sponge roller which is
Toner 4 connected to the developing roller.
7
d. Toner stirring plate
Fig. 10
This plate stirs toner in the developing unit to transport it to the devel-
oping roller smoothly.
1 Developing roller 6 Separation electrode
2 Doctor 7 OPC drum 8.5.3 Transfer charger roller
3 Toner stirring plate 8 Discharge plate
The transfer charger roller is made of urethane and has a high electric
4 Toner supply roller 9 Main charger brush
resistance. It is flexible and is in close contact with the OPC drum.
5 Transfer roller
A high voltage of AC 760V (P-P) and DC +3600V are applied to
8.5.1 OPC drum unit charge.
The OPC drum is charged and latent electrostatic images are formed It positively charges paper transported from the paper feed section,
on it and developed into visible toner images. which transfers negatively charged toner on the OPC drum onto the
paper.
a. OPC drum
Latent electrostatic images are formed and developed into toner 8.5.4 Separation electrode
images on the OPC drum.
This electrode is connected to the drum ground. It discharges paper
Organic Photo Conductor is used. The OPC surface is charged nega- which was positively charged in the transfer section to reduce the
tively by the main charger brush. potential difference with the OPC drum to reduce static electricity
When the OPC is exposed to laser beam, the electric resistance of the between the paper and the OPC drum, thus facilitating separation of
exposed section falls and electric charge is generated in the OPC. As paper.
a result, electric charge on the OPC surface is removed. This principle
is used to form latent electrostatic images.
OPC layer CTL (Charge transfer layer)

CGL (Charge generation layer)
Aluminum layer
Fig. 11
b. Main charger brush
The main charger brush charges the OPC drum surface. It is com-
posed of brush fiber, and is in the shape of a roller. A high voltage of
AC 760V (P-P) and DC-950V are applied to charge the brush.
The main charger brush is in contact with the OPC drum. BY applying
electric charge to the OPC drum, the OPC drum is charged to about
DC-900V.
3 – 12
AM-400DE
8.6. Image forming operation STEP 2 (Exposure): Laser beam scanning light corresponding to
the print data is radiated on the OPC drum.
STEP 1 (Cleaning, Charg- Residual toner the OPC drum is
ing): stirred and negative charges are Positive and negative charges are generated in the OPC drum CGL
scattered evenly on the OPC exposed with the laser beam.
drum. (The OPC drum surface is Positive charges generated in the CGL are attracted toward the OPC
evenly charged.) drum surface (negative charges), and negative charges toward the
The main charger is a rotating brush roller. aluminum layer (positive charges).
The main charger removes residual toner from the OPC drum by its Therefore, the positive and negative charges neutralize each other in
rotating sweeping action and causes it to stick to the brush. the laser-exposed area of the OPC drum surface and the aluminum
layer, decreasing the potential of the OPC drum surface.
At the same time, a high voltage of -950V is applied to the main
charger roller to generate a discharge of electricity between the roller The area which is not exposed to laser beam has no change, and the
and the OPC drum, generating positive and negative charges. The OPC drum surface remains negatively charged to keep a high poten-
negative charges are attracted to the OPC drum, and evenly distrib- tial. As a result, latent electrostatic images are formed on the OPC
uted on the OPC drum. (The OPC drum surface is evenly charged.) drum.
Laser beam
Main
charger
brush
Exposed area Non-exposed area
Residual
toner
CTL
AC760V CGL
(P-P) Aluminum layer
(Drum base)
OPC drum
CTL Aluminum layer (drum base)

CGL
DC-950V
CTL
CGL
Aluminum layer
(Drum base)
Fig. 12
Fig. 13
3 – 13
AM-400DE
On the other hand, when an area of OPC drum which was not
STEP 3 (Development): Toner is attached to the latent electro-
exposed to the laser beam and did not lose its charge comes in con-
static images on the OPC drum to form
tact with the developing roller, any residual toner attached to the OPC
visible images.
drum is transferred to the developing roller which is more positively
charged.
As a result, unnecessary toner on the OPC drum is collected by the
developing unit.
The operating principle for that case is contrary to that for transfer of
toner from the developing roller to the OPC drum surface. (The electric
field energy direction is contrary.)
STEP 4 (Trans- Visible images of toner on the OPC drum are
fer): transferred to the paper.
: Toner (Negatively charged)

Aluminum layer
(Drum base)
CTL
CGL
Doctor
DC-180V Exposed area

Toner (exposed
supply to laser beam)
roller Non-exposed area
(Not exposed to
laser beam) CTL
OPC drum CGL
Paper
Aluminum layer
DC Developing roller (Drum base)
-280V
OPC drum
Fig. 14
Toner is transported to the scraper area by the toner supply roller and
the developing roller. The quantity of toner to be transported to the
doctor section is controlled by the scraper. Toner transported to the
doctor section is then passed between the developing roller and the
doctor to form a thin toner layer on the developing roller by the pres-
sure applied by the doctor.
When toner passes between the developing roller and the doctor, it is
charged negatively by friction. Transfer roller
When an area of OPC drum which was exposed to laser beam and
lost its charge comes in contact with the developing roller, toner moves DC+3600V
from the developing roller to the OPC drum surface. AC760V(P-P)
The principle of toner movement from the developing roller to the OPC
drum surface is as follows.
The bias voltage of DC-280V is applied to the developing roller. Toner Fig. 15
is charged negatively by the difference (electrical energy) between the
The high voltage of DC+3600V plus AC760V (P-P) is applied to the
bias voltage and the OPC drum surface potential and is attracted to
transfer roller to generate electric discharge between the roller and the
the OPC drum surface which is positively charged.
OPC drum, generating positive and negative charges. Positive
At that time, the potential of the area of the OPC drum which was charges are attracted to the OPC drum and attached to the paper
exposed to the laser beam and lost its charge is higher than that of the transported between the transfer roller and the OPC drum. Therefore
developing roller. the paper has a strong positive charge.
Negatively charged toner on the OPC drum is attracted by the paper
which is positively charged, and the visible images of toner are trans-
ferred onto the paper.
3 – 14
AM-400DE
STEP 5 (Paper separation): The paper is separated from the STEP 6 (Dis- The drum surface is discharged to facilitate
OPC drum. charge): cleaning of the drum surface. (The remaining
toner is easily collected by the main charger
roller.)
Main charger
roller (brush)
Paper
Separation
electrode
OPC drum
AC760V Residual
Aluminum layer
(P-P) toner
(Drum base)
CGL
CTL
DC-950V
Transfer roller OPC drum
Fig. 16
There is an electrostatic force between the paper which is positively Aluminum layer
charged in transfer operation and the OPC drum which is negatively (Drum base)
charged. The positive charge on the paper is released to the separa-
tion electrode, which is the same potential as the aluminum layer of CGL
the OPC drum, to reduce the potential difference between the OPC CTL
drum and the paper, reducing the electrostatic force.
This operation facilitates separation of the paper from the OPC drum.
Fig. 17
STEP 7 (Clean- Residual toner on the OPC drum is removed.

ing):
The main charger is a rotating brush roller.
The main charger removes residual toner from the OPC drum by its
rotating sweeping action and causes it to stick to the brush. The main
charger brush is in close contact with the mesh-type brush cleaning
plate which removes toner and paper dust from the main charger
brush mechanically.
3 – 15
AM-400DE
8.7. OPC drum surface potential 8.7.2 OPC drum surface potential and developing bias
voltage in development
8.7.1 Transition of OPC drum surface potential by print
operation
During
OPC drum surface potential (-V)

Start developing Stop
Laser Dark Dark area
beam area potential
-950V potential
OPC surface potential (-V)
-180V
Developing
bias
-250V
Toner Developing Light area potential
attachment
potential bias
Time (OPC drum rotation angle)
Light area
potential
Charging/ Exposure Residual Transfer Charging Fig. 19
cleaning toner collection
/Developing
Timer(OPC drum rotating angle)
Fig. 18
3 – 16
AM-400DE
9. Timing chart
9.1. Print process
PRINT PROCESS
Pre-Printing period Printing period After Printing period
Soft Control
Signal max 5.0sec One or more page printing 3.0sec
Name PMD
(Polygon motor)
MM
(Main motor)
MCON MC
Signal (Main charger)
DC AC DC
PWMSIN MC
Signal (Superposing)
(Duty)
5sec
TC (Transfer
TCON Charger)
Signal
SV
(Supply Roller
Voltage) 2sec 5sec
Laser Lighting
(discharge)
Lighting Printing Lighting
High Voltage
Power Supply Unit
MC Output MC
(Main charger)
GND
Voltage MC DC(-950V)+AC(760Vp-p)
TC (Transfer
TC Output Charger) DC(+3600V)+AC(760Vp-p)
Voltage TC(+)
GND
DC(-500V)
Voltage TC(-)
SV Output SV (Supply
Roller Voltage) DC(+400V)
Voltage SV(+)
GND
DC(-280V)
Voltage SV(-)
CLEANING PRINTING CLEANING
9.2. Cleaning process
CLEANING PROCESS
Soft Control
max 5.0sec 3.0sec
PMD
(Polygon motor)
MM
(Main motor)
MCON MC
Signal (Main charger)
DC
PWMSIN MC
Signal (Superposing)
(Duty)
TC (Transfer 7sec
TCON Charger)
Signal
SV
(Supply Roller
Voltage)
Laser Lighting
(discharge)
Lighting
High Voltage
Power Supply Unit
MC Output MC
(Main charger)
GND
DC(-850V)
Voltage MC
TC (Transfer
TC Output Charger)
Voltage TC(+)
GND
Voltage TC(-) DC(-500V)
SV Output SV (Supply
Roller Voltage) DC(+400V)
Voltage SV(+)
GND
Voltage SV(-)
CLEANING
3 – 17
AM-400DE
[2] Disassembly and assembly procedures
• This chapter mainly describes the disassembly procedures. For the assembly procedures, reverse the disassembly procedures.
• Easy and simple disassembly/assembly procedures of some parts and units are omitted. For disassembly and assembly of such parts and units,
refer to the Parts List.
• The numbers in the illustration, the parts list and the flowchart in a same section are common to each other.
• To assure reliability of the product, the disassembly and the assembly procedures should be performed carefully and deliberately.
1 Rear cover Parts list (Fig. 1)

No. Part name Qty
1 Mechanism unit 1
2 Screw (3x10) 5
3 Hook 4
4 Rear cover 1
2
2
3
2
2 3
1
3
Mechanism unit
4 3
Rear cover
Fig.1
3 – 18
AM-400DE
Parts list (Fig. 2)

2 PWB unit and PWB plate
No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty
1 Mechanism unit 1 12 Screw (3x8) 4
2 Connector 23 13 Earth cable 1
3 Screw (3x8) 3 14 High voltage PWB unit 1
4 Screw (3x10) 1 15 Screw (3x10) 4
5 Control PWB unit 1 16 Screw 1
6 Screw (3x10) 1 17 AC cord earth cable 1
7 Screw (3x8) 1 18 Screw (3x8) 1
8 LIU PWB unit 1 19 Earth cable 1
9 Connector 4 20 Screw (3x6) 1
10 Screw (3x8) 2 21 Earth cable 1
11 Power supply PWB unit 1 22 PWB plate 1
High voltage 18
PWB unit 19
14 21
13 20
15
16
17
12 15
10
22
15
PWB plate
11
9 Power supply 2
2 PWB unit 2
10
2
3
5
2
Control
4 PWB unit
3 1
Mechanism unit
2
6 2
8
7 LIU PWB unit
Fig.2
3 – 19
AM-400DE
Parts list (Fig. 3)

3 Flatbed unit
No. Part name Qty
1 Mechanism unit 1
2 Screw (4x12) 5
3 Flatbed unit 1
Flatbed unit 2
2 3
2
2. Front cover open

1. Right cover open
1
Mechanism unit
Fig.3
3 – 20
AM-400DE
Flatbed cover/Scanner unit/ Flatbed upper/ Parts list (Fig. 4)

4
Drive unit/Flatbed lower No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty
1 Flatbed cover 1 7 Hook 1
NOTE: For disassembly of the inside of the unit, 2 Scanner unit 1 8 Screw (3x6) 1
3 Screw (3x12) 1 9 Earth spring 1
refer to the exploded view in the parts
4 Screw (3x10) 4 10 Earth spring 1 1
guide. 5 Hook 6 11 Screw (3x10) 1
6 Flatbed upper 1 12 Drive unit 1
13 Flatbed lower 1
Scanner unit 1 Flatbed cover

2
4
Screwdriver
3
4 4
Stopper
plate 4
6 Flatbed upper
5
Drive unit
5
Mark point the drive unit
5
5 5 Mark point hold lever
11 5
Position assembly mark
10 8 point same line.
IMPORTANT! Drive unit

12
Drive 7 9 Hold lever Push Push
Flatbed unit
lower Must push
13 this point
Flatbed lower when ass'y
Drive unit.
Drive Unit
Pin exist
Caution 12 Drive unit upper End
b a
Hold lever touch

the bottom of Hold lever
13 Flatbed lower.
Flatbed lower 7 Hook
When mounting the drive unit, the hold lever and
the teeth of the system gear must be aligned.
Fig.4
3 – 21
AM-400DE
Right cover/Front cover/Paper exit unit/ Parts list (Fig. 5)

5
Optical unit(LSU)/Fusing unit/ No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty
1 Mechanism unit 1 8 Screw (3x10) 4
NOTE: For disassembly of the inside of the unit, 2 Right cover pivot 1 9 Screw (3x8) 1
10 Earth cable 1
refer to the exploded view in the parts 3 Right cover 1
4 Screw (3x10) 1 11 Connector 2
guide. 5 Front cover 1 12 Optical unit (LSU) 1
6 Screw (3x14) 4 13 Screw 2
7 Paper exit unit 1 14 Fusing unit 1
10 8
6 9
6
8
11
12 Optical unit (LSU)

11 Since the parts of this Optical
7
unit (LSU) cannot be supplied,
Paper exit change it as a unit.
unit
4 2
3 Right cover
5
13
Front cover
1
Mechanism unit
14
Fusing unit
13
Fig.5
3 – 22
AM-400DE
6 Parts list (Fig. 6)

Wire treatment
No. Part name Qty
1 Band (100mm) 6
2 Screw 1
3 Wire holder 1
4 Core (F2154) 1
5 Screw (3x8) 1
6 Core (F2146) 1
7 Core (F2147) 1
LSU
Earth cable 1 5
The LSU earth cable
pass to the core 1 time.
7
6
The CNLSR cable pass
to the core 2 times.
CNLSR
CNPN
CNFRT
CNSCM
High voltage CNRTH CNCIS CNORG
PWB unit CNPM CNPOUT1 CNHPS
CNHV CNPOUT2 CNSP
1 CNMM CNPUM
CNFM
CNBYPE CNTCT
CNROLSNS
CNTCVR
CN6 CNPW CNLIU Control
PWB
CNHT
CN2 CNPIN
AC cord Power supply PWB unit LIU PWB unit
1
4 2
3
The AC cord earth cable
pass to the core 2 times.
Fig.6
3 – 23
AM-400DE
AM-400DE
CONTROL PWB UNIT [Flatbed & ADF Scanner Unit]
AFE Image Sensor Unit

[1] Block diagram
& GPIO Color CIS : 600dpi, 208mm
GPIO Drive Mechanism

Stepper Motor/
Program Memory Work Memory ORG Sensor/Front Sensor
NOR Flash SDRAM Main Controller
: 2MB : 16MB OA-2000 (OASIS)
CHAPTER 4. DIADRAMS
USB 2.0 USB port Host PC

: 32bit ARC CPU-core Client
16 Memory-Bus : Internal 96MHz
8 Peripheral-Bus
PIXEL
GPIO OUT USART
Clocked Synchronous
I/F Logic Circuit V.34 Fax Modem Serial Communication
FM336Plus
4–1
Printer Controller
16bit CPU/20MHz
GPIO
Timer-Out GPIO GPI Timer-Out ADC GPO GPI
Service Manual
OPERATION PANEL LIU PWB UNIT

Main Motor Stepper Tray Cover
PWB UNIT Motor Sensor HIGH VOLTAGE Thermistor Heater PO1 Sensor
Entering Key PWB UNIT PO2 Sensor
Bypass PE
Tact SW (31) Stepper Sensor
Pickup Motor Fusing Unit
LED Motor
Red x 1 P-IN Sensor Interlock
Roller Optical Unit Switch
Switch Toner C/T (LSU)
Paper Pick-up Mechanism Sensor
[ENGINE]
LCD Module : 12 ppm, 600 x 600dpi
: 16 x 1line
OPTICAL UNIT OPERATION
PO2 PO1 PANEL PWB 14
(LSU) SCANNER
CIS UNIT LCD(16x1)
THERMISTOR SENSOR SENSOR MOTOR
LSU-P LSU-L CNPN1
2 3 12 16
5 8 2 4
CNPM CNLSR CNRTH CNPOUT2 CNPOUT1 CNCIS CNSCM CNPN(FFC)

[2] Wiring diagram
(JWT) (JST) (JST) (JST) (JST) (FFC) (JST)

HIGH VOLTAGE CNFRT 2
FRONT SENSOR
5 (JST)
PWB UNIT
CN1 CNHV
CNORG 2
(JST) ORG SENSOR
MAIN MOTOR 4
CNMM(JST) 2
CNHPS HOME POSITION
6 (JWT) SENSOR
PICKUP MOTOR CNPUM(JWT)
2
FAN CNFM(JWT) 2
4 CNSP SPEAKER
TONER C/T SENSOR CNTCT(JWT) CONTROL PWB UNIT (JWT)
2
BYPASS PE SENSOR CNBYPE(JST)
2
P-IN SENSOR CNPIN(JST)
4–2
CNUSB PC
2
ROLLER SWITCH CNROLSNS(JWT)
2
TORAY COVER SW CNTCVR(JST)
CNLIU
CNPW (Board-In)
14
12
2 CNPW
INTERLOCK CNLIU
SW CN2
POWER SUPPLY LIU PWB UNIT
2
PWB UNIT CN6 THERMAL
2 LINE
FUSING UNIT CNHT FUSE-2
TEL LINE
CNLN
AM-400H AM-400DE/F/IT/SE
AM-400DE
AM-400DE
[3] Point-to-point diagram
CNCIS CNCIS
Ao 1 1 AO CNPN CNPN1
GND 2 2 GND(VDD) E 1 16 E CNLCD1
GND 3 3 GND VLED 2 15 LEDON DG 1 1 DG
VDD 4 4 VDD(SEL) +3.3V 3 14 +3.3V +3.3V 2 2 +3.3V
VREF 5 5 VREF(GND) DG 4 13 DG VO 3 3 VO
CIS SP 6 6 SP /STRB7 5 12 /STRB7 RS 4 4 RS
LCD UNIT
CLK 7 7 CLK /SEN0 6 11 /SEN0 R/W 5 5 R/W
V-LED 8 8 VLED /STRB6 7 10 /STRB6 E 6 6 E
B-GND 9 9 BLED_GND /SEN1 8 9 /SEN1 N.C. 7 7 N.C.
G-GND 10 10 GLED_GND /STRB5 9 8 /STRB5 N.C. 8 8 N.C.
R-GND 11 11 RLED_GND /SEN2 10 7 /SEN2 N.C. 9 9 N.C.
N.C. 12 12 N.C. /STRB4 11 6 /STRB4 N.C. 10 10 N.C.
/SEN3 12 5 /SEN3 LD0 11 11 LD0
CNFRT /STRB3 13 4 /STRB3 LD1 12 12 LD1
/FRSNS 1 1 /FRSNS /STRB0 14 3 /STRB0 LD2 13 13 LD2
FRONT LD3 14 14 LD3
SENSOR GND 2 2 GND /STRB2 15 2 /STRB2
/STRB1 16 1 /STRB1
CNORG
ORG /ORGSNS 1 1 /ORGSNS OPERATION PANEL
SENSOR GND 2 2 GND
PWB UNIT
CNHPS
SCANNER CNLIU CNLIU
HOME POSITION /HOME 1 1 /HOME
GND 2 2 GND RXIN 1 1 RXIN
SENSOR TXOUT 2 2 TXOUT
CNSCM /CI 3 3 /CI
A 1 1 A /EXHS 4 4 /EXHS
SCANNER B 2 2 B DPON 5 5 DPON
MOTOR /A 3 3 /A CML 6 6 CML
/B 4 4 /B +5V 7 7 +5V
DG 8 8 DG
CNSP +24VA 9 9 +24VA
SP+ 1 1 SP+ E-RLY(N.C.) 10 10 E-RLY(N.C.)
SPEAKER DPMUTE 11 11
SP- 2 2 SP- DPMUTE
(N.C.) 12 12 (N.C.)
MA+ 1
CNMM
1 MA+
LIU PWB UNIT
PRINTER MB+ 2 2 MB+ CNUSB
CONTROL PWB UNIT
MAIN MOTOR MA- 3 3 MA-

MB- 4 4 MB- PC
CNPUM
/PUMBD 1 1 /PUMBD CNPW CNPW CN2
/PUMAD 2 2 /PUMAD MG 1 1 MG 1 1 1 1 INTERLOCK
PRINTER PUMBD 3 3 PUMBD +24V_SUB 2 2 +24V_SUB 2 2 2 2 SWITCH
PICKUP PUMAD 4 4 PUMAD MG 3 3 MG
MOTOR VMT 5 5 VMT MG 4 4 MG CN6
VMT 6 6 VMT +24V MAIN 5 5 +24V MAIN 1 +24VMAIN 1 +24VMAIN THERMAL
+24V MAIN 6 6 +24V MAIN 2 N.C. 2 N.C.
CNFM DG 7 7 DG 3 +24VS FUSE-2
3 +24VS
VFM+ 1 1 VFM+ +5V 8 8 +5VMAIN
FAN N.C. 2 2 N.C. DG 9 9 DG CNHT
VFM- 3 3 VFM- +3.3V 10 10 +3.3VMAIN 1 N 1 N FUSING
DG 11 11 DG 2 N.C. 2 N.C.
CNRTH /HLON 12 12 /HEATER ON 3 L 3 L UNIT
THERMISTOR +5V 1 1 +5V /PWRLY 13 13 /PWRLY
RTH 2 2 RTH /ZC 14 14 /ZC
PRINTER /PIN 1
CNPIN
1 /PIN
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
P-IN SENSOR GND 2 2 GND
CNBYPE
PRINTER CNHV CN1
PE_BY 1 1 PE_BY
BYPASS PE
SENSOR GND 2 2 GND
PGND
PWMSIN
1
2
1
2
PGND
PWMSIN
HIGH
CNPOUT1 MCON 3 3 MCON VOLTAGE
TCON 4 4 TCON
PRINTER
PAPER OUT 1
/POUT1
GND
1
2
1
2
/POUT1
GND +24V 5 5 +24V PWB UNIT
SENSOR POUT1_AN 3 3 POUT1_AN
CNPOUT2
PRINTER /POUT2 1 1 /POUT2 CNLSR CNLSR
PAPER OUT 2
SENSOR GND 2 2 GND DGND 1 1 DGND
-S/H 2 2 -S/H
CNTCVR -VIDEO 3 3 -VIDEO
PRINTER OPEN_TRAY 1
TRAY COVER 1 OPEN_TRAY -LDEN 4 4 -LDEN
SENSOR GND 2 2 GND DGND 5 5 DGND
+5V 6 6 +5V
PRINTER
CNROLSNS DGND 7 7 DGND OPTICAL
/ROLSNS 1 1 /ROLSNS
ROLLER
GND 2 2 GND
-HSYNC 8 8 -HSYNC UNIT
SWITCH
CNTCT
CNPM CNPM (LSU)
CLK 1 1 CLK
TONER TCT2 1 1 TCT2 -READY 2 2 -READY
CARTRIDGE COM 2 2 COM -START 3 3 -START
SENSOR TCT1 3 3 TCT1 GND 4 4 GND
TCT0 4 4 TCT0 +24V 5 5 +24V
4–3
AM-400DE
CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
AM-400DE
Service Manual
[1] Circuit description [2] Circuit description of control PWB
1. General description 1. General description

The compact design of the control PWB is obtained by using MFP The control PWB is composed of the following blocks..
ASIC OA-2000 in the main control section and high density printing of
surface mounting parts. Each PWB is independent according to its 1.1. Main control block
function as shown in Fig. 1. 1) Controller block
2) Memory block
2. PWB configuration
3) Modem block
4) Scanner I/F block
AC CORD
FAN HIGH VOLTAGE PWB 5) Panel I/F block
OPTICAL UNIT (LSU)

1.2. Printer control block
POWER ROLLER SENSOR 1.3. Power section

HEATER SUPPLY
LAMP PWB MAIN MOTOR
TONER C/T SENSOR

2. Description of each block
CONTROL
PWB 2.1. Main control block
FUSING UNIT
Main control block consisting of CPU OA-2000 with 32bit microproces-
THERMISTOR
sor core, SDRAM (128Mbit), FLASH (16Mbit), FAX MODEM, etc., con-
LINE CABLE
LIU SPEAKER trols scanning, images processing, FAX communication, user
PWB
interface, USB interface etc., that is all except for printer controlling.
PICKUP MOTOR
2.1.1 Controller block

CIS SCANNER
MOTOR 1) OA-2000 (IC1): pin-208 QFP (Main CPU)
OPERATION
PANEL PWB LCD This is a microcomputer with 32bit microprocessor (ARC) core, which
periphery functions are integrated into.
Fig. 1 This device is equipped with the following function. The clock inputs
24MHz from outside and operates at 4-times frequency (96MHz) inter-
2.1. Control PWB nally.
The control PWB controls peripheral PWBs, mechanical parts, trans-
mission, and performs overall control of the unit.
Feature
2.2. LIU PWB • SDRAM Controller
This PWB controls connection of the telephone line to the unit. Addressing, Control and Refresh to SDRAM (IC4)
• USB 2.0 Client I/F (High Speed & Full Speed)
2.3. Power supply PWB
Connection for PC
This PWB provides voltages of +3.3V, +5V and +24V to the another
PWB. • General Purpose I/O port
Controlling Panel, LIU, Motor driver, etc.
2.4. Panel PWB
Inputting of each sensor and status signals
The panel PWB allows input of the operation keys.
• Contact Image Sensor I/F and Analog Front End
2.5. High voltage PWB Processing of SCAN video signal and its A/D conversion.
This PWB provides the high voltage to printer process units. • Hardware Image Processing Accelerators
2.6. LCD PWB • JBIG & JPEG Hardware Image Compression and Decompression
This PWB controls the LCD display. • Serial communication I/F

Communicating with Printer CPU (IC21)
• Peripheral Bus I/F
FAX MODEM (IC18) and KEY & STATUS signal buffer (IC10) is
connected via Peripheral Bus.
• Pulse Width Modulators
This generates key input sound, alarm sound and ringer sound.
• Real Time Clock Generator
It is oscillated with quartz oscillator of 32.768kHz and the clock is
provided.
5–1
AM-400DE
OA-2000 (IC1) Terminal description (1/4)
No. Pin name I/O Pin Description
1 GP_L6 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
3 GP_M0 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
8 GP_M5/UA1_RX_DATA Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Serial Communication Interface(Receiving data)
9 GP_M6/UA1_SCLK Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Serial Communication Interface(Serial clock)
10 VSS GND digital Ground
11 CORE_VDD18 +1.8V digital Power
12 GP_M7/UA1_TX_DATA Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Serial Communication Interface(Sending data)
13 GP_N0/PB_CS0 Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Peripheral Bus Chip Select 0
14 GP_N1 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
15 IO_VDD33 +3.3V digital Power
16 GP_N2 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
17 GP_N3/PB_CS3 Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Peripheral Bus Chip Select 3
18 GP_N4/PB_NOE Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Peripheral Bus Output Enable
19 GP_N5/PB_NWE Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Peripheral Bus Write Enable
20 GP_O0/PB_ADDR0 Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Peripheral Bus Address
26 GP_O5 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
29 GP_P0/PB_DATA0 Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Peripheral Bus Data
41 ADC_AVSS GND analog Ground
42 ADC_VIN0 Input analog A/D Converter Input 0
46 ADC_AVDD33 +3.3V analog Power
51 ADC_AVSS GND analog Ground
54 GP_C0 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
55 GP_D0 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
57 GP_D1 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
5–2
AM-400DE
67 GP_F0/PO_PAGE_SYNC Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Print Page Synchronous Input
68 GP_F1/PO_LINE_SYNC Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Print Line Synchronous Input
69 GP_F2 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
74 GP_F6 GND digital General Purpose IO
75 GP_F7 +1.8V digital General Purpose IO
77 ROM_CS_L Output ROM Chip Select
78 SDRAM_DATA0 Bidirectional SDRAM Data Bus
99 SDRAM_DQMA0 Output SDRAM IO Mask
101 SDRAM_DQMA1 Output SDRAM IO Mask
102 SDRAM_CS0_L Output SDRAM Chip Select 0
103 SDRAM_CKE Output SDRAM Clock Enable
104 SDRAM_CLK Output SDRAM Clock
106 SDRAM_ADDR12 Bidirectional SDRAM Address Bus
118 SDRAM_CS1A_L Output SDRAM Chip Select 1
125 SDRAM_BA1 Bidirectional SDRAM Bank Select Address
127 SDRAM_BA0 Bidirectional SDRAM Bank Select Address
128 SDRAM_RAS_L Bidirectional SDRAM Row Address Strobe Command
5–3
AM-400DE
129 SDRAM_CAS_L Bidirectional SDRAM Column Address Strobe Command
130 SDRAM_WE_L Bidirectional SDRAM Write Enable
132 GP_H0/PI_TGEN0 Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Timing Generator for CIS
133 GP_H1/BASE_CLK Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Base Clock Input
134 GP_H2/PI_TGEN2 Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Timing Generator for CIS
135 GP_H3 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
137 RTC_VSS GND digital Ground
138 RTC_XIN Crystal/Input Real Time Clock Crystal
139 RTC_XOUT Crystal Real Time Clock Crystal
140 RTC_VDD18 +1.8V digital Real Time Clock Power
142 CORE_VDD18 +1.8V digital General Purpose IO
143 GP_H4 Bidirectional Power
144 GP_H5/PI_TGEN5 Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Timing Generator
145 GP_H6/PI_TGEN6 Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Timing Generator
146 GP_H7/PI_TR_TGEN Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Timing Generator
148 GP_J0 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
158 GP_K0/PI_TGEN_AUX Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Timing Generator
159 GP_K1 Bidirectional General Purpose IO
161 RESET_L Bidirectional Reset signal Input
162 AFE_VINB Input analog AFE Video Input
163 AFE_VING Input analog AFE Video Input
164 AFE_ANAREF GND analog AFE Reference Voltage Input
165 AFE_VINR Input analog AFE Video Input
166 AFE_AVSS GND analog Ground
167 AFE_VREFN Analog AFE Reference Voltage Input
168 AFE_VREFP Analog AFE Reference Voltage Input
169 AFE_VCM Analog AFE Reference Voltage Input
170 AFE_AVDD33 +3.3 V analog Power
173 TCK Input (Used only debug mode)
174 TMS Input (Used only debug mode)
175 TDI Input (Used only debug mode)
176 TDO Output (Used only debug mode)
177 CK_PWM1 Bidirectional Pulse Width Modulators
178 CK_PWM0 Bidirectional Pulse Width Modulators
180 XOUT Crystal Crystal
181 XIN Crystal/Input Crystal
184 PLL_AVDD18 +1.8V analog Power
185 PLL_AVSS GND digital Ground
186 HOST1_DM Bidir.analog USB Host Interface
187 HOST1_DP Bidir.analog USB Host Interface
188 HOST_AVDD33 +3.3V analog Power
189 HOST0_DM Bidir.analog USB Host Interface
190 HOST0_DP Bidir.analog USB Host Interface
191 HOST_AVSS GND analog Ground
192 DEV_RSDM Output analog USB Device Interface
5–4
AM-400DE
193 DEV_RSDP Output analog USB Device Interface
194 DEV_DP Bidir.analog USB Device Interface
195 DEV_DM Bidir.analog USB Device Interface
196 DEV_AVSS GND analog Ground
197 DEV_RREF Analog USB Device Reference Input
198 DEV_AVDD33 +3.3V analog Power
199 DEV_VSENSE Input USB Device Interface
200 DEV_RUP Output USB Device Interface
201 GP_L0/PO_DATA0 Bidirectional General Purpose IO/Print Video Data Output
2.1.2 Memory block • HDLC support at all speeds

1) LH28F160BJE (IC6): pin-48 TSOP (FLASH MEMORY) - Flag generation, 0-bit stuffing, ITU-T CRC-16 or CRC-32 cal-
culation and generation
16Mbit FLASH Memory.
- Flag detection, 0-bit stuffing, ITU-T CRC-16 or CRC-32 check
Firmware being compressed except for boot program, is stored in this
sum error detection
device. All of the entry data, user setting and so on are also stored.
- FSK flag pattern detection during high-speed receiving
2) W9812G6DH-75 or IS42S16800A-7TL (IC4): pin-54 TSOP
(SDRAM) • Tone modes and features
128Mbit (2M x 16bit x 4bank) Synchronous DRAM. - Programmable single or dual tone generation
- DTMF receiver
On power on sequence, the firmware being compressed and stored in
FLASH memory (IC6) is decompressed to this device. After decom- - Tone detection with three programmable tone detectors
pression, this device is used as a program execution memory. It is also
• Serial and parallel synchronous data
used as various work memories and communication buffer etc.
• Automatic Rate Adaptation (ARA) in V.34 half-duplex
• Auto-dial and auto-answer control
2.1.3 MODEM block • TTL and CMOS compatible DTE interface
1) MODEM - ITU-T V.24 (EIA/TIA-232-E) (data/control)
The block is mainly composed of the G3 FAX modem FM336PLus - Microprocessor bus (data/configuration/control)
(IC18), and is provided with the following modem function.
• Receive dynamic range:
1) G3 FAX modem
- 0 dBm to -43 dBm for V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27 ter and V.21
The modem satisfies the requirements specified in ITU-T recom-
- -9 dBm to -43 dBm for V.34 half-duplex
mendations V.34 half-duplex, V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27 ter, V.21, and
meets the binary signaling requirements of V.8 and T.30 with Annex • Caller ID Demodulation
F. Internal HDLC support eliminates the need for an external serial
• Single tone detection in Data Mode
input/output (SIO) device in the DTE for products incorporating
error detection and T.30 protocol. The modem can perform HDLC • ADPCM Voice Mode (Conexant Proprietary)
framing per T.30 at all data speeds. CRC generation/checking • Programmable RSLD turn-on and turn-off thresholds
along with zero insertion/deletion enhances SDLC/HDLC frame
• Programmable transmit level: 0 to -15 dBm
operations. Two FSK (V.21 Ch. 1 and V.21 Ch. 2) flag pattern
detectors facilitate FSK detection during high-speed reception. The • Adjustable speaker output to monitor received signal
modem features a programmable DTMF transmitter/receiver and
• DMA support for interrupt lines
three programmable tone detectors.
• Two 16-byte FIFO data buffers for burst data transfer with
2) Features
extension upto 255 bytes
• 2-wire half-duplex fax modem modes with send and receive
• Diagnostic capability
data rates up to 33.6 kbps.
• V.21 Channel 1 Flag detect and V.21 Channel 2 Flag detect
- V.34 half-duplex, V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27 ter, and V.21 Channel
2 • +3.3 V operation with +5 V tolerant inputs
- Short train option in V.17 and V.27 ter • +5 V analog signal interface
• 2-wire duplex data modem modes • 100-pin PQFP package
- V.21, V.23 (75 bps TX/1200 bps RX or 1200 bps TX/75 bps • Typical power consumption
RX) - Normal mode: VDD1 = 250 mW (+3.3 V for DSP); VDD = 35
• PSTN session starting mW (+5 V for IA)
- V.8 and V.8 bis signaling - Sleep mode: VDD1 = 20 mW (+3.3 V for DSP); VDD = 0.1 mW
(+5 V for IA)
5–5
AM-400DE
3) Configurations, Signaling Rates, and Data Rates
Configuration Modulation Carrier Fre- Data Rate Symbol Rate Bits/Symbol Bits/Symbol Constellation
quency (Hz) ± (bps) ± 0.01 % (Symbols/Sec.) Data TCM Points
0.01 %
V.90 PCM PCM — 56000 R/V.34 8000 Dynamic — —
rates T
(Note 4)
V. 34 33600 TCM3 TCM Note 2 33600 3429 only Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 31200 TCM3 TCM Note 2 31200 3200 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 19200 TCM3 TCM Note 2 19200 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 2400 TCM3 TCM Note 2 2400 2400 only Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 32 bis 14400 TCM TCM 1800 14400 2400 6 1 128
V. 32 bis 12000 TCM TCM 1800 12000 2400 5 1 64
V. 32 bis 9600 TCM TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32
V. 32 bis 7200 TCM TCM 1800 7200 2400 3 1 16
V. 32 bis 4800 QAM 1800 4800 2400 2 0 4
V. 32 9600 TCM TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32
V. 32 9600 QAM 1800 9600 2400 4 0 16
V. 32 4800 QAM 1800 4800 2400 2 0 4
V. 22 bis 2400 QAM 1200/2400 2400 600 4 0 16
V. 22 bis 1200 DPSK 1200/2400 1200 600 2 0 4
V. 22 1200 DPSK 1200/2400 1200 600 2 0 4
V. 22 600 DPSK 1200/2400 600 600 1 0 4
V. 23 1200/75 FSK 1700/420 1200/75 1200 1 0 —
V. 21 FSK 1080/1750 Up to 300 300 1 0 —
Bell 208 4800 DPSK 1800 4800 1600 3 0 8
Bell 212A DPSK 1200/2400 1200 600 2 0 4
Bell 103 FSK 1170/2125 Up to 300 300 1 0 —
V. 17 14400 TCM/V.33 TCM 1800 14400 2400 6 1 128
V. 17 12000 TCM/V.33 TCM 1800 12000 2400 5 1 64
V. 17 9600 TCM TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32
V. 17 7200 TCM TCM 1800 7200 2400 3 1 16
V. 29 9600 QAM 1700 9600 2400 4 0 16
V. 29 7200 QAM 1700 7200 2400 3 0 8
V. 29 4800 QAM 1700 4800 2400 2 0 4
V. 27 4800 DPSK 1800 4800 1600 3 0 8
V. 27 2400 DPSK 1800 2400 1200 2 0 4
V. 21 Channel 2 FSK 1750 300 300 1 0 —
Notes:
1. Modulation legend:TCM:Trellis-Coded Modulation QAM:Quadrature Amplitude Modulation PCM:Pulse Coded Modulation
FSK:Frequency Shift Keying DPSK:Differential Phase Shift Keying
2. Adaptive; established during handshake:
Symbol Rate (Baud) V. 34 Low Carrier Frequency (Hz) V. 34 High Carrier Frequency (Hz)
2400 1600 1800
2800 1680 1867
3000 1800 2000
3200 1829 1920
3429 1959 1959
3. For both duplex and half-duplex modes.
4. Maximum data rate.
5–6
AM-400DE
4) FM336Plus (IC18) Terminal description
PIN I/O Name Interface PIN I/O Name Interface
1 — RESERVED NC 51 — RESERVED NC
2 IA RS2 HOST Interface 52 GND VSUB —
3 IA RS3 HOST Interface 53 GND VSS —
4 IA RS4 HOST Interface 54 — NC NC
5 IA /CS OHOST Interface 55 — NC NC
6 IA /WR HOST Interface 56 MI SLEEP Modem Interconnect
7 IA /RD HOST Interface 57 PWR VDD1 —
8 OA /RDCLK DTE Serial Interface 58 — NC NC
9 OA /RLSD DTE Serial Interface 59 — RESERVED NC
10 OA TDCLK DTE Serial Interface 60 — RESERVED NC
11 IA TXD DTE Serial Interface 61 MI SR1IO Modem Interconnect
12 OA /CTS DTE Serial Interface 62 PWR VCORE —
13 PWR VDD1 — 63 PWR VDD1 —
14 — RESERVED NC 64 IA XTCLK DTE Serial Interface
15 — RESERVED NC 65 GND VSS —
16 GND VSS — 66 — RESERVED NC
17 — NC NC 67 OA RXD DTE Serial Interface
18 IA /RESET Modem Interconnect 68 IA /DTR DTE Serial Interface
19 OA SR4OUT Modem Interconnect 69 PWR VDD1 —
20 — NC NC 70 MI IA SLEEP Modem Interconnect
21 IA SR4IN Modem Interconnect 71 PWR VGG —
22 OA CLK OUT Modem Interconnect 72 OA YCLK Overhead Signal
23 OA EYESYNC Diagnostic Signal 73 OA XCLK Overhead Signal
24 OA EYECLK Diagnostic Signal 74 OA EYEXY Diagnostic Signal
25 GND MAVSS — 75 OA /DSR DTE Serial Interface
26 PWR MAVDD — 76 OA /RI Telephone Line Interface
27 O(DF) SPKR Telephone Line Interface 77 IA RINGD Telephone Line Interface
28 O(DD) TXA2 Telephone Line Interface 78 IA /RTS DTE Serial Interface
29 O(DD) TXA1 Telephone Line Interface 79 OA IRQ HOST Interface
30 MI VREF Modem Interconnect 80 GND VSS —
31 MI VC Modem Interconnect 81 MI GP00 Modem Interconnect
32 I(DA) RIN Telephone Line Interface 82 — RESERVED NC
33 AGND MAVSS — 83 — RESERVED NC
34 IA /POR Modem Interconnect 84 PWR VDD1 —
35 — RESERVED NC 85 I XTALI/CLKIN Overhead Signal
36 — RESERVED NC 86 O XTALO Overhead Signal
37 O(DD) /TALK Telephone Line Interface 87 IA/OB D0 HOST Interface
38 PWR VDD — 88 IA/OB D1 HOST Interface
39 — RESERVED NC 89 IA/OB D2 HOST Interface
40 — RESERVED NC 90 IA/OB D3 HOST Interface
41 — NC NC 91 IA/OB D4 HOST Interface
42 IA M CNTRL SIN Modem Interconnect 92 PWR VDD1 —
43 IA M CLKIN Modem Interconnect 93 IA/OB D5 HOST Interface
44 IA M TXSIN Modem Interconnect 94 IA/OB D6 HOST Interface
45 IA M SCK Modem Interconnect 95 IA/OB D7 HOST Interface
46 IA M RXOUT Modem Interconnect 96 IA/OB RS0 HOST Interface
47 IA M STROBE Modem Interconnect 97 IA/OB RS1 HOST Interface
48 — RESERVED NC 98 PWR PLL VDD —
49 O(DD) OH Telephone Line Interface 99 GND VSS —
50 PWR VDD — 100 GNDPLL GND —
Notes:
1. I/O types: MI: Modem interconnect IA, IB:Digital input O(DD), O(DF):Analog input
I(DA): Analog input OA, OB:Digital output
2. NC= No external connection required. RESERVED= No external connection allowed.
3. Interface Legend:
HOST= Modem Control Unit (Host)
DET= Data Terminal Equipment
2) Speaker amplifier
The speaker amplifier (IC17) outputs the buzzer and ringer sound gen-
erated by Main CPU (IC1).
5–7
AM-400DE
2.1.4 Scanner I/F block
1) CIS I/F block
The CIS is controlled through buffer (IC14) by Main CPU (IC1), and
the output video signal from CIS is input into AFE block of Main CPU
(IC1). CIS LED is controlled through LED driving circuit (IC36,
Q29~Q34) by Main CPU (IC1).
LED Driving
Main CPU
circuit
(IC1)
CIS
LED R/G/B
Image sensor Buffer IC

(IC14)
Video signal AFE

BLOCK
Fig. 2
2) Scanner Motor control
MTD2007F (IC12): pin-28 HSOP (Scanner Motor Driver)
The scanner motor is driven by this Motor Driver which is the constant
current motor driver with bipolar, chopper system the rotation speed
and its timing of the scanner motor are controlled by Main CPU (IC1).
Scanner Motor Driver Main CPU

Motor (IC12) (IC1)
(IC12)IC12
)
Fig. 3
2.1.5 Panel I/F block

The strobe signals for LCD control and key scanning of the operation
panel PWB unit are output from the GPIO port of the Main CPU (IC1).
The key switch sense signals from panel unit is connected to periph-
eral bus via buffer IC (IC14).
LCD Operation Strobe Signal

Panel Control Signal
Control PWB Main CPU
Signal unit (IC1)
Buffer IC
(IC14) Peripheral
Key Sense
Signal Bus
Fig. 4
5–8
AM-400DE
2.2. Printer control block Timer V (8bit timer)
Printer control block is composed by a single chip microcomputer Timer W (16bit timer)
"HD64F36049" which built in a 16bit CPU, 96kbyte flash ROM and Timer Z (16bit timer)
3kbyte RAM.
14bit PWM)
2.2.1 HD64F36049 (IC21): pin-80 QFP Watchdog timer
Feature SC13 (Asynchronous or clocked synchronous serial communica-
High-speed H8/300H central processing unit with an internal 16bit tion interface) x 3 channels
architecture. 10bit A/D converter
• Upward-compatible with H8/300 CPU on an object level • On-chip memory
Sixteen 16bit general registers ROM (F-ZTAT): 96kbytes
62 basic instructions RAM: 4kbytes
• Various peripheral functions • Operation frequency: 20MHz
Timer B1 (8bit timer)
OSC1
OSC2
TEST
RES
NMI
VCC
VSS
VSS
VCL
X1
X2
System
Subclock CPU
clock
generator H8/300H
generator
P17/IRQ3/TRGV
P16/IRQ2 Data bus(lower)
P15/IRQ1/TMIB1 P67/FTIOD1
Port 1
P14/IRQ0 P66/FTIOC1
P12 RAM P65/FTIOB1
Port 6
P11/PWM P64/FTIOA1
P10/TMOW ROM P63/FTIOD0
IIC2 P62/FTIOC0
P24 P61/FTIOB0
P23
Port 2
P60/FTIOA0
P22/TXD
P21/RXD RTC SCI3 P77
P20/SCK3 P76/TMOV
P75/TMCIV
Port 7
P37 P74/TMRIV
P36 14-bit P72/TXD_2
P35 SCI3_2 P71/RXD_2
Port 3
P34 PWM
P33 P70/SCK3_2
P32 P87
P31 Timer Z SCI3_3 P86
P31 P85
Port 8
P84/FTIOD
P83/FTIOC
P57/SCL Watchdog P82/FTIOB
P56/SDA Timer V P81/FTIOA
timer
P55/WKP5/ADTRG P80/FTCI
Port 5
P54/WKP4
P53/WKP3
P52/WKP2 Timer W Timer B1 P97
P51/WKP1 P96
P50/WKP0 P95
Port 9
P94
A/D converter P93
P92/TXD_3
Data bus(upper) P91/RXD_3
P90/SCK3_3
Address bus
Port B
PB7/AN7
PB6/AN6
PB5/AN5
PB4/AN4
PB3/AN3
PB2/AN2
PB1/AN1
PB0/AN0
AVCC
AVSS
Fig. 5
5–9
AM-400DE
HD64F36049 (IC21) Terminal description
TYPE SYMBOL PIN NO. I/O FUNCTIONS
Power supply pins Vcc 12 I Power supply pin. Connect this pin to the system power supply.
Vss 9, 50 I Ground pin. Connect this pin to the system power supply (0V).
AVcc 3 I Analog power supply pin for the A/D converter. When the A/D converter is not
used, connect this pin to the system power supply.
AVss 74 I Analog ground pin for the A/D converter. Connect this pin to the system power
supply (0V).
VCL 6 I Internal step-down power supply pin. Connect a capacitor of around 0.1µF
between this pin and the Vss pin for stabilization.
Clock pins OCS1 11 I These pins connect with crystal or ceramic resonator for the system clock, or
OCS2 10 O can be used to input an external clock.
X1 5 I These pins connect with a 32.768 kHz crystal resonator for the subclock. See
X2 4 O Clock Pulse Generators, for a typical connection.
System control /RES 7 I Reset pin. The pull-up resistor (typ. 150 kΩ) is incorporated. When driven low,
the chip is reset.
TEST 8 I Test pin. Connect this pin to Vss.
External interrupt pins /NMI 13 I Non-maskable interrupt request input pin.
/IRQ0 - /IRQ3 25 - 28 I External interrupt request input pins. Can select the rising or falling edge.
/WKP0 - /WKP5 36 - 31 I External interrupt request input pins. Can select the rising or falling edge.
RTC TMOW 56 O This is an output pin for divided clocks.
Timer B1 TMIB1 26 I External event input pin.
Timer V TMOV 72 O This is an output pin for waveforms generated by the output compare function.
TMCIV 71 I External event input pin.
TMRIV 70 I Counter reset input pin.
TRGV 28 I Count start trigger input pin.
Timer Z FTIOA0 42 I/O Output compare output/input capture input/external clock input pin.
FTIOB0 43 I/O Output compare output/input capture input/PWM output pin.
FTIOC0 44 I/O Output compare output/input capture input/PWM synchronous output pin (at a
reset or in complementary PWM mode)
FTIOD0 45 I/O Output compare output/input capture input/PWM output pin.
FTIOA1 46 I/O Output compare output/input capture input/PWM output pin (at a reset or in
complementary PWM mode)
FTIOB1 - FTIOD1 47 - 49 I/O Output compare output/input capture input/PWM output pin.
Timer W FTCI 51 I External event input pin.
FTIOA - FTIOD 52 - 55 I/O Output compare output/input capture input/PWM output pin.
14bit PWM PWM 57 O 14bit PWM square wave output pin.
I2C bus interface 2 (IIC2) SDA 30 I/O IIC data I/O pin. Can directly drive a bus by NMOS open-drain output. When
SCL 29 I/O using this pin, external pull-up resistor is required.
Serial Communication TXD, TXD_2, 39, 69, O Transmit data output pin.
interface 3 (SCI3) TXD_3 61
RXD, RXD_2, 40, 68, I Receive data input pin.
RXD_3 60
SCK3, SCK_2, 41, 67, I/O Clock I/O pin.
SCK_3 59
A/D converter AN7 - AN0 2, 1, 80 - I Analog input pin.
75
/ADTRG 31 I Conversion start trigger input pin.
I/O ports PB7 - PB0 2, 1, 80 - I 8bit input port.
75
P17 - P14, P12 - 28 - 25, I/O 7bit I/O port.
P10 58 - 56
P24 - P20 37 - 41 I/O 5bit I/O port.
P37 - P30 17 - 24 I/O 8bit I/O port.
P57 - P50 29 - 36 I/O 8bit I/O port.
P67 - P60 49 - 42 I/O 8bit I/O port.
P77 - P74, P72 - 73 - 70, I/O 7bit I/O port.
P70 69 - 67
P87 - P80 14 - 16, I/O 8bit I/O port.
55 - 51
P97 - P90 66 - 59 I/O 8bit I/O port.
5 – 10
AM-400DE
This printer CPU executes the print action in accordance with the com-
mand from Main controller. Printer CPU controls each component of
Laser Beam Printer (LBP) as follows.
1) Main Motor control
2) Pickup Motor control
3) Fuser control
4) High Voltage Generator control
5) Laser Scanning control
6) Sensor monitor
7) Communication with Main controller
2.2.2 Signal connection
Limit Temp.
5 V/24 V Control
COMP
POWER SUPPLY
PWB UNIT DRV
LATCH WRLY GPO RTH
Heater AN0 FUSER
F.F.
Lamp Thermister
drive
DRV HLON GPO
circuit
/ZC
IRQ0 VFM DRV
GPO FAN
5 V Logic
/MEN MA+
GPO
/MMRES Motor MA-
GPO STEPPER
Driver MB+
16bit FTIOB
STEP MB-
MOTOR
3.3 V Logic
5V Tolerance Buf. MICROCOMPUTER DIR
/STS GPO
RX_DATA TXD_3 HD64F36049 /DOP +24V
/SCLK GPI COMP R-COVER
SCLK SCK3_3 (F-COVER)
TX_DATA /CMD TRY OPEN
RXD_3G PI TORAY
PE BY BYPASS
GPI
/CPRDY TORAY
GPO GPI
OA-2000 (OASIS)
/DSRDY PUMA DRV

GPO GPI GPO
/DPAGE PUMB DRV STEPPER
GPO GPI GPO
MOTOR
3.3V->5V TRANS. /PUMAD DRV for Paper
LBP ENGINE
GPO
Pickup
D7~5 EPRDY /PUMBD DRV
PB_DATA GPO GPO
Buffer
/DCRDY /CAMSW CAM SW
GPO GPI
5V
Tolerance /DREADY /ROLSNS PU ROLLER
GPO GPI
SENSOR
/POUT1 P_OUT
GPI
from FUSER
/POUT2 P_OUT
GPI
5V Tolerance Buf. from ROLLER
/VSYNC GPO Remove chattering GPI /PIN
PAGE_SYNC P_IN
Digital TCT2~TCT0
/PCURES GPI*3 Toner C/T
PCURES Transistor
RES DETECT SW
GPO
TC/BIASON HIGH
GPO
VOLTAGE
GND MCON PWB UNIT
GPO
OSC1
FTIOB0 PWM0
PWMSIN
20MHz
OSC2 FTIOC0 PWM1
PWMSIN
APC_AUTO Generation
TMOV FTIOD0 PWM2
Circuit
SYNC_LON PWMINT
GPO IRQ1/
/LASERON
GPO LDEN
LDEN Open
/SAMPON GPO OPTICAL
Collector UNIT
GPO /PMCLK
PMCLK Open
PMD FTIOA1 (LSU)
Laser Timing
Collector
GPO
/HSYNC
Circuit
IRQ2
TRGV
/PMRDY
GPI
Open /PMD
Collector
VIDEO IN VIDEO Open /VIDEO
PIXEL_DATA
Collector
SAMP Open /S_H
Collector
LINE_SYNC
5V Tolerance Buf.
Fig. 6
5 – 11
AM-400DE
2.2.3 Signal assignment to the Printer CPU pins
Mechanism control CPU

Control unit Description
Signal Pin No.
OA-2000 I/F /STS TXD Video I/F signals to/from the main CPU (OA-2000)
/SCLK SCK
/CMD RXD
/PCURES RESET
/DCRDY GPO
/DREADY GPO
/EPRDY GPO
/VSYNC GPO
/CPRDY GPI
/DPAGE GPI
/DSRDY GPI
LSU APC_AUTO TMOV APC timing generation signal for line cycle
/SYNC TRGV Laser main scanning sync signal
IRQ
PMCLK FTIOA1 Polygon motor clock
LDEN GPO Laser circuit driving signal
PMD GPO Polygon motor driving signal
/LASERON GPO Laser on
SAMPON GPO APC circuit sample signal
SYN_LON GPO Next line laser on (SYNC)
High voltage PWM0 FTIOB0 Clock for high voltage control clock PWMSIN
PWM1 FTIOC0 Clock for high voltage control clock PWMSIN
PWM2 FTIOD0 Clock for high voltage control clock PWMSIN
/PWMINT IRQ Timer setting change interrupt
MCON GPO Charge control
TC/BSON GPO Transfer/DC bias control
Sensor /PIN GPI Main unit paper feed detection (Paper-In)
/POUT1 GPI Paper eject detection (Paper-Out/fusing section)
/POUT2 GPI Paper eject detection (Paper-Out/exit roller section)
PE_BY GPI Detection of paper presence in the bypass tray
OPEN_TRAY GPI Tray cover open/close detection
/DOP GPI Door open/close detection (front and right doors)
/CAMSW GPI Cam home position detection
/ROLSNS GPI PU roller rotational position detection
TCT2 GPI Toner cartridge identification
TCT1 GPI (Destination and initial toner charge)
TCT0 GPI
Fusing RTH AN Thermistor analog input (temperature detection)
HLON GPO Heater lamp ON/OFF control
Main motor /MEN GPO Excitation enable
/MMRES GPO Reset input (Home State)
STEP FTIOA Step clock
Pickup motor PUMA GPO Excitation phase A
PUMB GPO Excitation phase B
/PUMA GPO Excitation phase /A
/PUMB GPO Excitation phase /B
Fan VFM GPO Fan ON/OFF control
Power supply /ZC IRQ AC zero-cross signal input
PWRLY GPO Power relay ON/OFF signal
5 – 12
AM-400DE
1) Main Motor control: Control the rotation of Main Motor and its The laser beam scanning light expose the OPC drum correspond-
mechanism ing to the print data. The circuit of Optical unit (LSU) is composed
Main Motor is the stepper motor and drives the whole of the mech- with the scanning motor drive block and the laser beam drive block.
anism of LBP. Main Motor is driven in 2-phase excitation by the a) The control of the scanning motor drive block
driver (IC34: A3982SLB). The driver circuit is provided with the fuse The scanning motor is controlled by the clock of 2659.574Hz
(F7) to shut the motor power supply for the safety.
("PMCLK") and ON/OFF signal ("PMD"). Optical unit (LSU)
2) Pickup Motor control: Control the rotation of Pickup Motor and its replies by the ready when the rotation of the motor becomes
mechanism stable. The initialization of the laser beam control is started after
the stable rotation of the scanning motor is confirmed.
Pickup Motor is the stepper motor and drives the pickup mecha-
nism of print paper. Pickup Motor is driven in 2-phase excitation by b) The laser beam drive block
the driver (IC32: ULN2003A). The driver circuit is provided with the
The timing of the signals is controlled in accordance with the
fuse (F6) to shut the motor power supply for the safety. Printer CPU specifications of Optical unit (LSU). Main CPU (IC1: OA-2000)
controls the timing to pickup the paper with watching the roller sen-
outputs the print data ("PDATA") synchronized in the horizontal
sor.
synchronous signal ("SYNC") from Optical unit (LSU). The print
3) Fuser control: Control the temperature of the fuser unit data is generated by Main CPU is directly transferred to Optical
unit (LSU).
The heater lamp is controlled ON/OFF to adjust the temperature of
the fusing unit. The heater lamp is driven by the driver (IC32: 6) Sensor monitor: Monitor each sensor
ULN2003A). The temperature of the fusing unit is monitored with
Printer CPU controls the timing of the printing action with the follow-
the thermistor. The fuser control circuit is provided with the safety
ing sensor information, and detect the paper jam, the paper empty
circuit to stop to light the heater lamp automatically when the ther- and the paper size.
mistor detection temperature rises over unusual high temperature.
a) PIN: Detect carriage position of the paper
4) High Voltage Generator control: Control high voltage supplied to
LBP b) POUT1: Detect carriage position of the paper
• Main charger voltage to the drum unit c) POUT2: Detect carriage position of the paper
• Developing bias voltage to the toner unit d) PEBY: Detect the paper on the bypass tray
• Transfer charger voltage to the transfer roller e) OPEN_TRAY: Detect the tray cover setting
The high voltage outputted from High Voltage unit is controlled with f) TCT2~0: Detect the toner cartridge setting
PWM and ON/OFF signals ("MCON" and "TCON"). 7) Communication with Main CPU
5) Laser Scanning control: Control Optical unit (LSU) to expose the The printer information is communicated with Main CPU. At first,
OPC drum. Main CPU transfers the command to Printer CPU on serial commu-
nication I/F. Then, the action according to the command is exe-
cuted, e.g. start printing and return the status of the printer.
2.2.4 Hardware controlled protection function
Device Protective action Circuit description Purpose Status to be activated

Heater lamp (fusing 1 The heater lamp is The circuit forcibly turns off Avoiding the abnormally The protection is activated
device) forcibly turned off (resets) the relay control signal of high temperature of the when F/W is out of control, the
when the temperature the heater lamp when the ther- fusing device. microcomputer ADC is defec-
of the fusing device mistor value reaches 238 ± 6 °C. tive, or other abnormality
(thermistor value) To turn on the heater lamp again, occurred. Normally, the heater
exceeds the upper it is necessary to have the micro- lamp is turned on/off by moni-
limit. computer change the relay con- toring the temperature using
trol signal PWRLY from 0 to 1. In F/W.
other words, once the protective
action is performed, the protec-
tion is not canceled automatically
even if the temperature detected
by the thermistor decreases.
Laser (LSU) 1 When the cover is Equipped with a regulator circuit Avoiding the exposure to Malfunction due to the digital
open, the power sup- for producing the laser system laser beam. system circuit failure.
ply to the laser system power (+5 V) supplied to the LSU
circuits is shut off. from +24 V power supply inter-
rupted by the interlock.
2 When the polygon Equipped with a circuit for Preventing the laser The polygon motor is stopped
motor is inactive, the enabling output of the VIDEO sig- beam from focusing on while debagging.
VIDEO signal is dis- nal when the polygon motor drive only one point on the
abled (lighting prohib- signal PMD is received. drum.
ited).
3 The sampling of S/H Equipped with a circuit for Avoiding abnormally high When F/W under develop-
signal is disabled enabling output of the S/H signal output of the laser. ment is defective or runs out
unless the VIDEO sig- when the VIDEO signal is of control, the protection is
nal is active (laser on). received. activated. Normally, each sig-
nal is controlled following the
sequence by F/W.
A fuse is installed in the following power supply lines: Optical unit (LSU) laser, Main motor, Pickup motor
5 – 13
AM-400DE
2.3. Power section
The Control PWB requires multi voltage (+1.8V, +3.3V, +5V, +24V,
+24VH).
+3.3V, +5V, +24V and +24VH are supplied from the power supply unit,
and +1.8 V are generated by the regulator (IC8).
+3.3VR is generated by regulator (IC9) on the Control PWB, is the
exclusive use as clean power for scanner.
INT5V is generated by regulator (IC22) on the Control PWB, is the
exclusive use as interlocking power for Optical unit (LSU).
Its structure is as shown below.
Power Supply Control PWB

Unit
+24VH(*) +24VH
+24V (**) +24V
KIA7805API (IC22) INT5V
+5V +5V
XC6219B332PR (IC9) +3.3VR
+3.3V +3.3V
FAN1117AD18X (IC8) +1.8V
(*) Supplied always regardless of door open/close.

(**) Supplied only when door is close.
Fig. 7
5 – 14
AM-400DE
3. Printer mechanism control block
3.1. Unit control
3.1.1 High voltage unit control

The high voltage unit outputs the following voltages:
• Main charger voltage (DC-950V + AC760V peak to peak)
• Transfer charger voltage (DC+3600V + AC760V peak to peak)
• Developing bias voltage (DC-180V)
The following signals are outputted from the CPU and Logic to con-
trol the above voltages.
• MCON
This signal is to turn on/off the main charger.
When this signal is outputted.
As a result, the main charger voltage is outputted to the secondary
side of the transformer (B51).
• TCON
This signal is to turn on/off the transfer charger and the developing
bias voltage.
• PWMSIN
This signal is to control the main charger voltage and the transfer
charger voltage. The PWM pulse of about 300Hz is outputted.
This pulse waveform adds the AC component to the main charger
voltage and the transfer charger voltage.
By changing the pulse duty of this signal, the main charger voltage
and the transfer charger voltage are controlled.
3.1.2 Electrical connection
CONTROL PWB High Voltage PWB Unit LASER MFP

Constant
voltage Oscillation B1 HV(+) 250MΩ Transfer Roller
57 TCON Rectifier TC
16bit CPU control circuit Transformer
110MΩ
IC21 circuit circuit

OPC DRUM
Feedback circuit HV(-)
Rectifier Separation electrode
circuit
Supply Roller
Short Constant SV
protection voltage(-)
56 circuit Developing Roller
MCON circuit DV
Short Doctor
Constant HV(-) circuit Charger Roller
voltage Oscillation B51 Rectifier MC
control circuit Transformer circuit
circuit
Feedback circuit
Constant Heat Roller
PWM voltage(+) FU-EARTH
Logic PWMSIN circuit
circuit control
circuit Pressure Roller
Fig. 8
5 – 15
AM-400DE
3.1.3 Laser scanning unit 1) Signal functions
This unit controls the laser beam power and laser beam scanning. PMCLK
The control is performed with the signals inputted outputted to or from Clock signal for driving the scanning motor. (2659.57Hz)
the CPU and Logic circuit. PMD
Scanning motor ON/OFF signal.
Laser scanning unit (LSU) HSYNC
Laser start
Scan
This signal is outputted when the laser beam scanned by the laser
position sensor beam sensor signal is sensed by sensor (Photo diode).
Photodiode Used for the left margin control.
VIDEO
This signal is used to control the laser diode emitting.
Not only when the laser beam is emitted to perform the LEND pro-
cess, but also when the laser beam is emitted as image data,
16bit CPU (IC21) controls and the signal is outputted from video
Lens terminal.
Lens
Laser 2) Laser beam power control
The laser beam power is controlled in the laser scanning unit.
This circuit functions to keep the laser beam output power at a con-
Lens
stant level.
LD PWB The laser beam output is monitored with photo diode for monitor.
When the laser beam output rises above the specified value, the
Polygon mirror Polygon motor
Laser diode impedance of photo diode is decreased to decrease the monitor
input voltage of the laser diode control IC.
Fig. 9
Then the laser diode drive voltage is decreased to decrease the
laser beam output to the specified level.
Laser Scanning Unit (LSU)
When the laser beam output is decreased below the specified
level, the contrary operation are performed.
LD PWB 3) Timing of scanning
ON
Amp. Photodiode
Laser
OFF
Laser Effective printing width
nHSYNC 8 Effective width of printing data
16.26mm 216mm >3.75mm
>6.43µs 1.0µ s max.
27.88µs 370.34µs
Laser diode driver

Laser
1 LINE
nLDEN 4 328.95mm
nVIDEO 3 564.0µs
Non-Active
Laser diode nHSYNC
nS/H 2
Active
+5V 6 F-number/Focal Length:104.7mm
VIDEO CLK:13.7774MHz
GND 1, 5, 7 Polygon rotation speed/Rotation speed:26595.7min-1
Fig. 11
a) Scanning motor interface
Polygon motor
Pin No. Terminal I/O Function

1 CLOCK Input Clock input
2 nREADY Output Motor rotation detect signal
Motor driver "L" : Synchronous
Motor
"OPEN" : Asynchronous
CLOCK 1 3 nSTART Input Motor control signal
nREADY 2
"L" : Start
nSTART 3
Polygon motor "OPEN" : Stop
GND 4
+24V 5
Polygon mirror 4 GND - GND
5 +24V - Power supply (+24V)
Fig. 10
5 – 16
AM-400DE
b) Laser Drive circuit operation timing 3.1.4 Fusing unit control
Laser drive circuit/LD Drive Circuit The fusing section is heated by the heater lamp (500W). The heater
nHSYNC lamp is controlled (turned on/off) to keep the optimum temperature.
The following signals are outputted by the CPU and Logic circuit for
nLDEN
control.
Laser OFF time/LD OFF Time
nVIDEO 3µs following/Less than 3µs
1) Signal functions
nS/H • HLON
This signal is to turn on/off the heater lamp. When this signal is
Laser output
outputted turn on triac TRA1. Then an AC power is supplied to
the heater lamp to turn on the heater lamp.
Settling time/Settling Time APC correction time/Auto Power Control Time
3ms above/More than 3ms 10µs above/More than 10µs
• RHT
Fig. 12 This is the output signal of the thermistor which detects the sur-
c) Each signal injection timing of the scanner motor face temperature of the heat roller. It is inputted to the CPU. The
heater lamp is turned on/off depending on the value of RTH volt-
24V age.
DC24V
0V Min 10 ms Min 10 ms
H
2) Protect against overheat
IN
CLOCK
L
Min 0.1s Min 0.1s
Though the heater lamp ON signal (HLON-) is normal, if triac TRA1
H are kept ON, overheat may result.
nSTART
L
To prevent against this, temperature fuses are used.
Starting time (Max 0.5s)
UNLOCK When the fusing roller surface temperature exceeds about 214
Asynchronous
OUT nREADY
LOCK Min 1s
degrees C, the temperature fuse blows off to open the +24V power
synchronous Min 10 ms line which drives the power relay RL1, opening the power line for
UNCHECK
nREADY CHECK
the photo triac TRA1. Therefore, the power is not supplied to the
CHECK
signal monitoring
Min 1s heater lamp.
Speed GO
Jitter etc. STOP A temperature fuse is also provided in the heater lamp power line.
In case of overheating, the heater lamp power line is opened
Fig. 13 directly.
d) Laser Drive circuit interface 3) Timing of temperature detection and heater control
Pin No. Terminal I/O Function As shown by the following timings, four values of software ther-
4 nLDEN Input Signal enables Laser driven mistor voltage are input as A/D conversion values. The mean value
"H" : Disable of two medians among these four is regarded as the newest ther-
"L" : Enables mistor value (temperature).
2 nS/H Input APC control signal • The value is compared with the temperature (200°C) control
"H" : Hold value every 100 ms.
"L" : Sampling • If the value is higher than 200°C, the heater becomes OFF. If
3 nVIDEO Input Laser control signal lower, the heater becomes ON.
"H" : Laser OFF
"L" : Laser ON • The heater ON timing is in accordance with the timing of Power
Zero Cross interrupt.
1 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND Heater ON/OFF Control Heater ON/OFF Control
6 +5V - Power supply (+5V)

8 nHSYNC Output Horizontal synchronize signal
T (x 10ms)
(Open- "H" : Asynchronous
collector) "L" : Synchronous
Inputting thermistor values
Timings of thermistor value input and heater control
Fig. 14
4) Heater control (Temperature control)
Control method
a) Base machine printing (Copy, List, Receiving)
• Temperature control is started when data to be printed are
produced (or when slips are to be prepared).
• Temperature is controlled at 200 °C. (Heater OFF over 200
°C. Heater ON below 200 °C.)
• After printing, temperature is not controlled. (Heater is not
turned ON.)
• Fan motor starts revolving from the beginning of temperature
control and stops 120 seconds after printing is finished.
5 – 17
AM-400DE
b) PC printing
• Temperature control is started when PC starts printing.
• Temperature is controlled at 200 °C. (Heater OFF over 200
°C. Heater ON below 200 °C.
• After printing, temperature is not controlled.
• Fan motor starts revolving from the beginning of temperature
control and stops 120 seconds after printing is finished.
Temperature control is not started from the start of printing

because the first copying time should be within 28 seconds.
In case of PC printing
(Single sheet/continuous)
200°C Printing finished
Printing started
Temperature control started
HLON
OFF
FAN
Fig. 15
3.1.5 Electrical connection
Heater lamp: The 500W halogen lamp is used.

Thermistor: Thermistor of chip type with good response is
used to respond to rapid heating of the heat
roller.
Temperature fuse Temperature fuse 1 is installed to the fusing
1 (152°C): cover. It blows off when the ambient tempera-
ture of the fusing cover rises abnormally
(152°C).
Temperature fuse Temperature fuse 2 is in close contact with the
2 (216°C): heat roller. It blows off when the heat roller tem-
perature rises abnormally high (216°C).
The heat roller surface temperature is maintained to the optimum level
by controlling ON/OFF of the heater lamp according to the tempera-
ture data (voltage) from the thermistor. The heat roller surface temper-
ature is controlled to 200°C. Two temperature fuses are provided to
protect the heat machine from an abnormally high temperature in the
fusing section. The heater lamp is lighted by the AC power.
CNPW
CONTROL PWB POWER PWB
16bit
CPU IC32 CNHT
(IC21) 71 6 11 HLON- PC2
3 L
Temperature
73 PWRLY PWRLY- fuse 1 (152°C)
TRA1
75 RTH CIRCUIT
Heater
lamp
RL1 Temperature
fuse 2 (216°C)
CNHT
1 N
CNAC
3 ACN
1 ACL
+5V
CNRTH Thermistor
1 +5V
2 RTH
+24VS +24VMAIN
CN6
1 +24VMAIN
3 +24VS
Fig. 16
5 – 18
AM-400DE
[3] Circuit description of LIU PWB
1. LIU block operation description
1.1. Block diagram
LIU CONTROL
CURRENT TXA2
CIRCUIT TAXPULSE TXOUT
SURGE FILTER TXOUT TXA1
LINE PROTECTION HI
CIRCUIT MODEM
HI (FM336PLUS)
RXIN RXIN
LO VREF RIN
EXT.TEL CI HI LO
CIRCUIT CI
ACTIVE VREF
REC LO CHOKE
HI
LO
DPMUTE DPMUTE DPMUTE
DPON DPON DPON
CML /CML CML
/EXHS /EXHS IC10 PB_DATA

LOGIC IC
/CI /CI
BZOUT
HI DA-2000
SPMUTE
LO
VOLC
SPEAKER VOLB
VOLA
+5V
+24VA
DG
Fig. 17
1.2. Circuit description 1.3.2 On-hook status detection circuit

The LIU PWB is composed of the following 9 blocks. The on-hook status detection circuit detects the status of the push
speaker key, and the status of the hook of a telephone externally con-
1. Surge protection circuit
nected.
2. On-hook status detection circuit
• External telephone hook status detection circuit (/EXHS)
3. Dial pulse generation circuit
This circuit comprises the current sensor IC1, resistors R102 and
4. CML relay capacitor C1. When an external telephone is connected and enters
5. Matching transformer the on-hook mode, the output of current sensor IC1 responds. The
status signal /EXHS is input to OA-2000 by way of IC10 (Logic IC).
6. Hybrid circuit
/EXHS LOW: EXT. TEL OFF-HOOK
7. Signal selection
/EXHS HIGH: EXT. TEL ON-HOOK
8. CI detection circuit
9. Power supply and bias circuits 1.3.3 Dial pulse generation circuit
The pulse dial generation circuit comprises the photo-coupler PC1 and
PC2, polarity guard REC1, and transistor Q3. The dial pulse turns on
CML, controls the base current of PC1 and PC2, supplying the DP and
DPMUTE signal to the photo-coupler PC1 and PC2, and generates the
DP and DPMUTE signal by making the TEL circuit make and brake.
1.3. Block description 1.3.4 CML relay

The CML relay switches over connection to the matching transformer
1.3.1 Surge Protection circuit T1 while the FAX is being used.
This circuit protects the circuit from the surge voltage occurring on the
telephone line. 1.3.5 Matching transformer
• The VA1 protects the circuit from the 300V or higher line surge volt- The matching transformer performs electrical insulation from the tele-
ages. phone line and impedance matching for transmitting the FAX signal.
• The AR1 and AR2 protect the circuit from the 500V or higher verti-
cal surge voltage.
• The ZD5 and ZD7 control the voltage generated on the secondary
side of matching transformer to 4.7V.
5 – 19
AM-400DE
1.3.6 Hybrid circuit [Signals for status recognition according to input signals]
The hybrid circuit performs 2-wire-to-4-wire conversion using the IC of Signal Name Function
operational amplifier, transmits the voice transmission signal to the CI Incoming call (CI) detection signal
line, and feeds back the voice signal to the voice reception circuit as H: The handset or external telephone is in the
the side tone.
on-hook state.
/EXHS
L: The handset or external telephone in the off-
1.3.7 Signal selection
hook state.
The following signals are used to control the transmission line of FAX
signal. For details, refer to the signal selector matrix table. [Other signals]
[Control signals from output port] Signal Name Function

Transmission (DTMF) analog signal output
Signal Name Description TXOUT
from modem
Line connecting relay and DP generating relay
Reception (DTMF, others) analog signal input
CML0 H: Line make RXIN
into modem
L: Line break
Speaker tone mute control signal
SP MUTE H: Muting (Power down mode) No. Signal Name (CNLIU1) No. Signal Name (CNLIU1)
L: Muting cancel (Normal operation) 1 RXIN 7 +5V
Speaker volume control signal 2 TXOUT 8 DG
3 /CI 9 +24VA
VOL A 4 /EXHS 10 E-RLY
VOL B VRSEL1 VRSEL2 matrix 5 DPON 11 DPMUTE
VOL C RING./ 6 CML 12 N.C.
(the circuit is VOL A VOL B VOL C Receiving Buzzer DTMF
located in the L L L High - High 1.3.8 CI detection circuit
control PWB.) H L L Middle High Middle
The CI detection circuit detects the CI signals of 15.3 Hz to 68 Hz. A CI
L L H Low Low Low
signal, which is provided to the photo-coupler PC4 through the C14
(0.47 µF), R5 (47K), and ZD4 when the ring signal is inputted from the
DPON H: Active choke ON
L: Active choke OFF telephone line.
DPMUTE H: DPMUTE ON 1.3.9 Power supply and bias circuits
L: DPMUTE OFF
The voltages of +5V and +24VA are supplied from the control PWB
unit.
(Example: Fax signal send)
LIU CONTROL
CURRENT TXA2
TXOUT TXOUT
CIRCUIT TAXPULSE
SURGE FILTER
LINE PROTECTION TXA1
HI
CIRCUIT MODEM
RXIN RXIN HI (FM336PLUS)
LO RIN
VREF
EXT.TEL CI HI LO
CIRCUIT CI
ACTIVE VREF
REC LO CHOKE
HI
LO
DPMUTE DPMUTE DPMUTE
DPON DPON DPON
CML CML CML
/EXHS /EXHS IC10 PB_DATA

LOGIC IC
/CI /CI
BZOUT
HI DA-2000
SPMUTE
LO
VOLC
SPEAKER VOLB
VOLA
+5V
+24VA
DG
Fig. 18
5 – 20
AM-400DE
[4] Circuit description of power supply PWB
This power supply unit has the function to convert the AC230 V (50/60 5. +24 V SUB output circuit block
Hz) to DC+24V, and provide these output to the equipment. The fol-
This circuit block rectifies and smoothes the high-frequency pulse volt-
lowing explains the function of each block. (See Fig. 19)
age provided by the transformer, and provides the DC+24V output to
the equipment. The output voltage is adjusted by the variable resistor
1. Filter circuit block (VR101).
This circuit reduces the outgoing noise through the input lines which is
generated in the power supply unit, and prevents the invasion of the 6. +24 V MAIN output circuit block
noise from the lines. (The excessive surge such as thunder is pre-
This circuit block supplies DC+24V output to equipment through a con-
vented by the varistor (Z1).)
nector (CN2) from +24V provided by the transformer.
2. Rectification and smoothing circuit block
7. +5 V output circuit block
This circuit rectifies and smoothes AC input, and provides the DC volt-
This circuit block rectifies and smoothes the high-frequency pulse volt-
age to the switching circuit block.
age provided by the transformer and provides about DC+7V output to
the regulator IC, and provides the DC+5V output to the equipment.
3. Switching circuit block
This circuit converts the DC voltage (provided from the rectification 8. +3.3 V output circuit block
and smoothing circuit block) to the high-frequency pulse voltage by
This circuit block supplies +3.3V output that is stable by the chopper
FET (Q1)’s switching (on/off repeat), and provides the energy to the
circuit which considered the above-mentioned +24V as the input. This
transformer (T1). It discharges the energy (charged during the FET
ON time) to the secondary side during the FET OFF time through the system supplies energy to load through L271 during the ON of MOS
FET Q271, and is making the energy accumulated L271 return to load
secondary windings. The output voltages on the secondary side pro-
by D271 during the OFF. Control of constant voltage is performing +5V
vided by the energy depend on the ratio of the winding turns (primary :
secondary) etc.. output by applying detection and feedback by Integrated circuit regula-
tor IC201. It maintains an output OFF state until Q274 turns off a short
circuit protection circuit and it re-switches on a power supply, when
4. Control circuit block output voltage becomes lower than the Zener potential of D274.
This circuit block controls the output voltage by transmitting the
detected +24V voltage to the primary control circuit through the photo- 9. AC output circuit block
coupler (PC1). In case of the over-current, this circuit reduces provid-
ing the energy to the transformer. In case of the over-voltage, this cir- This circuit block supplies AC output from AC input to equipment
through the optical-isolator (PC2) and the power-relay (RL1) by sig-
cuit reduces providing the energy to the transformer by letting the
nals (+24VS, /HEATER_ON, /PWRLY).
power-zener (D104 : connected between the +24V output voltage and
GND) into the short mode and letting the over-current protection circuit
work. 10. Zero cross circuit block
This circuit block rectifies the AC input, and provides the ZC signal to
equipment through the photo-coupler (PC3).
Power relay
AC OUT +24VS
(9)
AC output /HEATER_ON
circuit block /PWRLY
Optical isolator (6)
+24V Main circuit
block
+24V MAIN
Transformer CN2
(5)
(1) (2) (3) +24V circuit +24V SUB
Filter Rectification Switching block
Input circuit and smoothing circuit
block circuit block block (7)
+5V circuit +5V
(4) block
Control
circuit block (8)
+3.3V circuit +3.3V
block
Photo-coupler
(10) GND
Zero-cross
circuit block /ZC
Fig. 19
5 – 21
AM-400DE
11. Waveforms of Power circuit
At standby
T1
83D1
6 8
HZS30
D101
D2
YG861S15R
270K
R2
5
330/35
+
C101
13
270K
4
R3
R7 D7 12
220 1SS133
270K
R4
C9 D301
100P
0.01 CB833-04
9
C8
3
1SS133
R19 R6
Q1 1K
D4
10 10
2SK2717
JUMPER
D8
R17
680
8.2K
100
R11
R12
22K
R9
BL02RN2
TLP421F
15K
R5
BEA1
330/16
+
1SS133
C301
PC1
D6
HZS9
1.2K
R13
1
D5
Q2
R10 7
4700P
100P
6.8K
C10
C11
33K
R8
2 11
FG
C16 C15
0.01 0.01
When the over current protection circuit works
T1
83D1
6 8
HZS30
D101
D2
YG861S15R
270K
R2
5
330/35
+
C101
13
270K
4
R3
R7 D7 12
220 1SS133
270K
R4
C9 D301
100P
0.01 CB833-04
9
C8
3
1SS133
R19 R6
Q1 1K
D4
10 10
2SK2717
JUMPER
D8
R17
680
8.2K
100
R11
R12
22K
R9
BL02RN2
TLP421F
15K
R5
BEA1
330/16
+
1SS133
C301
PC1
D6
HZS9
1.2K
R13
1
D5
Q2
R10 7
4700P
100P
6.8K
C10
C11
33K
R8
2 11
FG
C16 C15
0.01 0.01
5 – 22
AM-400DE
[5] Circuit description of CIS unit 3.2. Timing chart 2
1) Reading color document
1. CIS
1.7ms 1.7ms 1.7ms
CIS is an image sensor which scans the original paper in close contact
with the full-size sensor, being a color type with the pixel number of CIS R LED(*)
5,148 dots and the scanning density of 600 dpi. It is composed of sen- (Q31-B)
CIS G LED(*)
sor, rod lens, LED light source of Red, Green and Blue, Analog mem- (Q30-B)
ory circuits and so on. CIS B LED(*)
(Q29-B)
2. Block diagram CIS CLK

4MHz
CIS SP
Ao
CIS UNIT
12 9 10 11 8 1 5 4 6 7 3 2
Fig. 23
(*): The pulse width of CIS R LED/CIS G LED/CIS B LED are
R
R R adjusted automatically every scan, so it is a change.
C
2) Reading monochrome document
C
B G R
NC AO
C VDD SP CLK GND
C
1.7ms 1.7ms 1.7ms
LED GND C
VLED VREF GND CIS R LED(*)
Fig. 20 CIS G LED(*)
CIS B LED(*)
3. Waveform
4MHz
3.1. Timing chart 1 CIS CLK
1) CLK timing chart CIS SP
Ao
4MHz
Approx. 3.3V
Fig. 24
CISCLK 0V
(CNCIS 7pin) (*): The pulse width of CIS R LED/CIS G LED/CIS B LED are
adjusted automatically every scan, so it is a change.
CISSP
(CNCIS 6pin)
Approx. 1~1.5V
(White level)
Approx. 0.8V
Ao (Offset level)
(CNCIS 1pin) 0V
Fig. 21
2) Data output timing chart
After turning on the SP pulse, the analog output starts from the set-
ting up point of 64 clock pulse.
1 2 52 53 54 64 65 66
CISCLK
CISSP
Ao
VREF Output Perlod(52pixels) Dummy Output Analog Output Period

*1
1~52pixels 53~64pixels 65~5212pixels
Fig. 22
5 – 23
AM-400DE
[6] Circuit description of operation panel PWB
1. Operational description
1) Operation panel PWB
The operation panel PWB consists of 30 keys.
This PWB includes the eight STRB lines (8bit) and the four SEN
lines (4bit). The eight STRB lines are controlled by OA-2000 (CPU)
on control PWB and the four SEN lines return signals to control
PWB. The LED on this PWB is also controlled by LEDON (1bit sig-
nal) from control PWB. The LD (5bit) include signal line for four
LCD data lines and RS line.
2) LCD
The LCD uses the one-chip LCD driver IC to display 16 digits x 1
line. The LCD display density is not controlled.
2. Block diagram
KEY MATRIX
SEN[3:0]
STRB[7:0]
LCD
LD[4:0]
E
R
LED ON
LED
Fig. 25
5 – 24
AM-400DE
[7] Data flow chart
1. COPY
Control PWB
1 OA-2000 4 LSU I/F controlled 5 Laser Scan

CIS Printing
(IC1) by Printer CPU Unit
2 3
SDRAM
(IC4)
2. FAX/SEND
Control PWB
1 OA-2000 4 FAX MODEM 5

CIS LIU PWB PSTN
(IC1) (IC18) TEL LINE
2 3
SDRAM
(IC4)
3. FAX RECEIVE
Control PWB
1 FAX 2 OA-2000 6 LSU I/F Laser Scan

PSTN LIU PWB Printing
TEL LINE MODEM (IC1) controlled by Unit
(IC18) Printer CPU
3 4
SDRAM
(IC4)
4. PC PRINT
Control PWB
1 OA-2000 4 LSU I/F 5

PC Laser Scan Printing
(IC1) controlled by
USB Unit
Printer CPU
2 3
SDRAM
(IC4)
5. PC SCAN
Control PWB
1 OA-2000 4
CIS PC
(IC1) USB
2 3
SDRAM
(IC4)
5 – 25
AM-400DE
[8] Troubleshooting
1. Printer error code
PAPER JAM The roller sensor could not detect its home position
after driving the pick up motor for the specified period.
The roller sensor could not become NOT-Active after
passing the specified period from picking up paper.
SYSTEM ERROR [P2] The printer controller detected the optical unit (LSU)
error.
The external interrupt signal for optical unit (LSU) or
High-voltage control did not become active after
passing the specified period.
SYSTEM ERROR [P3] Thermistor error was detected.
SYSTEM ERROR [P4] ROM or RAM error was detected on the printer
control unit.
SYSTEM ERROR [P5] High temperature error was detected.
SYSTEM ERROR [P6] Low temperature error was detected.
SYSTEM ERROR [P7] Communication error between the main controller

and the printer controller was detected.
2. Scanner message
CHK SCANNER LOCK The scanner unit could not detect change point of
home postion. (ON -> OFF or OFF -> ON)
5 – 26
AM-400DE
3. Troubleshooting of control PWB
Display Error Not rotate

PAPER JAM Pickup Motor Error IC21 (Printer CPU)
on LCD or shortage torque
IC32 (driver)
R265~R268
F6 (fuse)
D15 (zener diode)
R331~R334
Not detect roller sensor IC21 (Printer CPU)
CNROLSNS
(Connector)
A C,R on route
of CNROLSNS~IC21
SYSTEM ERROR
LSU Error Scanning-motor Error IC21 (Printer CPU)
[P2]
CNPM
(Connector)
Q14(Transistor)
Q15(Transistor)
R301
Optical Error +5V-Regulator Circuit IC22

(Laser) fail (Regulator IC)
F5 (fuse)
R277
D14 (Diode)
C202,C206,C207
IC22
Control signal fail (Regulator IC)
H/V-unit control-circuit IC22

Error (Regulator IC) CNLSR
(Connector)
IC23,IC25,
B IC28,IC29 IC25~ IC27
R,C around above

ICs R,C around above
ICs
5 – 27
AM-400DE
SYSTEM ERROR Thermister Error IC22

[P3] (Regulator IC)
CNRTH (Connector)
C, R on route
of CNRTH~IC21
D13 (Diode)
4
SYSTEM ERROR Printer Control Microcomputer

IC21 (Printer CPU)
[P4] ROM/RAM Error
SYSTEM ERROR Fuser Temp. Temp. detect

[P5] too High IC21 (Printer CPU)
Error
CNRTH (Connector)
Other parts on route

of CNRTH~ IC21
Heater control Error /HLON, /PWRLY signal IC21 (Printer CPU)
CNPW-12pin/13pin
C
IC32 (driver)
SYSTEM ERROR Fuser Temp. Temp. detect

IC21 (Printer CPU)
[P6] too Low Error
CNRTH (Connector)
R335, R336
C, R on route
of CNRTH~IC21
CNPW-12pin/13pin
IC32 (driver)
Heater control /HLON, /PWRLY IC21 (Printer CPU)

Error signal
Safety circuit IC31 (Comparator)
No detect zerocross R, C around above

signal (/ZC) IC21 (Printer CPU) IC31
CNPW-14pin IC25,IC29,IC33
C, R on route R, C around above

D of CNPW-14~IC21 ICs
5 – 28
AM-400DE
SYSTEM ERROR Printer Controller X5 and

Communication Error
[P7] fail its peripheral parts
CNICEM-9pin
(Connector)
IC21 (Printer CPU)
Main to Printer Con. IC1

Communication Error (Main Controller)
IC14 and
its peripheral parts
C, R on route
of IC14~IC1
IC21 (Printer CPU)
IC15 and
C, R on route
of IC15~IC21
IC10 and
E C, R on route
of IC10~IC1
CHK SCANNER Not rotate

SCANNER ERROR IC1 (Main CPU)
LOCK scanner motor
IC12 (driver)
F3 (fuse)
Q5/Q6 (Tr)
C,R on route
of IC1~IC12
Not detect Home

IC1 (Main CPU)
Position Sensor
CNHPS
(Connector)
C,R on route
of CNHPS~IC1
CIS LED not Light IC1 (Main CPU)
IC36 (Regulator)
Q29~Q34 (Tr)
1 C,R around
IC1,IC36 and Q29~Q34
5 – 29
AM-400DE
VIDEO Signal fail IC9 (Regulator)
IC1 (Main CPU)
IC14 (Buffer)
C,R on route of
CNCIS-1pin~IC1
C,R on route
of IC1~IC14~CNCIS
C,R on route
of IC9~CNCIS
Analog Front End fail IC1 (Main CPU)
IC9 (Regulator)
Vref Decoupling C
C19/C22/C27~C30
C,R on route
of IC9~IC1
USB
IC1 (Main CPU)
Link Error
CNUSB
connector
C,R on route
of IC1~CNUSB
USB Power Supply route

to IC1-198/196pin
10
Clock tick away

RTC Error RTC Power IC1-137pin, 140pin
incorrectly
R35,R37,C274
X1 (32.768KHz X'tal)
Oscillator
and its peripheral
Date set error RTC Power IC1-137pin, 140pin
R35,R37,C274
5 – 30
AM-400DE
11
LCD not display correctly

LCD control ERROR IC1 (Main CPU)
(Motor initialize OK)
CNPN
Connector
C,R on route
of IC1~CNPN
12
LCD not display correctly

System ERROR IC1 (Main CPU)
(Motor not initialized)
IC4 (SDRAM)
IC5 (RESET IC)
IC6 (FLASH)
X3 (X'tal) and around
C,R on route
of IC1~IC4 and IC6
C,R on route
of IC5~ IC1
Power Line
+3.3V, +1.8V
13
Panel Key
IC1 (Main CPU)
Sensing Error
CNPN
connector
IC10 (Buffer)
C,R on route of
IC1~CNPN
C,R on route of
CNPN~IC10~IC1
14
PANEL LED
IC1 (Main CPU)
not light
Q4/Q7 (Tr)
CNPN
connector
C,R on route of
IC1~Q4~Q7~CNPN
5 – 31
AM-400DE
15
FAX communication
TX/RX failure IC1 (Main CPU)
failure
IC18 (Modem)
IC19 (OP AMP)
CNLIU
connector
F4 (fuse)
C,R on route of
IC1~IC18 & CNLIU
C,R on route of
IC18~IC19~CNLIU
Power line
+24VH, +5VA
Communication Speed
IC18 (Modem)
abnormal
IC19 (OP AMP)
C, R on route of
IC18~IC19~CNLIU
16
Buzzer / Ringer
Not sound IC1 (Main CPU)
failure
IC16 (Analog Switch)
IC17 (Speaker AMP)
CNSP
connector
C,R on route of
IC1~IC16~IC17
C,R on route of
IC17~CNSP
Volume not change IC1 (Main CPU)
Q10/Q11/Q12 (Tr)
C, R on route of
IC1~Q10/11/12~IC17
5 – 32
AM-400DE
17
ADF SCAN DOCUMENT not feed Front Sensor

IC1 (Main CPU)
paper-feed failure (Flatbed scan start) sense failure
CNFRT
connector
C,R on route of
CNFRT~IC1
"DOCUMENT JAMMED" ORG Sensor

IC1 (Main CPU)
message sense failure
CNORG
connector
C,R on route of
CNORG~IC1
Scanner motor stall IC1 (Main CPU)
IC12 (driver) and

Q5/Q6 (Tr)
C,R on route
of IC1~IC12
18
Copy Image Quality (too light/too CNCIS

CIS control fail VIDEO Signal fail connector
Error dark/noisy)
C,R on route of
CNCIS-1pin~IC1
C,R on route
of IC1~IC14~CNCIS
CNCIS-8~11pin
CIS LED not Light
and its peripheral
Q29~Q34 (Tr)
C,R around
IC1,IC36 and Q29~Q34
IC36 (Regulator)
Abnormal data JBIG data error IC4 (SDRAM)
IC4~IC1
Print data error IC21 (Printer CPU)
IC1-201pin~IC15
~IC23
X2(27.5549MHz X'tal)
and its peripheral
F X2~IC3
~IC1-133pin
5 – 33
AM-400DE
Scalling/position Print data X2(27.5549MHz X'tal)

Horizontal
incorrect timing error and its peripheral
X2~IC3
~ IC1-133pin
Synchronous signal
CNLSR connector
fail
CNLSR-8pin~IC27
~ IC14~IC1-68pin
LSU motor control

CNPM connector
fail
X5(20MHz X'tal)
and its peripheral
CNPM-1pin~IC21-47pin
IC34 (motor driver)

Vertical Main Motor error
and its peripheral
IC34-16pin~IC21-53pin
X5(20MHz X'tal)
and its peripheral
Synchronous signal IC21-21pin~IC14

fail ~IC1-67pin
19
Printer Error Display "NO TONER IC21-67~69pin

Error in standby TCT2~0 signals
CART." on LCD ~CNTCT
Display "PAPER PIN/POUT1/POUT2

JAMED" on LCD signals IC21-1pin~CNPIN
IC21-80pin~CNPOUT1
IC21-79pin~CNPOUT2
Cannot feed paper from

Error in Print action PEBY signal IC21-78pin~CNTCT
Bypass-tray
Display "PAPER
PIN signal IC21-1pin~CNPIN
MISMATCHED" on LCD
Display "PAPER PIN/POUT1/POUT2 IC21-1pin~CNPIN

JAMED" on LCD
IC21-80pin~CNPOUT1
G
IC21-79pin~CNPOUT2
5 – 34
AM-400DE
IC34 (motor driver)

Main motor Error Not rotate
and its peripheral
C,R on route of
IC34~IC21
F7 (fuse)
CNMM connector
C on route of
CNMM~IC34
IC34 (motor driver)

Stall
and its peripheral
C,R on route of
IC34~IC21
5 – 35
AM-400DE
CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS ANDService
AM-400DE
PARTSManual
LAYOUT
[1] Control PWB circuit
1. Main Controller Block (1a/10)
A B C D E
Main Controller Block (1/2) 1/10

(4-F1) R1 0 201 77
PDATA GP_L0/PO_DATA0 ROM_CS_L
(5-H5) /SPMUTE 202
GP_L1/PO_DATA1
BZCONT 203 78
(5-H4) GP_L2 SDRAM_DATA0
204 80
(5-H5) VOLA GP_L3 SDRAM_DATA1
(5-H5) VOLB 205 81
206 GP_L4 SDRAM_DATA2 82
(5-H5) VOLC GP_L5 SDRAM_DATA3
R3 10 1 83
(5-B4) /MODEM_RESET GP_L6 SDRAM_DATA4
MODEM_INT 2 86
(5-B4) GP_L7 SDRAM_DATA5
6 87
R5 C1 SDRAM_DATA6
88
4.7K N.M. R423 470 3 SDRAM_DATA7 89
(5-D1) CML GP_M0/PO_ACK SDRAM_DATA8
(5-D1) ERLY R424 N.M. 4 91
R425 470 GP_M1 SDRAM_DATA9
(5-D1) DPMUTE 5 92
R426 470 6 GP_M2/PO_DONE SDRAM_DATA10 93
DG DG (5-D1) DPON GP_M3/CK_PWM4 SDRAM_DATA11
7 94
TP1 GP_M4/CK_PWM5 SDRAM_DATA12
(4-C1) /STS 8 96
R7 100 9 GP_M5 SDRAM_DATA13 97
(4-F1) /SCLK GP_M6 SDRAM_DATA14
(4-F1) R9 100 12 98
/CMD GP_M7 SDRAM_DATA15
99
R11 220 13 SDRAM_DQMA0 101
(5-B4) /MODEM_CS GP_N0/PB_CS0 SDRAM_DQMA1
(4-B3) R13 0 14 102
LEDON GP_N1/PB_CS1 SDRAM_CS0_L
(3-A3) R15 33 16 103
LCD_E GP_N2/PB_CS2 SDRAM_CKE
(3-C1) /PANEL_CS R17 33 17 104
R19 220 GP_N3/PB_CS3 SDRAM_CLK
(5-B4) /PB_OE 18 118
R20 220 19 GP_N4/PB_NOE SDRAM_CS1A_L
(5-B4) /PB_WE GP_N5/PB_NWE 106
(5-B5) PB_ADDR[4:0] SDRAM_ADDR12
107
PB_ADDR0 20 SDRAM_ADDR11 108
PB_ADDR1 BR6 GP_O0/PB_ADDR0 SDRAM_ADDR10
21 109
PB_ADDR2 270 x4 23 GP_O1/PB_ADDR1 SDRAM_ADDR9 111
PB_ADDR3 24 GP_O2/PB_ADDR2 SDRAM_ADDR8 112
PB_ADDR4 R22 270 GP_O3/PB_ADDR3 SDRAM_ADDR7
25 113
26 GP_O4/PB_ADDR4 SDRAM_ADDR6 114
5 (4-I3) /ADF_READ_DOC GP_O5/PB_ADDR5 SDRAM_ADDR5
/ADF_SET_DOC 27 116
(4-I4) GP_O6/PB_ADDR6 SDRAM_ADDR4
/CIS_HOME 28 119
(4-I2) GP_O7/PB_ADDR7 SDRAM_ADDR3 122
(3-F1)(5-B5) PB_DATA[7:0] SDRAM_ADDR2
123
PB_DATA0 29 SDRAM_ADDR1 124
PB_DATA1 BR9 GP_P0/PB_DATA0 SDRAM_ADDR0
30
PB_DATA2 270 x4 32 GP_P1/PB_DATA1 125
PB_DATA3 33 GP_P2/PB_DATA2 SDRAM_BANK1 127
PB_DATA4 GP_P3/PB_DATA3 SDRAM_BANK0
34 128
PB_DATA5 BR10 35 GP_P4/PB_DATA4 SDRAM_RAS_L 129
PB_DATA6 270 x4 GP_P5/PB_DATA5 SDRAM_CAS_L
36 130
PB_DATA7 37 GP_P6/PB_DATA6 SDRAM_WE_L
BR15 220 x4 GP_P7/PB_DATA7
/STRB2 173
(3-B3) /STRB0D 54 TCK 174
(3-B3) /STRB3 GP_C0 TMS
/STRB0 (4-A3) CRNT0
55 175
(3-F3) /STRB1D 56 GP_D0/CK_PWM2 TDI 176
(3-F3) /STRB1 GP_C1 TDO
57
(4-A3) CRNT1 GP_D1/CK_PWM3
/STRB2D 58 161
BR16 220 x4 /STRB3D 59 GP_C2 RESET_L
/STRB4D GP_C3
/STRB7 61
(3-B3) /STRB5D 62 GP_C4
(3-B3) /STRB5 GP_C5
/STRB6D 63 138
(3-B3) /STRB6 GP_C6 RTC_XIN
/STRB7D 64
(3-B3) /STRB4 GP_C7
4
139
67 RTC_XOUT
(4-C1) /VSYNC GP_F0/PO_PAGE_SYNC
(4-C1) /SYNC 68
R36 MMZ1005Y102C GP_F1/PO_LINE_SYNC
(4-B3) SCAN_PH2 69 140
R38 MMZ1005Y102C 70 GP_F2 RTC_VDD18 137
(4-B3) SCAN_I12 GP_F3/PO_REQ RTC_VSS
C6 C7 R40 MMZ1005Y102C
IC3A N.M.
(4-B3) CAN_I02
N.M. (4-B3)
SCAN_PH1
R41
R42
MMZ1005Y102C
MMZ1005Y102C
72
73
74
GP_F4
GP_F5
(4-B3) SCAN_I11 GP_F6
74LV1GWU04ASCE IC3B (4-B3) SCAN_I01
R43 MMZ1005Y102C 75
GP_F7 HOST0_DM
HOST0_DP
189
190
DG
R46 132 186
10 (4-A5) CISRLED GP_H0/PI_TGEN0/MAIN_CLK HOST1_DM
1 6 3 4 R47 133 187
33 GP_H1/PI_TGEN1/BASE_CLK HOST1_DP
(4-A5) CISGLED 134
135 GP_H2/PI_TGEN2 188
(5-H4) TXMUTE GP_H3/PI_TGEN3 HOST_AVDD33
143 191
R52 1M
74LV1GWU04ASCE (5-H3) GAINC
(4-B1) CISCLK
(4-A6) CISBLED
R51 100 144
145
GP_H4/PI_TGEN4
GP_H5/PI_TGEN5
HOST_AVSS
R53 0 R54 33 GP_H6/PI_TGEN6

146 195
GP_H7/PI_TR_TGEN DEV_DM 194
X2 R55 +3.3V DEV_DP
192
390 148 DEV_RSDM 193
(4-F2) PCURESET R59 0 GP_J0 DEV_RSDP
149 199
C11 C12 C16 N.M. (4-F1) /DPAGE R60 0 GP_J1 DEV_VSENSE
27.5549MHz 150 200
(4-F1) /CPRDY GP_J2 DEV_RUP
3 18P 18P R62 0 151 197
(4-F1) /DSRDY GP_J3 DEV_RREF
153
(4-B4) CISVON GP_J4
R64 N.M. 154 198
(1-H6) RTC_CE GP_J5 DEV_AVDD33
DG 5 R65 N.M. 155 196
(1-H6) RTC_CLK R67 N.M. GP_J6 DEV_AVSS
156
1 (1-H6) RTC_DATA GP_J7
DG
R50 4 162
(4-B1) CISSP 2 R45 N.M. AFE_VINB
N.M. 158 163
R69 0 159 GP_K0 AFE_VING 165
/FLASH_WP GP_K1 AFE_VINR
IC11 3 R434
N.M.
R435
N.M.
(2-B1)
177 167
TP3 CK_PWM1 AFE_VREFN
N.M. BZOUT
(5-H4) C21 27P
178
CK_PWM0 AFE_VREFP
AFE_VCM
168
169
164
AFE_ANAREF
DG 181 170
DG X3 XIN AFE_AVDD33 166
24MHz R80 AFE_AVSS
1M 180
R81 XOUT
180 42
+3.3V DG ADC_VIN00
43
C23 33P ADC_VIN01 44
15 ADC_VIN03 45
IO_VDD33 ADC_VIN05
31 47
40 IO_VDD33 ADC_VIN10 48
2 IO_VDD33 ADC_VIN11
52 49
53 IO_VDD33 ADC_VIN13 50
60 IO_VDD33 ADC_VIN15
IO_VDD33
71 46
79 IO_VDD33 ADC_AVDD33 41
IO_VDD33 ADC_AVSS
90 51
100 IO_VDD33 ADC_AVSS
110 IO_VDD33
IO_VDD33
117 184
126 IO_VDD33 PLL_AVDD18 185
IO_VDD33 PLL_AVSS
136
147 IO_VDD33
157 IO_VDD33 10
IO_VDD33 VSS
179 22
208 IO_VDD33 VSS 38
IO_VDD33 VSS
66
+1.8V VSS
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
IC3C C33 + 11
VSS
VSS
76
85
95
CORE_VDD18 VSS
74LV1GWU04ASCE N.M. 39
CORE_VDD18 VSS
105
C34
C35
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
C51
65 115
84 CORE_VDD18 VSS 121
+3.3V 120 CORE_VDD18 VSS 131
CORE_VDD18 VSS
142 141
5 172 CORE_VDD18 VSS 152
1 VCC CORE_VDD18 VSS
DG 183 160
C20 CORE_VDD18 VSS 171
VSS
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
0.1U 182
2 VSS
207
GND VSS
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
C61
C62
DG
C6
IC1
DG
DC2000 FAX CONTROLLER
A B C D E
6–1
AM-400DE
2. Main Controller Block (1b/10)
E F G H I
Main Controller Block (2/2) 1/10

SDRAM_DATA[15:0] (2-B3)(2-E6)
77 R2 100
/ROM_CS (2-C2)
78 SDRAM_DATA0
80 BR1 SDRAM_DATA1
81 33 x4 SDRAM_DATA2
82
83
86 BR2
SDRAM_DATA3
SDRAM_DATA4
SDRAM_DATA5
+3.3V
IC2
87
88
33 x4 SDRAM_DATA6
SDRAM_DATA7
R4
N.M.
N.M. 6
89 SDRAM_DATA8 (1-C3) RTC_DATA 7 8

SIO VDD VBAT
91 BR3 SDRAM_DATA9
92 33 x4 SDRAM_DATA10 (1-C3) 6 C2
RTC_CLK SCK
93 SDRAM_DATA11 (2-B4) N.M.
SDRAM_CKE 5 4
94 SDRAM_DATA12 (1-C3) RTC_CE CS VSS
XOUT
96 BR4 SDRAM_DATA13 R6
1
XIN
97 33 x4 SDRAM_DATA14 4.7K R8
SDRAM_DATA15 N.M. INT
98 DG
3
2
99 R10 33 DG
SDRAM_DQMA0 (2-B4)(2-C2)
101 R12 33 DG
SDRAM_DQMA1 (2-B4)(2-C2)
102 R14 33 (2-B5) (1-F4) RTCXI
/SDRAM_CS0
103 R16 33 (1-F4) RTCXO
104 R18 33 (2-B5) (2-A6)(2-B3)
SDRAM_CLK SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]
118
106 R21 33 SDRAM_ADDR12

107 SDRAM_ADDR11
108 BR5 SDRAM_ADDR10
109 33 x4 SDRAM_ADDR9
111 SDRAM_ADDR8
112 SDRAM_ADDR7
113 BR7 SDRAM_ADDR6
114 33 x4 SDRAM_ADDR5 5
116 SDRAM_ADDR4
119 SDRAM_ADDR3
122 BR8 SDRAM_ADDR2
123 33 x4 SDRAM_ADDR1
124 SDRAM_ADDR0 SDRAM_ADDR0 R23 N.M. (1608)
125 R24 33
SDRAM_BANK1 (2-B5)(2-C2)
127 R25 33
SDRAM_BANK0 (2-B5)(2-C2)
128 R26 33 (2-B5)(2-C2) DG
/SDRAM_RAS
129 R27 33 (2-B5)(2-C2)
/SDRAM_CAS
130 R28 33 (2-B5)(2-C2)
/SDRAM_WE R29 0
173 +3.3V
TCK (2-G5) D1
174
A1
TMS (2-G5) N.M.

175 TDI (2-G5) DG
A
176 R30
TDO (2-G5) N.M.
161 A2 K D5
/RESET (2-A2)(2-D2)
(2-G5)(2-H3) N.M.
C3
DG R31 RTCXI
0.01U-K
K1
K2
N.M. R33 22K
138 R32 C4 18P
0 X1 CNUSB
L1 1 5
32.768KHz DG R427 VBus Shield1 4
139 R34 C5 18P 0 2 3 2 6
R35 0 3 D- Shield2 7
0 +1.8V R428 0 1 4 4 D+ Shield3 8
RTCXO DG GND Shield4
140 R37 N.M.
VRTC
137 C17 R39 1012AH-1012=P2 DUSB-BRA42-T11(D2)
C274 0.1U 33K
0.1U C289 0.47U (3216)
DG +3.3V
+3.3V
189 R44 0
190 DG DG
K
C8 DG USBFG
186 0.1U DG
187 DG D2
N.M.
188
191
AK
DG
USB_DM
USB_DP
195 USB_VBUS
194
192 R56 27.4-F (1608)
193 R57 27.4-F (1608)
1 R58 0 (1608)
+3.3V
199
200 R61 1.5K
197 R63 24.9K-F C13 C14 + C15 3
0.01U-K 0.1U 10U/16V
198
196 R66 0 (1608)
162 DG
163
165 R463 0
CISAIN (4-F6)
AG
167
168
169
164 R78 0 (1608) C19
+3.3VR
0.1U
170 R79 N.M. (1608)
+3.3V
166
C22
+
10U/16V
C24 + C26
42 AG 0.01U-K C25 10U/16V C27 + C29 C30
43 0.1U 0.1U C28 0.1U 0.1U
44 10U/16V
45
47
48 R83 0 (1608) R84 0 (1608)
2
49
50
46 +3.3V AG DG AG DG
41 C3
51 0.
0.1U
184 DG
185
10 R459 0 (1608)
22 R87
38 R460 0 (1608)
MMZ1608Y102B
66 +1.8V
76 R82 0 (1608)
85
95 C275 + C54
C52
105 1U 100U/16V
0.01U-K
115 AG DG
121 R88 0 (1608)
131 C53
141 2.2U (1608)
152 DG 1
160
171
182
207
DG
E F G H I
6–2
A B C D E F G H I
Memory Block 2/10

AM-400DE
6 6
(1-G5)(2-B3) SDRAM_ADDR[12:0] SDRAM_DATA[15:0] (1-G6)(2-B3)

IC4
2M*16bit*4bank SDRAM
SDRAM_ADDR0 23 2 SDRAM_DATA0
3. Memory Block (2/10)
SDRAM_ADDR1 24 A0 DQ0 4 BR11 SDRAM_DATA1 +3.3V

SDRAM_ADDR2 A1 DQ1 33 x4 SDRAM_DATA2
25 5
SDRAM_ADDR3 26 A2 DQ2 7 SDRAM_DATA3
SDRAM_ADDR5 A4 DQ4 BR12 SDRAM_DATA5
30 10
10K
10K
10K
10K
SDRAM_ADDR6 31 A5 DQ5 11 33 x4 SDRAM_DATA6
SDRAM_ADDR7 A6 DQ6 SDRAM_DATA7
32 13
SDRAM_ADDR9 34 A8 DQ8 44 BR13 SDRAM_DATA9 TP67
R89
R92
R90
R91
SDRAM_ADDR10 A9 DQ9 33 x4 SDRAM_DATA10
22 45
SDRAM_ADDR11 35 A10 DQ10 47 SDRAM_DATA11 R93 N.M. TP68
5 A11 DQ11 TCK 5
SDRAM_ADDR12 36 48 SDRAM_DATA12
A12 DQ12 50 BR14 SDRAM_DATA13 R94 N.M. TP69
DQ13 TDO
20 51 33 x4 SDRAM_DATA14
(1-F5)(2-C2) SDRAM_BANK0 BA0 DQ14
21 53 SDRAM_DATA15 R95 N.M. TP70
(1-F5)(2-C2) SDRAM_BANK1 BA1 DQ15 TMS
19 +3.3V R96 N.M. TP71
(1-F5) /SDRAM_CS0 CS (1-G4)(2-A2)(2-D2)(2-H3) /RESET
/SDRAM_WE 16 3
(1-F5)(2-C2) 17 WE VDDQ 9 R97 N.M. TP72
(1-F5)(2-C2) /SDRAM_CAS CAS VDDQ TDI
/SDRAM_RAS 18 43
(1-F5)(2-C2) RAS VDDQ TP73
49
VDDQ
38
(1-F5) SDRAM_CLK CLK C64 C65 C66 C67
37
(1-G6) SDRAM_CKE CKE 1U 1U 1U 1U
15 6 DG
(1-F6)(2-C2) SDRAM_DQMA0 LDQM VSSQ
39 12
(1-F6)(2-C2) SDRAM_DQMA1 UDQM VSSQ
46
VSSQ 52
VSSQ
+3.3V
1 DG
VDD
14
VDD 27
VDD
C68 C69 C70
4 1U 1U 1U 4
40 28
N.C. VSS 41
VSS 54
VSS
DG
+5V
6–3
C71 1U (1608)
(1-G5)(2-A6) SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]
+3.3V
(1-G6)(2-E6) SDRAM_DATA[15:0] 1 5 R98
2 M/R VCC 1K
SUB 4
3 /RESET (1-G4)(2-A2)
GND VOUT
3 (2-D2)(2-G5) 3
DG
SDRAM_ADDR1 25 29 SDRAM_DATA0 IC5
SDRAM_ADDR2 A0 IO0 SDRAM_DATA1
24 31
23 33
PST596CMT
22 35
21 38
20 40
19 42
18 44
SDRAM_ADDR9 A7 IO7
8 30
SDRAM_ADDR10 A8 IO8
7 32
SDRAM_ADDR11 A9 IO9
6 34
SDRAM_ADDR12 A10 IO10
5 36
A11 IO11
(1-F5)(2-B5) SDRAM_BANK0 4 39
A12 IO12
(1-F5)(2-B5) SDRAM_BANK1 3 41
A13 IO13
(1-F5)(2-B5) /SDRAM_WE 2 43
A14 IO14 SDRAM_ADDR0
(1-F5)(2-B5) /SDRAM_CAS 1 45
+3.3V A15 IO15
(1-F5)(2-B5) /SDRAM_RAS 48
SDRAM_DATA8 A16
17
SDRAM_DATA9 A17
16
SDRAM_DATA10 A18
9
C72 A19
R99 10
0
N.M. N.C.(A20) +3.3V
N.M.
S
2 Q2 2
G
N.M. R101
N.M. (1-F6)(2-B4) SDRAM_DQMA1 11 37
B C DG WE VCC
(1-G4)(2-D2) /RESET (1-F6)(2-B4) SDRAM_DQMA0 28
OE C73
R100
26
D
(2-G5)(2-H3) Q1 (1-F6) /ROM_CS CE
E N.M. 13 0.1U
VCCW
14 46
WP GND
15 27
RY/BY GND
DG 47
R102 R103 0 BYTE
C74 (1-G4)(2-A2) /RESET 12
N.M. 0.1U RP
(2-G5)(2-H3)
C75 DG
1000P
DG DG DG
(1-C3) /FLASH_WP DG
IC6
R104 C76 LH28F160BJE-BTL90
4.7K 0.1U
DG DG
1 1
A B C D E F G H I
A B C D E F G H I
User I/F, Regurator Block 3/10
+3.3V
6 6
VBAT
D3 TP4 VBAT IC7 TP5 VRTC
A1
N.M.
N.M.
R105 N.M. A2 K 3 2
VIN VOUT VRTC
+
BAT1
N.M.
VSS
C55 + C78
C77
N.M. (1608)
1
N.M. N.M. (1608)
DG
DG
5 5
D4
1SS355
4. User I/F, Regulator Block (3/10)
K A
+3.3V IC8 +1.8V
+5V
IC9 +3.3VR
FAN1117AD18X TP6
3 2 XC6219B332PR
VIN VOUT +1.8V
4 5
VIN VOUT
GND
C79 C80 + C81
0.1U 0.1U 47U/16V 3 1
1
C82
VSS
CE N.C. C83
1U (1608)
1U (1608)
2
AG
4 AG AG 4
DG
R134 0 (1608)
R135 0 (1608)
AG DG
6–4
CNPN
HLW16S-2C7
TP7 1 2 TP8
LCD_E E VLED VLED (3-D2)
1 2
R106 3 4
+3.3V +3.3V DG
4.7K 3 4
TP9 5 6 TP10 R107 33
3 (1-A4) /STRB7 STRB7 SEN0 /SEN0 3
5 6 (3-C1)
DG 7 8 R108 33
(1-A4) /STRB6 STRB6 SEN1 /SEN1 (3-C1)
7 8
TP11 9 10 TP12 R109 33
9 10
11 12 R110 33
11 12
TP13 13 14 TP14
(1-A4) /STRB3 STRB3 STRB0 /STRB0 (1-A4)
13 14
15 16
(1-A4) /STRB2 STRB2 STRB1 /STRB1 (1-A4)
15 16
0.1U
N.M.
270P
270P
270P
270P
270P
270P
270P
270P
270P
100P
100P
100P
100P
C92
C93
C94
C95
C96
C97
C98
C84
C85
C86
C87
C88
C89
C90
C91
DG
DG DG
2 2
+3.3V
33K
33K
33K
33K
IC10 PB_DATA[7:0] (1-B5)(5-B5)
74LV244A
R111
R112
R113
R114
2 18 R115 270 PB_DATA0
(3-F3) /SEN0 1A1 1Y1
(3-F3) 4 16 R116 270 PB_DATA1
/SEN1 1A2 1Y2
6 14 R117 270 PB_DATA2
(3-F3) /SEN2 1A3 1Y3
(3-F3) 8 12 R118 270 PB_DATA3
/SEN3 1A4 1Y4
(5-E1) 11 9 R119 270 PB_DATA4
/EXHS 2A1 2Y1
(6-B5) 13 7 R120 270 PB_DATA5
/MDCRDY 2A2 2Y2
(6-B5) 15 5 R121 270 PB_DATA6
/MDREADY 2A3 2Y3
1 (6-B5) 17 3 R122 270 PB_DATA7 1
/MEPRDY 2A4 2Y4
20 +3.3V
VCC
(1-C5) 1 C99
/PANEL_CS 1G
19 10 0.1U
2G GND
DG
A B C D E F G H I
AM-400DE
A B C D E F G H I
CISVDD
Scanner & Printer I/F Block R458 4/10
0
C
Q36
N.M. B R395 270 R392 0
TP21 R456
E
N.M.
GLEDB (4-H5) (1-F3) CISAIN
R398 R396
C
AM-400DE
R385 N.M. (1608) TP78 18P N.M.

R436 +5V CISVDD R400 N.M. (1608) R457
1K B Q29 CISVDD
6 R387 N.M. (1608) N.M. CNCIS 6
(1-C3) CISBLED 2SC2412K +3.3V +
C263 C264 1
R394 R437 R388 MMZ1608Y102B 0.1U R401 AO
220U/25V AG AG
E
+3.3VR 0 (1608) AG
4.7K 10K 2
GND (VDD)
R402 TP16
3
R390 GND
DG N.M. (1608)
R403 0 (1608) 4
N.M (1608) CISVDD VDD (SEL)
DG R404 100K TP17
DG AG R406 5
N.M. VREF (GND)
GLEDG (4-H5) AG
L6 6
C
DG (4-C1) CISSPO SP
R438 MMZ1005Y102C
DG R429 33 7
CNCIS
1K Q30 R454 (4-C1) CISCLKO CLK

B 2SC2412K
(1-C3) CISGLED N.M. TP20
CISVDD CISLEDV 8
R409 VLED
R439 D24
E
4.7K 10K K A TP25 9
R455 GLEDB BLED_GND
E
1SS355 0 C270
R440 C269 33P C287 10
+24V GLEDG GLED_GND
DG 560-F (1/2W) 10P
Q32 R411 270 B Q35 0.1U(1608) 11
CISLEDV CISVDD GLEDR RLED_GND
DG 2SA1530A N.M.
E C 3 1 12
VIN VOUT DG N.C.
C
R441 CISLEDV
5 R444 560-F (1/2W) HLW12S-2C7L 5
6.8K R412 DG C273
B
VSS
R442 R443 C283 + 100 C267 + C268 0.1U
N.M. N.M. F8 47U/16V 0.1U
2
N.M.
C284 KAB5002 201 NA29010
0.1U (1608)
IC36 1 2 R413 DG
AG
GLEDR (4-H5) R448 N.M (1608)
R447
C
20K +V5
20K NJM78L12UA
5. Scanner & Printer I/F Block (4/10)
R445 Q31
1K C285 DG AG
B 2SC2412K DG
E
(1-C3) CISRLED 0.1U (1608)
R453
R417 R446 33 Q33
4.7K 10K Q34 B
E
2SA1530A
RT1N436C DG
B C
C
DG (1-C3) CISVON
R449 E C286 R452
DG 4.7K 0.1U 2K R461 N.M. (1608)
R451
R450 150 (3216) R462
150 (3216)
DG DG
N.M (1608)
4 DG DG AG DG 4
+5V
+3.3V
R139
3.9K R140
CNFRT 10K
1 R142 100
/FRSNS /ADF_SET_DOC
R141
4.7K 2 (1-C5)
CNFRT
R143
IC12 GND
10K B2B-PH-K-R C114
DG MTD2007F 1000P
Q5 DG
RT1N436C TP26 R146
23 24
6–5
B C VrefA VsA 0.47 (1W)
2 18 R145 N.M. 27 5
(1-C4) CRNT0 R144 (1-C4) SCAN_PH1 1A1 1Y1 PHASEA RsA
4 16 R147 N.M. 26
R152 3.3K (1-C4) SCAN_I01 1A2 1Y2 I0A
E TP27 6 14 R148 N.M. 25 DG
4.7K (1-C4) SCAN_I11 1A3 1Y3 I1A CNSCM +3.3V
8 12 R149 N.M. MG
(1-C4) SCAN_PH2 1A4 1Y4 SCNMTA 1
11 9 R150 N.M. 3
(1-C4) SCAN_I02 2A1 2Y1 Out1 A
DG 13 7 R151 N.M. 20 7 R154
Q6 (1-C4) SCAN_I12 2A2 2Y2 VrefB Out2 SCNMTB CNORG 10K
DG 15 5 16 2
RT1N436C 17 2A3 2Y3 3 +5V 17 PHASEB 8 B 1 R155 100
TP29 (1-C5) LEDON 2A4 2Y4 I0B Out3 /ORGSNS /ADF_READ_DOC
B C 18 12 /SCNMTA 3
CNSCM
(1-C4) CRNT1 +5V I1B Out4 /A (1-C5)

20 2
K
K
K
K
3 3
CNORG
R157 DG VCC R153 /SCNMTB 4 GND

E C115 TP28
13K /B
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
4.7K 1 N.M. 21 R156 B2B-PH-K-M C118

19 1G 10 CR 19 1000P
2G GND VsB 0.47 (1W) B4B-PH-K-S
DG 10 DG
C116 15 RsB
A
A
A
A
DG +5V
D9
DG DG 4700P Vcc
D7
D8
28
D10
Vcc
IC13 C117 MG
0.1U 22 DG
DG LG +3.3V
4700P (1608)
4700P (1608)
4700P (1608)
4700P (1608)
N.M. 1 F3 MG
DG N.C. 1 2 R158
4 2 +24V
6 N.C. VmmA 13 CNHPS 10K
9 N.C. VmmB KAB3202 202 NA29 1 R159 100
C119
C120
C121
C122
N.C. + /HOME /CIS_HOME (1-C5)

Q4 11 TAB C124
14 N.C. TAB 100U/50V 2
RT1N436C C123
CNHPS
N.C. GND
B C N.M. (1608)
MG A2001WV2-2P C125
+5V 1000P
R137 E Q7 DG
4.7K MG
E RT1P141C
DG B C
DG VLED (3-F3)
DG
2 2
+3.3V
R162
R419 N.M. 1.5K Q8
R420 N.M. RT1N436C
B C
(1-C3) PCURESET /MPCURES (6-B4)(6-G2)(9-A4)
R173 N.M.
R164 N.M. E
R163 N.M.
DG
2 18 R160 100 (1-C6)
(6-F4) /MSTS 1A1 1Y1 /STS
(6-B6)(7-B2)(7-B4)(7-D3) 4 16 R161 100 (1-B4)
/MSYNC 6 1A2 1Y2 14 /SYNC
(6-B5) /MVSYNC R169 100 (1-B4)
8 1A3 1Y3 12 /VSYNC
11 1A4 1Y4 9 R421 150
(1-A3) CISSP 2A1 2Y1 CISSPO (4-G6)
(1-C3) CISCLK 13 7 R422 150 (4-G5) 2 18 R165 100
15 2A2 2Y2 5 CISCLKO (1-C6) PDATA 1A1 1Y1 MPDATA (7-D5)
4 16 R166 100
17 2A3 2Y3 3 (1-C3) /CPRDY 1A2 1Y2 /MCPRDY (6-B5)
(1-C3) /DSRDY 6 14 R167 100
2A4 2Y4 1A3 1Y3 /MDSRDY (6-B4)
(1-C3) /DPAGE 8 12 R168 100
20 1A4 1Y4 /MDPAGE (6-B5)
11 9 R170 100
VCC +3.3V (1-C6) /CMD 2A1 2Y1 /MCMD (6-F4)
C126 (1-C6) /SCLK 13 7 R171 100 (6-F4)
1 2A2 2Y2 /MSCLK
1U 15 5
19 1G 10 17 2A3 2Y3 3
1 2G GND 2A4 2Y4 1
R172 20
VCC +5V
DG DG 4.7K
IC14 1 C127
19 1G 10 0.1U
2G GND
74LV244A
DG DG
NOTE: IC15
This mark indicates a safety-critical part(s). DG
74AHCT244PW
A B C D E F G H I
A B C D E F G H I
Modem Block 5/10

IC17
270
NJM2113M R174
(5-B2)
/CI
D11
+5V C129 330P
6 C128 IC16A N.M. 6
1000P
C132 74LV1GW53A R175 R176 150K
C130 0.1U 0.1U/10V-K 100K
6
C131 0.1U 1 1 TP30 C135 DG
C133 0.1U DG C 4 C134 R177 20K R178 3K 4
C136 0.1U 3 -
0.1U/10V-K 0.1U/10V-K (5-F1)
C137 0.1U 0 2 5 R179 0
SP+
C138 0.1U R180
C139 0.1U 6 470 3
C140 0.1U
+ R181 0
1
1
1
IC18 SP-
C141 0.1U +5V R182 8 (5-F1)
C143 1 7 +5V
N.M. R183 C142 C144 C145
+3.3V +5V FM336Plus R184 56K 1K 0.1U R185 Q9 C146 C147
6. Modem Block (5/10)
47U/16V 4.7U/25V 1U/50V 10K RT1N436C N.M. N.M.
2
2
2
DG DG
38 37 C B
VDD TALK /SPMUTE (1-C6)
50 R188 R186 R187
+5VA 71 VDD 76 1K C148 R189 N.M. N.M.
TP34 E
C150 L4 10 69 VGG RI 49 1000P
DG DG DG 4.7K
C149 0.1U VDD1 OH Q10
22U/50V 63
13 VDD1 77 R190 10K R191 RT1N436C DG DG DG DG DG
VDD1 RINGD 33K C B
57 27 VOLA (1-C6)
84 VDD1 SPKR
C151 C152 92 VDD1 11 R192 10K E R193
0.1U VDD1 TXD 4.7K
26 67
22U/50V MAVDD RXD C153 Q11
5 DG DG DG 5
62 78 0.1U RT1N436C
VCORE RTS TP36 DG
12 C B
CTS VOLB (1-C6)
MAG MAG PB_DATA0 87 9
PB_DATA1 D0 RLSD E
88 DG R194
PB_DATA2 89 D1 68
(1-B5)(3-F1) PB_DATA[7:0] 4.7K
PB_DATA3 D2 DTR Q12
90 75 DG
PB_DATA4 91 D3 DSR 64 RT1N436C DG
D4 XTCLK TP39
PB_DATA5 93 10 C B (1-C6)
D5 TDCLK VOLC
(1-B5) PB_DATA6 94
PB_ADDR[4:0] D6 E
PB_DATA7 95 35 R195
PB_ADDR0 D7 RESERVED 4.7K
96 36
PB_ADDR1 97 RS0 RESERVED 40
RS1 RESERVED DG
PB_ADDR2 2 42 DG
PB_ADDR3 RS2 M_CNTRL_SIN
3 61 BZCONT (1-C6)
PB_ADDR4 4 RS3 SR1IO
RS4 R196 C154
(1-C5) /PB_OE 7 56
6 RD SLEEP 70 4.7K N.M.
(1-C5) /PB_WE WR IA_SLEEP
5 R197 20K C155 0.01U-K R198 5.6K
(1-C6) /MODEM_CS CS BZOUT (1-C3)
47
21 M_STROBE 23 R199 C156
SR4IN EYESYNC 620 1000P
46 24 IC19A
M_RXOUT EYECLK 45
M_SCK DG DG
(1-C6) R200 10 79 74
MODEM_INT IRQ EYEXY
81 C157 220p
HA17358AF C158 330P DG DG
17 GP00 8
4 N.C. RDCLK 4
20 72 R201 44.2K-F
39 N.C. YCLK 73
N.C. XCLK C159
41 1U/10V-K(1608) DG TP41
N.C. R202
48 28 TP40 2 C161 C162
N.C. TXA2 - TP43
34 29 TP42 20K C160 1
POR TXA1 TXOUT (5-B2)
(1-C6) 18 32 TP44 TP45 220p 3 1U/10V-K(1608)
/MODEM_RESET RESET RIN +
54 30 1U/10V-K(1608)
C164 C165 R204 55 N.C. VREF 31 R205 1K R207 Q13
N.C. VC +5VA
2200P 2200P 4.7K 60 3.3K RT1N436C
1
N.C. R206
1 C166 C167 C168 C B
RESERVED 44.2K-F TXMUTE (1-C3)
19 14 0.1U 10U/16V C169 C170 220p
44 SR4OUT RESERVED 15 1U (1608) E R208
M_TXSIN RESERVED 10U/16V
58 4.7K
2
DG DG DG
RESERVED
43 59 DG DG
22 M_CLKIN RESERVED 66
6–6
CLK_OUT RESERVED C171 C172 C173 470P C174 DG
82 DG DG
85 RESERVED 83 0.1U 10U/16V +5VA 220p
86 XTALI RESERVED +24VH R209 39K R210 62K C175 0(1608)
K
XTALO RXIN (5-B2)
C176 X4 52 51 +3.3V
47P 28.2240MHz 16 VSUB RESERVED L5 D12 R211 10 R212
VSS 1 2 1SS355 DG C179
53 33 8 N.M.
C177 8P R213 150 65 VSS MAVSS 25 0 C178 N.M. 1 1 R214
VSS MAVSS 6 TP46 C N.M.
80 0.1U/50V (1608) 4
A
VSS MAG - R215
99 98 C180 C181 C182 7 3 C184 N.M.(1608)
VSS PLL_VDD TP48 EXTSIG (5-B1)
3 0.1U 10U/16V 5 C183 0 3
TP47 + N.M.
DG MAG 1U/10V-K(1608) 220p
100 R216 0 6
PLL_GND 4
C185 IC20A
DG R217 220p
DG 3.3K
+3.3V
N.M.
R132 0 DG R218 R219 N.M. (1-C3)
IC19B GAINC
R133 0 N.M.
R221 0
HA17358AF
+5VA
R220 10K
R222 0
1
R224 0 C186 C187 R223

TP49 N.M. 100U/25V 10K
R225 0 IC20B
2
IC16B
R464 N.M. +3.3V +3.3V
74LV1GW53A N.M. DG DG DG
5 5
VDD C188 VDD C189
2 2
0.1U N.M.
MAG DG
2 2
GND GND
CNLIU DG DG
1 (5-H3)
RXIN RXIN
+3.3V
2 (5-H4)
TXOUT TXOUT
3 (5-H6) R226
CI /CI
10K
4 R227 100
EXHS /EXHS (3-B1)
5
DPON DPON (1-C6) CNSP
1000P
6 1
CML CML (1-C6) SP+ SP+ (5-I6)
7 2
CNLIU
C111 R229 R228
CNSP
+5V +5V C110 SP- SP- (5-I6)

4.7K 4.7K
C190
1000P 1000P
8 F4 A2001WV2-2PE
DG KAB5002 251 NA29
9 1 2 DG
+24VA +24VH
1 DG DG 1
10
E-RLY ERLY (1-C6)
11
DPMUTE DPMUTE (1-C6)
12 C112 C113 R231 R230
EXTSIG EXTSIG
N.M. 1000P N.M. 4.7K
(5-H3)
LIU CABLE (B2011H02-12P)
NOTE:
DG
This mark indicates a safety-critical part(s).
DG
DG
A B C D E F G H I
AM-400DE
A B C D E F G H I
Printer Controller Block 6/10

AM-400DE
6 6
(4-B1)(7-B2)(7-B4)(7-D3) 28 49
/MSYNC P17/IRQ3/TRGV P67/FTIOD1
27 48
P16/IRQ2 P66/FTIOC1 /DOP (8-F2)
(8-B5) 26 47
/PWMINT P15/IRQ1/TMIB1 P65/FTIOB1 OPEN_TRAY (10-E3)
(10-D5) 25 46 R232 33
/ZC P14/IRQ0 P64/FTIOA1 PMCLK (7-D2)
58 45 R233 33
R234 0 P12 P63/FTIOD0 PWM2 (8-B4)
(8-B5)(8-E3) 57 44 R235 33
MCON P11/PWM P62/FTIOC0 PWM1 (8-B4)
(8-E3) TC/BSON 56 43 R236 10
P10/TMOW P61/FTIOB0 PWM0 (8-B4)
C191 42
C192 C193 +5V P60/FTIOA0
1000P 470P 470P
R239 10K DG DG
+5V DG DG DG R241 10K R237 10K 37
R242 10K R238 10K 38 P24 73
P23 P77 PWRLY (9-A5)
R430 0 39 72 R240 10
(6-I2) TXD P22/TXD P76/TMOV APC_AUTO (7-B3)
R431 0 40 71
(6-I2) RXD P21/RXD P75/TMCIV HLON (9-D5)
5 R432 0 41 70 5
10K
10K
10K
10K
(6-I2) SCK3 P20/SCK3 P74/TMRIV VFM (9-G4)
69
TP50 P72/TXD_2 TCT2 (10-B2)
68
R247 P71/RXD_2 TCT1 (10-B2)
67
7. Printer Controller Block (6/10)
10K P70/SCK3_2 TCT0 (10-B2)

R250 +5V R248 10K
17
R243
R244
R245
R246
P37 N.M.
(3-B1) /MDCRDY R249 100 18
R251 100 19 P36 R252
(3-B1) /MDREADY P35 DG
(3-B1) R253 100 20 14 10K
/MEPRDY P34 P87 P87 (6-G2)
(4-B1) R254 33 21 15
/MVSYNC P33 P86 P86 (6-G2)
(4-H1) 22 16
/MCPRDY P32 P85 P85 (6-G2)
(4-H1) 23 55 R384 33
/MDPAGE P31 P84/FTIOD /MMRES (9-B2)
(4-H1) 24 54 R255 100 (9-B3)
/MDSRDY P30 P83/FTIOC CCW
53 R256 100
P82/FTIOB STEP (9-B3)
52
P81/FTIOA TP51
51 R257 33
P80/FTCI /MEN (9-B3)
66 (9-D6)
P97 /PUMB
29 65
P57/SCL P96 /PUMA (9-D6)
30 64 (9-D6)
P56/SDA P95 PUMB
31 63
(7-D2) /PMRDY P55/WKP5/ADTRG P94 PUMA (9-D6)
(7-B2)(7-B5) R258 10 32 62
PMD P54/WKP4 P93
(7-E3) R259 33 33 61 R260 33
LDEN P53/WKP3 P92/TXD_3 /MSTS (4-B1)
(7-B5) SAMPON R261 100 34 60 (4-H1)
P52/WKP2 P91/RXD_3 /MCMD
(7-B4) SYN_LON R262 100 35 59 (4-H1)
P51/WKP1 P90/SCK3_3 /MSCLK
4 (7-B4) /LASERON R263 33 36 R266 4
P50/WKP0 +5V R264 10K R268
+5V 10K R265 R267 10K
DG 10K 10K
DG
R269 R270 R374
10K 10K 10K
DG
(6-G2) 13 2 (10-E3)
/NMI NMI PB7/AN7 /ROLSNS
1 (10-E6)
PB6/AN6 /PIN
80 (10-E4)
PB5/AN5 /POUT2
79 (10-E5)
PB4/AN4 /POUT1
(4-G2)(6-G2)(9-A4) 7 78 (10-E5)
/MPCURES RES PB3/AN3 PE_BY
77
PB2/AN2 TP89
C194 8 76
C195 TEST PB1/AN1 TP52
2200P 2200P 75 (8-B2)
PB0/AN0 RTH
DG
6–7
C196 15P 11 +5V C107
OSC1 N.M.
DG DG
12
X5 VCC D13 +5V
20MHz MC2850
6 DG
VCL K
DG C197 15P 10 C198 C199 AK
OSC2 A
R271 0.1U 0.1U
3 100 3
5 9
X1 VSS 50
VSS
DG
DG 4
X2 DG
3 R272 0
AVCC
C200
0.1U
74
AVSS +5V
DG
10K
10K
10K
10K
IC21
HD64F36049HV(Flash), HD64336047A06HV(Mask) +5V
CNICEM
R273
R275
R274
R276
1 2
(6-F5) P87 P87 DG
2 1 2 2
3 4 (6-B5)
(6-F5) P86 P86 TXD TXD
3 4
5 6
(6-B4) /NMI NMI RXD RXD (6-B5)
5 6
7 8
(6-F5) P85 P85 SCK3 SCK3 (6-B5)
7 8
9 10
(4-G2)(6-B4)(9-A4) /MPCURES RESET +5V
9 10
B10B-PHDSS
DG
1 1
A B C D E F G H I
A B C D E F G H I
Optical Unit (LSU) Control Block 7/10
+24V F5
6 D14 6
KAB5002 251 NA29 1SS355
2 1 K A
R277
1
47(2W) INT5V
+5V
+5V +5V Vin
C203 3
0.1U C205 Vout
C204
0.1U 0.1U C202 GND
IC23B 0.1U/50V (1608) C206 + C207
IC25F 2 0.1U
10U/16V
14
74LV32APW
14
4 DG 14 74LV06APW
6 DG DG
R278 100 12
5 11 R279 100 13 12 R280 27
SAMPON
(6-B4) 13
IC22
7
DG
7
7
KIA7805API/P
R281 IC24D
10K
74LV08APW
5 5
DG DG
DG DG
(6-B4)(7-B2) PMD
+5V (4-H1) MPDATA IC23C

IC26A IC24C IC25E
74LV32APW
8. Optical Unit (LSU) Control Block (7/10)
R282 74LV06APW
10K 74AHC74PW +5V 74LV08APW INT5V
+5V +5V +5V
2 5 R283 INT5V
(6-B4) SYN_LON D Q CNLSR
100 R465
3 6 1K 1
14
(4-B1)(6-B6)(7-B2)(7-D3) /MSYNC CLK Q DGND 1
14
14
14
1 9 2
4 CLR 1 8 R286 100 9 -S/H 2
(6-B4) /LASERON PR R288 100 R284 100 11 10 R285 3
4 3 10 8 4
C209 C210 2 10 -VIDEO 3
C208 MMZ1005Y102C 4
R287 100P 10P
7
10K 33P -LDEN 4
7
7
+5V
IC23A 7 5
DGND
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
74LV32APW 5
DG DG DG 6
DG +5V 6
DG
DG DG DG 7
14 DGND
+5V 7
C276
C277
C278
4 8
IC24B 6 -HSYNC 8
5 IC25D B8B-PH-K-S
14
74LV08APW 7 74LV06APW DG
DG
6–8
9 8 R289 100
(6-B4) LDEN
+5V DG R290
10K
7
R291
10K DG
12 9 R292 100
D Q +5V INT5V
IC27B DG
3 11 8 R293 100 3
(6-F5) APC_AUTO CLK Q
13 R294 R433
CLR
74LV1GW14ASCE R298
R295 10 100K 1K
10K PR R296 10 4 3 R297 100 6 1 10
C211 /MSYNC
C212
IC26B
33P 10P (4-B1)(6-B6)(7-B2)(7-B4)
74AHC74PW C213
DG 33P
R299
DG DG N.M. IC27A
+5V R300 +5V DG
IC24A 100 IC27C
14 74LV1GW14ASCE +5V
VCC
74LV08APW 14 C214 Q14
74LV1GW14ASCE
0.1U RT1N141C
1 7 CNPM 5
(4-B1)(6-B6)(7-B4)(7-D3) /MSYNC 3 GND B C VCC
1
(6-F5) PMCLK CLK
2 1 C215
DG E R301 33 2 0.1U
+5V -READY 2 2
7 IC26C 3 GND
R302 -START 3
MG
74AHC74PW 10K +24V 4
GND 4
2 (6-B4) /PMRDY DG 2
DG 5
+24V 5
Q15 A2001WV2-5PE
C279 C280
RT1N141C N.M. N.M. C216
B C N.M. MG
(6-B4)(7-B5) PMD
(1608)
E
MG MG MG
1 1
NOTE:
A B C D E F G H I
AM-400DE
A B C D E F G H I
High Voltage Control & Thermistor Input Block 8/10

AM-400DE
6 6
IC23D +5V
IC29B
74LV32APW 74LV08APW
14
12
R303 33 11
(6-B5) /PWMINT 13 +5V +5V
C217
IC28 0.1U +5V
IC29A
7
+5V
74HC161FP 74LV08APW 14
14
R304 33 14
3 14 1 R305
A QA DG
4 13 R306 33 3 R307 100 4 1K
+5V 5 B QB 12 2 6 R309 0 5 6 R310 33
DG C QC
6 11 R308 33 5
D QD
5 5
7
7
2 15
CLK RCO +5V 7 IC25C
(6-B5)(8-E3) 1
MCON CLR
7 16
10 ENP VCC DG
74LV06APW
+5V C218 ENT
100P 9 C219 DG DG
C220 LOAD 8 0.1U
10P GND
DG
10K
10K
10K
IC30
DG DG DG
74HC151FP +24V CNHV
R311
R312
R313
TP53 4 6 1
(6-F5) PWM0 D0 W PGND
(6-F5) TP54 3 1
PWM1 D1 5 R314 100 2
(6-F5) TP55 2
PWM2 D2 Y PWMSIN
1 2
15 D3 3
D4 C221 MCON
14 3
D5 +5V N.M. 4
13
12 D6 TCON 4
D7 16 5
11 VCC DG +24V 5
10 A C222 +
4 B C223 A2001WV2-5P 4
9 8 0.1U
C GND N.M.
7
G
C224 C225 C226
+5V N.M. N.M. N.M.

DG MG
DG
14
DG
9. High Voltage Control & Thermistor Input Block (8/10)
1 2
(6-B5)(8-B5) MCON
TC/BSON
6–9
(6-B5)
7
DG
IC25A
R315 R316
74LV06APW 47K 47K
DG
3 DG 3
+5V +5V +24VH

CNRTH IC31A +5V +24V
1
+5V 1
2 R317 BA10393F R318
8
(6-F3) RTH RTH 10K

2 4.7K R319
C227 + 2 TP56 20K
B2B-PH-K-S TP57 -
0.1U R320 C228 R321 0 1
(6-F6) /DOP 3
20K-F 10U/16V + TP58
+24VH
R322
4
2 100K 2
DG R323 R324
+5V R325 1M 10K C229 4.7K
+5V C230 DG 0.1U (1608)
0.1U/50V (1608)
R326
8
R327 TP59 5.1K-F
DG
10K TP60 6 3.98V
DG 7 - DG MG
(9-A5) FTH 5 TP61
+
R328
4
100K
R329
R330 1M 20K-F
IC31B DG
BA10393F DG
1 1
A B C D E F G H I
A B C D E F G H I
Driver Block 9/10

+24V
F6
KAB3202 102 NA29
2 1
6 IC32 D15 6
1N4748
ULN2003AN
9
COM CNPUM
R331 0 1 16 1
(6-F4) /PUMB 1B 1C PUMBD 1
R332 0 2 15 2
(6-F4) /PUMA 2B 2C PUMAD 2
R333 0 3 14 3
(6-F4) PUMB 3B 3C PUMBD 3
R334 0 4 13 4
(6-F4) PUMA 4B 4C PUMAD 4
10. Driver Block (9/10)
5 12 5
5B 5C VMT 5
R335 0 6 11 6
(6-F5) HLON 6B 6C VMT 6
R336 0 7 10 A2001WV2-6P
7B 7C
8
E
(6-F5) PWRLY
+5V +5V MG MG
5 5
R337
+5V 10K
+5V /HLON (10-D5)
14
14
R338
1K DG 9
3 4 R339 0 8
(8-B2) FTH +5V /PWRLY (10-D5)
R340 R341 10
10K 10K
7
IC25B 2 5 R342 100 7
D Q
14 IC29C
74LV06APW 3 6 +24V
12 CLK Q
DG 11 R343 0 1 74LV08APW
13 4 CLR
(4-G2)(6-B4)(6-G2) /MPCURES DG
PR CNFM
C231 C232 1
7 33P VFM+ 1
IC29D 33P
Q18 2
IC33A RT5N141C N.C. 2
74LV08APW (6-F5) VFM
B C 3
VFM- 3
DG DG DG 74AHC74PW E A2001WV2-3P
4 4
MG
IC33B
6 – 10
74AHC74PW
12 9
+5V D Q
11 8
+5V R344 CLK Q
10K 13
CLR
+5V 10
IC34 PR
3 3
R345 R346 R347

A3982SLB DG
N.M. 10K 10K C281 N.M.
16 23 R348 0.22 (1W)

(6-F4) STEP STEP SENSE1
5 MG CNMM
(6-F4) /MEN ENABLE +5V
24 1
OUT1A MA+ 1
20 21 2 14
(6-F5) CCW DIR OUT1B MB+ VCC
C260 2
22 0.1U/50V (1608) 2 1 3 C233
VBB1 +24V MA- 0.1U
(6-F5) 13 3
/MMRES RESET 4 7
F7
10 KAB2402 402 NA29B + MB- 4 GND
R349 C236 12 VCP C235
10K MS1 C234 B4B-PH-K-S
0.1U 0.1U/50V (1608) 100U/50V DG
3 MG
VBB2 IC33C
MG
+5V 1
OUT2A
0.01U/50V (1608)
0.01U/50V (1608)
0.01U/50V (1608)
0.01U/50V (1608)
MG MG MG 74AHC74PW
R350 4
1K OUT2B
17 C282 N.M.
2 REF 2
C237
C238
C239
C240
R351 2 R352 0.22 (1W)

3K SENSE2
11
MG VREG
C241 8
CP1 MG MG
0.22U/16V (1608) C242
MG 9 0.1U/50V (1608)
CP2
14
ROSC
R353 R354
N.M. 0
MG 6
PGND 7
15 PGND 18
+5V VDD PGND 19
PGND
C261 +
10U/16V C243
0.1U/50V (1608)
R355
N.M. MG
1 D21 1
MG
UDZS6.2B
DG
NOTE:
A B C D E F G H I
AM-400DE
A B C D E F G H I
Sensor Connector & Power Supply Block 10/10

AM-400DE
+5V
6 6
R356
10K
CNPIN
R357 100 1
CNPW TP62 (6-F4) /PIN PIN
C244 1
1 47U/50V
+ C245 +24VH D19 2
MG 0.1U/50V (1608) GND
1 N.M. C246 2
2 1000P
+24V_SUB +24VH B2B-PH-K-R
2
3
3 MG
DG DG
4 C247 TP63
MG DG
4 N.M. (1608) +24V +5V
5 MG
5 +24V MAIN
+24V
6 R358
6 +24V MAIN TP64 10K
7 C248 C249 +5V CNBYPE
7 DG 47U/16V
+
0.1U TP65 R359 100 1
+3.3V (6-F4) PE_BY PE_BY
8 1
+5V +5V
8 2
9 C250 GND 2
DG +3.3V
5 9 1000P B2B-PH-K-M 5
10 C251 + C252 +5V
10 +3.3V 47U/16V 0.1U
11 R360
DG DG
11 10K DG
12 +5V
HLON /HLON (9-A5)
12
13
PWRLY /PWRLY (9-A5)
13 R361
14 R362 100 47K
ZC /ZC (6-B5) CNPOUT1
14
A2001WV2-14P 1
(6-F4) /POUT1 POUT1 1
+5V R363 0 2
C288 R364 N.M. GND 2
DG
N.M. D20 R365 N.M. 3
N.M. POUT1__AN 3
B3B-PH-K-S
R123 N.M. (1608) DG DG
DG +5V
R124 N.M. (1608)
R125 N.M. (1608) R366

10K
R126 N.M. (1608) CNPOUT2
4 4
R367 100 1
R127 N.M. (1608) (6-F4) /POUT2 POUT2 1
2
DG1 DG2 DG3 R128 N.M. (1608) C253 GND 2
R368 N.M. (1608) R369 0(1608) 1000P B2B-PH-K-R
R129 N.M. (1608)
R371 0(1608)
11. Sensor Connector & Power Supply Block (10/10)
R130 N.M. (1608) DG

DG
R131 N.M. (1608) +5V
FG1 DG FG2 DG
DG
MG DG R372
10K
CNTCVR
6 – 11
R373 100 1
(6-F6) OPEN_TRAY OPEN_TRAY 1
2
GND 2
C254
D22 1000P B2B-PH-K-S
N.M.
DG
3 DG 3
DG
+5V
R379
10K
CNROLSNS
R381 100 1
+5V (6-F4) /ROLSNS ROLSNS 1
2
C256 GND 2
1000P A2001WV2-2PE
10K
10K
10K
DG
DG
R376
R377
R378
CNTCT
R380 100 1
(6-F5) TCT2 TCT2
2 1 2
2
COM 2
R382 100 3
(6-F5) TCT1 TCT1 3
R383 100 4
(6-F5) TCT0 TCT0 4
A2001WV2-4PE
C257 C258 C259
1000P 1000P 1000P
DG
DG
1 1
A B C D E F G H I
AM-400DE
12. Control PWB parts layout (Top side)
F8
X3468XH-4Y B
F6
The CONTROL PWB of the model employs lead-free solder.
6 – 12
AM-400DE
13. Control PWB parts layout (Bottom side)
F3 F5
F7
F4
The CONTROL PWB of the model employs lead-free solder.
6 – 13
A B C D E F G H I
LIU PWB Circuit C120 1000p
SHUNT R116 27k

MJ1-1
IC1A IC100B C102 11k

C101
THS-65 L2 C109
L1 LHL08 472J C7
LM2904PS R106 0.047u(2125)
T1 R130 220p R101 TXOUT
6 1 2 C5 0.47u 6 6
MJ1-2 - CNLIU1-2
7
11k
1. LIU PWB Circuit
R-5C C104 750 10k

1u/250 5 R125 0
0.022u(2125) + Vref
ZD5
C1 JP4
2.2k
MTZJ4.7B
N.M. R115 C110 C108
4.7u/50(N.P.)
1k 220p C13
C124
220p
L1 47u/25
0.01u(1608)
JP5
R129
[2] LIU PWB circuit
MJ1-3 T1
R102 10(3216) N.M. R107 300(2125)
DSS-301L
R122
1000p/500
390
0.056u(2125)
JP1 CML1A
N.M.
A5X-G-24E-908
C125
AG
N.M. M C117 C123
C4
N.M.
VA1
3.9k
R123
L2 C10 (1608/2125)
R119
C 0.056u(2125)
MTZJ4.7B
C121
MJ1-4
4.7u/50(N.P.) B 2165
Vref
R117 10(3216) C118 1000p
ZD7
CML2B
8
L3 L4
T2 9 R113 22k IC100A
5 MJ1-5 5
10 C14 R118
R-5C EL0909RR-102K R124 C115
0.47u/250 43k(2125) Vref R112 22k 220p
LM2904PS
2 C103 RXIN
1k - CNLIU1-1
AR2
AR1
1
CML2A C16 0.047u(2125)
5 3
RA501P-C6
RA501P-C6
22u/50 R126 22k
EARTH 4
+ ZD1
R5
MJ1-6
3 22k(1/2W) R114 30k C114 C116 R105 MTZJ20B 2
Vref -
220p 220p 3.3k 1
ARG AG
C12 C119 820p
M1902-A N.M. +
ZD4 47u/25 3
D2 PC3B MTZJ20B
EARTH 4 3 IC101A
MJ2-1
D3 1N4148 AG
R3 AG
N.M. 4 3 24VL IC101C LM2904PS
JP3
JP
N.M. N.M. 2 1 PC4A LM2904PS
4
R110 ZD3
PS2561L-1
T2 PC1B N.M. 5.1k(1/4W) 8 8
MJ2-2 ZD6 VCC VCC
C
MTZJ4.7B REC1 PS2535-1

4 L5 4
3
R-5C B
Q3
~ +
PC2B
C111
C113
KTD2092
Q2
PS2561L-1
0.1u(1608)
0.1u(1608)
4 4
E
VSS VSS
100
R108
L6
T1 G
MJ2-3 ~ -
BZX47
R-5C R1
C
S
N.M. 120(1W)
IC100C
N.M.
S1ZB60 AG AG
JP2
R109
B
C8
10k(2125)
N.M. IC101B LM2904PS
10u/50 Q1
VA2
24VL Vref
ZD2
E
KTC3198GR R4
SHUNT LM2904PS
MJ2-4
6 – 14
13(1/4W)
6
- R127
R121
7
0(2125)
20k(2125)
+5V 5
+
PC3A Q106
+5V R111 C122
3 1 2 C B E-RLY C9 C11 C15 3
CNLIU1-10 R128
+5V
R120
10u/50 N.M.
(2125) 0.1u/50 100u/25
20k(2125)
IC1B R100 N.M. E 10u/50

10k(2125)
THS-65 Q100
7
Q102
RT1N141C DG AG AG AG AG AG AG
RT1N436C
4
5 B C B C /EXHS
CNLIU1-4 PC1A
C3 C105 6
47u/25 0.1u/50 E E R104 1 2 C B DPON
B C CNLIU1-5
C100
3
Q104
1000p 470(2125) PS2535-1 E
Q101 RT1N436C
E +24VA
RT1N141C
DG
DG DG DG DG PC2A
+24VL
R103 C B
1 2 DPMUTE
CNLIU1-11 R2 10(1/4W) +24VA
2 470(2125) CNLIU1-9 2
PS2561L-1 E Q103
RT1N436C +5V C107
C6
22u/50 0.1u(1608)
DG +5V
CNLIU1-7
CML2C C106
C2
1 12 0.1u(1608)
100u/25
PC4B /CI DG
PS2561L-1 CNLIU1-3 +24VA CNLIU1-8
4
N.M.
C112 CML1C C B DG
0.1u/50 CNLIU1-6
Q105
E
3
RT1N436C
A5X-G-24E-908
AG
DG DG D1 1N4148
DG
1 1
NOTE:
A B C D E F G H I
AM-400DE
AM-400DE
2. LIU PWB parts layout (Top side)
The LIU PWB of the model employs lead-free solder.
6 – 15
AM-400DE
3. LIU PWB parts layout (Bottom side)
The LIU PWB of the model employs lead-free solder.
6 – 16
A B C D E F G H
AM-400DE
Power Supply PWB Circuit

C7 C17
1000P 1000P
FG
6 6
CNAC F1 L3 CN6
T6.3AH/AC250V SN8SP-404JA
R501
L 3 +24VS
4.7K
1
R502 2
C501
0.1
PC2
4.7K
TLP363JF
R1
C3
N.M.
C1
0.22
4.7M(1/2W)
1 +24VMAIN
R503
4.7K
RL1
D501
G5PA-1
3
R21
22
ERA15-06
L
PC2
TLP363JF
N 3 R504
4.7K
F3
1. Power Supply PWB circuit
T6.3AH/AC250V
R20
10
CNPW
C22
0.1
R23
150
TRA1
5 SM12JZ47 CN2 5
1 12 /HEATER_ON
N
1 2
[3] Power Supply PWB circuit
CNHT
C102
C6 1000P
13 /PWRLY
1000P
BEA104
BL02RN2
C108
F2
1500P R130X 5 +24VMAIN
F4 N.M.
Z2 C
T2.5A/AC250V
D10~D13: ERA15-06 N.M. N.M. D101 D151 6 +24VMAIN
BEA2 T1 F102X
D12 BL02RN2 YG861S15R N.M. ERA83-006
D2
HZS30
83D1
2 +24VSUB
6 8
F102
+
T4A/AC250V
100
C5
R102
R105
15K
68/450
4 NTC1 D13 4
R2
D104
HZ27P
5 C152
270K
L1 NTPA78R0
+
N.M.
+
0R5A333F20A
PC1
TLP421F
C151
56/35
C107
N.M.
+
13
5K
C101
330/35
D10
VR101
4
R3
270K
R7 D7
C103
33/35
12
1K
1SS133
Z1
220
D52
R101
Q1
ERA15-06
C2
0.22
R4
270K
C9 D301 BEA103 BEA105
C4
N.M.
D11 2SK2717 R103
IC301
UPC7805AHF
ENC471D-07A
0.01 CB833-04 C105 JUMPER BLM31PG121
9 O 330K 0.1
I
C8
100P
8 +5VMAIN
R19 R6 3
G F101
1K JUMPER
6 – 17
10 10
D4
1SS133
D51
N.M.
ERA15-06
R507
10K
C106
Q101
+
R509
47K
R51
56K
D8
R17
680
2SC4081
JUMPER
D102
N.M.
C502
330/16
R9
100
R11
8.2K
R120
R12
22K
R508
47K
56K
R52
R5
+
15K
C303
N.M.
D302
N.M.
3 3
BEA1
BL02RN2
R505
10K
14 /ZC
C301
330/16
D6
1
PC1
TLP421F
D5
R13
1SS133
56K
R53
1.2K
HZS9
Q501
2SC4081
56K
R54
R10 7 3 MG
D110
HZS7
R106
7.5K
Q2 6.8K
PC3
C11
100P
R8
33K
C10
4700P
2SC4097 9 DG
TLP421F
PC3
TLP421F
7 DG
2 11
D
FG
C16 C15
0.01 0.01
2 2
L271 BEA101 F103
Q271 SBC9-560 N.M. T4A/AC250V
FDS6685
C 10 +3.3VMAIN
Q291
2SA1576A
680
R277
R274
1.5K
R292
5.6K
R301
270K
R279
3.3K
R250
10K
Q272 BEA102
NOTE: XP4601 BLM31PG121
1 6
R303
10K
D271
R294
2.7K
D277
R280
CB833-04
R306
4.7K
R293
15K
HZS12B2
1K
N.M.
Safety-critical unit. 2 5
3K
+
+
Q301
R291
C291
N.M.
C274
0.01
2SA1576A
C273
C271
120/16
C302
470/16
C104
N.M.
3 4 R275
D291
HZS3
7.5K 5600P
R302
180K
Q292
R201
2SC4081
D275
D274
HZS3
HZ5.6P
4 MG
1 1
C305
0.1
Q274
C272
0.01
1K
IC201
C304
N.M.
11 DG
R276
10K
2SC4081
R295
3.3K
R282
10K
R281
TA76432S
R278
3.3K
D 1 GND
A B C D E F G H
AM-400DE
2. Power Supply PWB parts layout (Top side)
F4 CNHT RL1
D501
L3 CN6
C6 Z2
J103
CNPW
J107
J4 CN2 C271
TRA1
R20 BEA104 D102
R1 J2 PC2
C502
J101
C17 L1
C16
C15
F102 D151 J113
F103
D11 C151 BEA103
C7 C5 T1
F101
C2 D275
D302
F2 BEA101
C103
D51
Z1 C302
IC301
D10
IC201
NTC1 C301
BEA1
D301
C1 D271
D101
D52 BEA2 L271
D2
D104
D274
D12
D277
D13 D8 D291
C108 J104
C8
J106
J105
R51
PC1 C101
D7
Q1
D5
R505
VR101
D6
D4
CNAC
F1 D110
R508
J102
PC3
The POWER SUPPLY PWB of the model employs lead-free solder.
3. Power Supply PWB parts layout (Bottom side)

R54
J109
R12
R11
Q501 R281
C105
R106
J110
R53
R103
C272 R282
R276
R8
R292
J108
R280
Q274
R10
R52
R7
Q101
R13
R5
R301
C10
R120
R9
R101
R302
C9
R507
R293
R279
R17
R102
R105
Q291
C11
Q301
Q272
R509
Q2
R6
R291
R19
R303
R250
R2
R4
R3
C291
R275
J111
Q292
Q271
R277 R306 C273

C304
R278
BEA102
R295
C274 C305
C303
R294
R274
J112
C152
BEA105
R21
C104
R201
C106
C107
C22
R23
C501
R503 R504
R501 R502
The POWER SUPPLY PWB of the model employs lead-free solder.
6 – 18
A B C D E F G H
AM-400DE
High Voltage PWB Circuit
6 6
CN1
B1
R1 C6
+24V 5 10
5
D6
D5
D4
R4
R18 R16
R14
2 7 J11
TC
D9 C5 C7
1. High Voltage PWB circuit
D8
4 9
R17
IC1 Q3 R15 J12
R5 10 D2
8
9 3/4
C9
D7
C1
R10
3 8
C2 R67 J21
R9
5 R8 5
1
[4] High Voltage PWB circuit
MC
J22
R7
D3
R2 R78 R79 R80 R81
R19 R13 6
R6
TCON 4 Q1
VR1
R12
OPTION
D10
J31
D1
R46
C3
C4
R3
R102 SV
R76 J32
R68
D41
4 4
R87 R86 R85
D42
R32 R31
R69
Q31
R83 R77
R88
R103
R70
B51 Q32
D54
C31
5 8
J41
R34 R33
R71
DV
6 – 19
C56 R84
Q33
R90 R89
2 7 J42
R98
D62
IC1 Q34
R72
5 4
MCON 3 7 Q52 9
6 2/4
R66
3 R57 3
D58 R47
R36 R35
IC1
D61 12 R61
VR51
14
R73
R42
4/4 3 10 Q35
R53
R59 13 R101
6
D55
Q58
R60 C52
R74
R94
R99
R56
VR31
R64
D52
C8
D56
D31
R41
R50
R63
R54
1
R48
R75
R37
IC1
C65
D60
C32
R65
R51 R55 3
R62
D57
4 1 R92 R91
PWMSIN 2 Q57
2 1/4 Q37
R49
11
C54
R38
R39
D59
Q51
C62
C51
2 2
R52
C61
C66
C53
R58
R100
OPTION
PGND 2
D53
R43
C55
Q38
R44 R40
J51
R93 FU EARTH
J52
1 1
CN3
CN4
OPTION
NOTE:
Safety-critical unit. Note: Since the parts of this PWB cannot be supplied, change it as a unit.
A B C D E F G H
AM-400DE
2. High voltage PWB parts layout (Top side)
D3 Q3
B1
D4
VR1
CN3
C6
C1
J6
QJ071 CN4
J5
R93
D2
R1
D8
D5
D10 J3
C5
CN1 D9
J52
VR51 C9
J51
D1 D53
D61
C7
R15
D58 D7 J12
J11
J1
J2 D62
Q52
D60 R16
Q38
J22
R67 J21
D52 J4
J42
J41
QJ005 D31
B51
C56
D54
VR31 J32
J31
C65 C31

The HIGH VOLTAGE PWB of the model employs lead-free solder.
6 – 20
AM-400DE
3. High Voltage PWB parts layout (Bottom side)
C4
R13
R14
R10
R7
R11
R4
R18
R3
R9 R8 R3
R3
Q1
R44 C2
R19
CN1
R65 R66 R2
R14
R59
R17 R63
R94
R57
R5 R98 R56 R53
C61
R47
R51
R6
IC1 Q57
R99
C55
R60 R54
C8 C66
R48
R92
C52
R100
R43
R62
R91
Q58
R61
R74
R73 R50
Q51
C53 R52
R75 R58
R49
C62
R64
R72 R55
R103 C51
R80 R101 C54
R71
R79 R78
R81 R40
Q34 Q36 R39 R70
R66
R42 D42 R38
D41 R69
Q37 R46
Q33
C32 R76
R41
Q32 Q35 R37 R77
R83
R102 R36
Q31 R85 R84
R32 R31 R86 R87
R34 R88 R89 R90
D59 R33 R35
D57 D56 D55

The HIGH VOLTAGE PWB of the model employs lead-free solder.
6 – 21
A B C D E F G H
Operation Panel PWB Circuit LEDON (CNPN1-15)
R4
6 6
150
1
LED1 GL3HD8
CNLCD1-11 LD0 D1
2
1N4148CD
/STRB0 2 1
CNPN1-3
SW4
1. Operation Panel PWB circuit
SW1 SW2 SW3

K0005 K0005 K0005 K0005
5 LD1 D2 1 2 1 2 1 2 5
CNLCD1-12 1 2
1N4148CD
/STRB1 2 1 DG
CNPN1-1 SW8
SW5 SW6 SW7
K0005 K0005 K0005 K0005
LD2 D3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
CNLCD1-13 1N4148CD
[5] Operation Panel PWB circuit
/STRB2 2 1
CNPN1-2 SW12 CNPN1
SW9 SW10 SW11
K0005 K0005 K0005 K0005
LD3 D4 1 2 1 2 1 2 /STRB1
CNLCD1-14 1 2 1
1N4148CD /STRB1
/STRB3 2 1 /STRB2 2
CNPN1-4 /STRB2
SW13 SW14 SW15 SW16
K0005 K0005 K0005 K0005 /STRB0 3
RS D5 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 /STRB0
CNLCD1-4 1N4148CD /STRB3 4
CNPN1-6 /STRB4 2 1 /STRB3
SW17 SW18 SW19 SW20 /SEN3 5
4 K0005 K0005 K0005 K0005 /SEN3 4
D7 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 /STRB4 6
1N4148CD /STRB4
/STRB5 2 1 /SEN2 7
CNPN1-8 SW24 /SEN2
SW21 SW22 SW23
K0005 K0005 K0005 K0005 /STRB5 8
D8 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 /STRB5
CNPN1
1N4148CD /SEN1 9
/STRB6 2 1 +3.3V /SEN1
CNPN1-10 SW28 /STRB6
SW25 SW26 SW27 10
K0005 K0005 K0005 K0005 /STRB6
D6 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 /SEN0 11
1N4148CD /SEN0
6 – 22
/STRB7 2 1 /STRB7 12
CNPN1-12 SW30 /STRB7
SW29
K0005 K0005 13
1 2 1 2 DG
14
+3.3V
3 LEDON 15 3
/SEN0 LEDON
CNPN1-11 CNLCD1-6 E 16
E
CNPN1-9 /SEN1
CNPN1-7 /SEN2 9615S-16A-PP-A
CNPN1-5 /SEN3
DG
R/W
CNLCD1-5 CNLCD1
E R1 JP E1 LCD 14PIN
CNPN1-20 CNLCD1-6
V0 14 LD3
CNLCD1-3 LD3 13 LD2
2 C2 LD2 12 2
LD1
N.M. LD1 11 LD0
LD0 10
+3.3V (CNPN1-16) +3.3V (CNLCD1-2) N.C. 9
N.C. 8
N.C. 7
N.C. 6 E1
E 5 R/W +3.3V
C1 R/W 4 RS
22000PF/50V RS 3 V0
VO 2
CNPN1-13 DG DG +3.3V 1
CNLCD1-1 DG
DG + CE1
22
R3 6.2K R2 200
DG
DG
DG
1 1
Note: Since the parts of PWB cannot be supplied, change it as a unit.

A B C D E F G H
AM-400DE
AM-400DE
2. Operation Panel PWB parts layout
Note: Since the parts of PWB cannot be supplied, change it as a unit.
The OPERATION PANEL PWB

of the model employs
lead-free solder.
6 – 23
AM-400DE
CHAPTER 7. OPERATION FLOWCHART
AM-400DE
Service Manual
[1] Protocol
Receive side Transmitter side

G3 communication (Document inserted into
document sensor during
standby)
CED
To recording CED
position
NSF
NSF
CSI
CSI
DIS
DIS
TSI Document inserted to

the reading position
TSI
(DCS) NSS
NSS (DCS)
TCF
TCF
CFR
CFR
SIGNAL
IMAGE
SIGNAL
1st page
IMAGE
RTC
RTC
Next page insert
command
Cut line printed
MPS
MPS
MCF
MCF
SIGNAL
IMAGE
SIGNAL
IMAGE
RTC RTC
Cut line printed
EOP EOP
MCF MCF
DCN DCN
Recording paper ejected Document ejected
7–1
AM-400DE
[2] Power on sequence
START
CPU initialized
D-RAM initialized
Gate array initialized
PC I/F initialized When option board is connected.
START+STOP key ?
NO
YES
“MEMORY CLEAR”
“EXECUTE ?” display
COPY key ?
YES
NO
1 key ?
YES
NO
“PLEASE WAIT A MOMENT” “PLEASE WAIT A MOMENT”
Other key ? display display
NO
YES
Memory clear Memory clear
System initialized System initialized
STAND-BY PROCESS CHECK MODE
7–2
AM-400DE
CHAPTER 8. OTHER
AM-400DE
Service Manual
[1] Service tools

1. List
PRICE
NO. PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION REF NO. QTY
RANK
1 CPWBS3511SC01 Extension board unit with FFC connector 4 pcs. - 1 CF
2 QCNCW2556SC1B FFC CONNECTOR CNCIS A/B 2 AG
3 QCNCW2556SC1F FFC CONNECTOR CNPN A/B 2 AG
4 QCNWK383CSCZZ PANEL EXTENSION CABLE (16PIN) CNPN 1
5 QCNWK384CSCZZ CIS EXTENSION CABLE (12PIN) CNCIS 1
6 QCNWK364CSCZZ OPTICAL UNIT (LSU-P) EXTENSION CABLE (5PIN) CNPM 1 AX
7 QCNWK365CSCZZ OPTICAL UNIT (LSU-L) EXTENSION CABLE (8PIN) CNLSR 1 AX
8 QCNWK366CSCZZ ORG SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNORG 1 AX
9 QCNWK367CSCZZ HOME POSITION SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNHPS 1 AR
10 QCNWK368CSCZZ FRONT SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNFRT 1 AR
11 QCNWK369CSCZZ BYPASS PE SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNBYPE 1 AR
12 QCNWK370CSCZZ POWER SUPPLY PWB UNIT EXTENSION CABLE (14PIN) CNPW 1 BC
13 QCNWK371CSCZZ TRAY COVER SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNTCVR 1 AR
14 QCNWK372CSCZZ PO1 SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (3PIN) CNPOUT1 1 AT
15 QCNWK373CSCZZ PO2 SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNPOUT2 1 AR
16 QCNWK374CSCZZ P-IN SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNPIN 1 AR
17 QCNWK375CSCZZ ROLLER SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNROLSNS 1 AR
18 QCNWK376CSCZZ TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR EXTENSION CABLE (4PIN) CNTCT 1 AV
19 QCNWK377CSCZZ SPEAKER EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNSP 1 AR
20 QCNWK378CSCZZ THERMISTOR EXTENSION CABLE (2PIN) CNRTH 1 AR
21 QCNWK379CSCZZ MAIN MOTOR EXTENSION CABLE (4PIN) CNMM 1 AV
22 QCNWK380CSCZZ PICKUP MOTOR EXTENSION CABLE (6PIN) CNPUM 1 AY
23 QCNWK381CSCZZ SCANNER MOTOR EXTENSION CABLE (4PIN) CNSCM 1 AV
24 QCNWK382CSCZZ HIGH VOLTAGE PWB UNIT EXTENSION CABLE (5PIN) CNHV 1 AX
25 QCNWK385CSCZZ FAN MOTOR EXTENSION CABLE (3PIN) CNFM 1
2. Connection
Scanner motor cable
CIS cable Panel cable

Thermistor PO2 sensor PO1 sensor
cable cable cable
CNCIS-A CNPN-A
EXTENSION PWB
CNCIS-B CNPN-B
Optical unit FFC FFC

GROUP 2
(LSU-L)
cable
GROUP 2 Front
Optical unit CNLSR sensor
CNCIS CNPN cable
CNPOUT2
CNPOUT1
(LSU-P) CNRTH CNSCM

cable
CNPM CNFRT
High ORG sensor
voltage cable
CNHV CNORG
PWB
cable GROUP 3 Home position
sensor cable
Pickup motor CNHPS
GROUP 1 cable
Speaker
cable
CNPIN CNBYPE CNFM CNMM
CNPUM
Main
motor Toner cartridge CNSP
cable sensor cable
Roller sensor
CNTCVR CNROLSNS CNTCT
FAN cable
cable CNUSB
Bypass PE Tray cover
sensor sensor cable
cable GROUP 4
P-IN CONTROL PWB UNIT

sensor
cable CNLIU
CNPW
GROUP 4 LIU PWB UNIT

To Power Power supply
supply PWB cable LIU cable
unit
8–1
AM-400DE
[2] Rewriting version up the FLASH ROM
1. Preliminary setting for USB connection
Printer and Scanner driver should be installed to your PC to be able to
communicate between your PC and AM-400 via USB. (Refer to the
Setup guide)
↓
PC
USB Cable
5. Click "OK" to finish. AM-400 will be rebooted automatically.
(Local supply)
2. Download the new firmware

1. Connect your PC and AM-400 with USB cable.
2. Copy the file "TE37 (*).exe" to your PC.
(*): TE37 .exe will be able to get SHARP web site.
3. Double-click "TE37 .exe"
4. Click "Yes" to start download a firmware.
TASK bar indicates the progress.

↓
"FIRMWARE UPDATE" will appear on the LCD of AM-400.

↓
8–2
AM-400DE
PARTS GUIDE
No. 00ZAM400DESME
DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM

MODEL AM-400DE
MODEL SELECTION CODE DESTINATION
AM-400 DE Germany
AM-400 F France
Illustration: AM-400DE AM-400 IT Italy
AM-400 SE Sweden
AM-400 H U.K.
CONTENTS
[1] Cabinet,etc. [8] Packing material & Accessories
[2] Flatbed unit [9] Control PWB unit
[3] Scanner unit [10] LIU PWB unit
[4] Paper exit unit [11] Power supply PWB unit
[5] Fusing unit [12] High voltage PWB unit
[6] Printer drive unit [13] Operation panel PWB unit
[7] Drive unit INDEX
Parts marked with " " are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these
parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
This document has been published to be used

SHARP CORPORATION for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
AM-400DE
[1] Cabinet,etc.
13
B1
B13
B1 115 110 14
B1
B13 12
B13 103 B1
B1 10
9
11
B2
100
112
B13 B10
7 3
B13 96
B10 B1
1 B10 B10
109 6
B1 95 7
B10
98 B10 6
112
B10 4 B1
B11 B1 109 B1
B8 2
B8 B1 B10
B8 B1 B10 5
91 B1
B8 28 99
B12
102 8
97
B1 53 B10 95 B9
B3 B9
28 B1 54 52
B9
B1
111 27 49 101 B9
B1 B9
B1
92 106 31 57
87 B1
89
26 60 B9
25 B1 82
B1
29 94
93 85
40
84
30 86 83
B1
30 50
B6
B1 114 40
50
113 30 30 46
23 88 55 39
22 56 59 B2 24
58 42
51 57
21 41 B7
B2 B1
80 B7
45 66
33
105
20 47 B1 73
16 64 81
18 33 76 108 107 62 B5
17 43 78 70 61
68 B1 74 67
65 B1 69
18 70 B1
19 71 72
77 B1
68 79
B1 77 63 75
B1
B1
B1 B5
B1 90 71
2
AM-400DE
NO. PARTS CODE PRICE NEW PART DESCRIPTION

RANK MARK RANK
[1] Cabinet,etc.
1 DCEKC980UXHZZ CC N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(DE)
1 DCEKC083VXHZZ N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(F)
1 DCEKC082VXHZZ N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(IT)
1 DCEKC081VXHZZ N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(SE)
1 DCEKC889UXHZZ CD N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(H)
2 DCEKL475CXH09 BL N E LIU PWB unit
3 GCOVA2510XHSA BA N C Flatbed cover
4 LPLTP3335XHSA AF N C Hinge,left
5 LPLTP3336XHSA AF N C Hinge,right
6 NSFTP2393XHZZ AF N C Hinge shaft
7 PCUSS2226XHZZ AE N C Flatbed cushion
8 PSHEZ3855XHZZ AY N C Back sheet
9 MSPRC3301XHZZ AB C Hopper spring
10 NGERP2318XHZZ AD C Pinion gear
11 PBRS-2074XHZZ AG N C Static brush
12 PGIDM2679XHSA AF N C Hopper guide,left
13 PGIDM2680XHSA AF N C Hopper guide,right
14 PHOP-2120XHSA AQ N C Hopper
16 LPLTP3342XHZZ AE N C Separate plate
17 MSPRC3505XHZZ AD N C Separate spring
18 MSPRC3506XHZZ AF N C Up spring
19 PGIDM2689XHZZ AW N C Paper guide lower
20 LPLTG3386XHZZ AL N C Separate rubber
21 LPLTP3349XHZZ AU N C Rotation plate
22 LPLTG3388XHZZ AG N C Rotation plate pad
23 PSPO-2001XHZZ AD C Tray width sponge
24 CROLR2528XH51 N C PU roller ass'y
25 DUNTK273DXHZZ BV N E Optical unit(LSU)
26 QCNWN246CXHZZ AL N C Optical cable 1
27 QCNWN247CXHZZ AL N C Optical cable 2
28 QCNWN316CXHZZ AG N C Earth cable
29 GCABB2450XHSA BR N D Bottom cabinet
30 GLEGG2089XHZZ AE N C Leg rubber
31 LBSHP2113XHZA AE C Bearing
33 LBSHP2161XHZZ AE N C Regist roller bearing
39 MSPRC3301XHZZ AB C Guide spring
40 MSPRC3590XHZZ AE N C DV press spring
41 MSPRD3545XHZZ AE N C TC stopper spring
42 MSPRP3591XHZZ AE N C Regist roller spring
43 MSPRT3507XHZZ AE N C Cam spring
45 NGERH2661XHZZ AE N C Regist gear,23Z
46 NGERP2318XHZZ AD C Pinion gear
47 NROLR2527XHZZ AQ N C Regist roller
49 PGIDM2677XHSA AG N C Tray back guide
50 PGIDM2687XHZZ AE N C DV press guide
51 PGIDM2688XHZZ AE N C TC stopper
52 PGIDM2694XHSA AE N C Bypass hopper guide,left
53 PGIDM2695XHSA AE N C Bypass hopper guide,right
54 PSPO-2013XHZZ AE C Tray back guide sponge
55 QCNWN259CXHZZ AG N C Tray sensor cable
56 QCNWN278CXHZZ AG N C P-IN sensor cable
57 QCNWN315CXHZZ AG N C Earth cable 3
58 QSW-M2221XHZA AL N C P-IN sensor
59 QSW-M2296XHZZ AD C Tray cover sensor
60 TLABM224JXHZZ AE N D Paper limit label
61 GCOVA2513XHSA AY N C Right cover
62 LANGF2869XHZZ AN N C Right cover bracket
63 LFRM-2264XHZZ AT N C Right cover frame
64 LHLDZ2295XHZZ AE N C TR roller holder,right
65 LHLDZ2296XHZZ AE N C TR roller holder,left
66 LPLTM0163GCZZ AE C Discharge plate
67 MLEVP2410XHSA AK N C Release lever
68 MSPRC3522XHZZ AD N C TR spring
69 MSPRC3525XHZZ AE N C TR term spring B
70 MSPRC3527XHZZ AD N C Paper guide plate spring
71 MSPRC3576XHZZ AE N C Pinch roller spring
72 MSPRD3523XHZZ AE N C Release lever spring
73 MSPRD3548XHZZ AE N C Discharge spring B
74 MSPRP3524XHZZ AE N C TC terminal spring
75 MSPRP3534XHZZ AF N C Discharge spring A
76 NGERH2677XHZZ AE N C TR gear
77 NROLP2334XHZA AC C Pinch roller
78 NROLP2530XHZZ BD N C TR roller
79 NSFTZ2402XHZZ AK N C Pinch roller shaft
80 PBRS-2075XHZZ AE N C Static brush
81 PGIDM2699XHZZ AH N C Paper guide plate
82 PGIDM2692XHSA AQ N C Bypass guide
83 QCNWN256CXHZZ AG N C Bypass PE sensor cable
84 QCNWN267CXHZZ AN N C Inter lock switch cable
85 QSW-M2221XHZA AL N C Bypass PE sensor
86 QSW-M2343XHZZ AN N C Inter lock switch
87 TCAUZ2044XHZZ AK N D Laser caution label
88 GCOVA2515XHSA AU N C Front cover
89 LANGF2870XHZZ AG N C AC cord bracket
90 LBNDJ2006XHZZ AA C Band
3
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK
[1] Cabinet,etc.
91 LPLTP3346XHZZ AZ N C PWB plate
92 PGIDM2678XHZZ AE N C Right cover pivot
93 PGIDM2700XHZZ AE N C Front cover pivot
! 94 QACCE2082XHZZ AX B AC cord ass'y(DE/F/IT/SE)
! 94 QACCB2080XHZZ BA B AC cord ass'y(H)
95 QCNWN261CXHZZ AG N C Earth cable
! 96 RCORF2146XHZZ AG B Core
! 97 RCORF2154XHZZ AG N B Core
! 98 RDENT2206XHZZ BK N E High voltage PWB unit
! 99 RDENT2215XHZZ BQ N E Power supply PWB unit
100 GCOVA2514XHSA BA N C Rear cover
101 LANGJ2847XHZZ AG N C Earth plate
102 LHLDW2310XHZZ AE N C Wire holder
103 PSHEZ3410XHZZ AB C Jack sheet
105 PSHEP3879XHZZ AE N C Separate sheet
106 TCAUZ2046XHZZ AK N D Drum caution label 2
107 PSHEP3883XHZZ AG N C Cover sheet
108 PBRS-2076XHZZ AF N C Static brush
109 QCNWN390CXHZZ AN N C Power supply cable
110 TLABH362JXHZZ N D Face up label(DE)
110 TLABH410JXHZZ N D Face up label(F)
110 TLABH409JXHZZ N D Face up label(IT)
! 111 RCORF2147XHZZ AG B Core
112 QCNWN392CXHZZ N C LIU cable
113 PGIDM2690XHZZ N C A4 width guide,front
114 PGIDM2691XHZZ N C A4 width guide,rear
115 TLABH3335XHZZ AF D Laser class 1 label
B1 XEBS730P10000 AC C Screw(3x10)
B2 LX-BZ2205XHZ7 AE N C Screw
B5 XHBS730P10000 AD C Screw(3x10)
B6 XEBS720P10000 AE N C Screw(2x10)
B8 XEBS730P14000 AD N C Screw(3x14)
B10 XHBS730P08000 AB C Screw(3x8)
B11 XHBS730P06000 AC C Screw(3x6)
B13 XJBS740P12000 AB N C Screw(4x12)
4
AM-400DE
[2] Flatbed unit
52 45
50 51 47
57 43
53 B3
54 15 20 44
57 46
43 41
12 B2 34
13 B2
12 11 22 23 B5 42
11 B2
55 37
B2 B7
5
B2 48
B2 4
48
17 38
8 56 6 38
48 46 38
1 2 9
7 B4 38
21
B4
3 10
B4
B1 27
16 33 30
B2
24 32 B6
14 25 49
35
40 36 31
19 18 39
28
18
19 29
26

RANK MARK RANK
[2] Flatbed unit

1 DCEKP304DXH01 BD N E Operation panel PWB unit
2 RUITZ2001XHZZ AZ N E LCD unit
3 QSW-K0005AWZZ AC C Tact switch [SW]
4 GCABA2451XHSA BB N C Flatbed,upper
5 GCOVA2512XHZZ AH N C Sensor cover
6 JBTN-2483XHSA AF N C Function key
7 JBTN-2484XHSA AL N C 12 key
8 JBTN-2486XHSA AK N C Mode key
9 JBTN-2487XHSA AK N C Cursor key
10 JBTN-2489XHSA AE N C Start key
11 MSPRC2568XHZZ AE N C Pinch roller spring
12 NROLP2334XHZA AC C Pinch roller
13 NSFTZ2407XHZZ AH N C Pinch roller shaft
5
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK
[2] Flatbed unit

14 PGLSP2064XHZZ AY N C Sheet glass
15 PGLSP2065XHZZ AQ N C ADF glass
16 PSHEZ3854XHZZ AH N C Rear book sheet
17 PSHEZ3866XHZZ AE N C Blind fold sheet
18 PTPEZ2116XHZZ AE N C Book long double tape
19 PTPEZ2117XHZZ AE N C Book short double tape
20 PTPEZ2118XHZZ AE N C ADF doble tape
21 QCNWN245CXHZZ AL N C Panel cable
22 QCNWN249CXHZZ AG N C ORG sensor cable
23 QSW-Z2237XHZB AL N C ORG sensor
24 PSEL-2043XHZZ AE N C Shield tape
25 CCNWN346CXH01 AP N C Speaker ass'y
26 GCABB2452XHSA BF N C Flatbed,lower
27 LPLTP3338XHZZ AW N C Reinforce plate
28 LPLTP3339XHZZ AE N C Pulley plate
29 MLEVP2403XHSA AG N C Scanner hold lever
30 MLEVP2404XHZZ AG N C Hold lever
31 MSPRC3542XHZZ AD N C Tension spring
32 MSPRD3543XHZZ AE N C Earth spring 1
33 MSPRD3560XHZZ AE N C Speaker spring
34 MSPRD3570XHZZ AE N C Earth spring 2
35 NPLYD2088XHZZ AC C Pulley
36 NSFTZ2396XHZZ AG N C Pulley shaft
37 NSFTZ2397XHZZ AS N C Guide shaft
38 PTPEZ2127XHZZ AC N C Double tape
39 QCNWN254CXHZZ AG N C Home position sensor cable
40 QSW-M2324XHZZ AN C Home position sensor
41 LHLDZ2299XHZZ AH N C CIS holder
42 LHLDZ2300XHZZ AG N C Shaft holder
43 MSPRC3572XHZZ AE N C CIS spring
44 PGIDM2704XHZZ AE N C CIS guide,left
45 PGIDM2705XHZZ AE N C CIS guide,right
46 QCNWN248CXHZZ AN N C CIS cable
47 RUITZ2006XHZZ BT N B CIS
! 48 RCORF2152SCZZ AL N B Core
49 MSPRD3569XHZZ AE N C Exit roller earth spring
50 NROLR2526XHZZ AS N C Exit roller
51 NGERH2543XHZZ AC C Exit roller gear
52 LBSHP2113XHZZ AH C Roller bearing
53 LBSHP2136XHZZ AC C Roller bearing
54 HPNLH2450XHSD AP N D Decoration panel(DE)
54 HPNLH2450XHSG N D Decoration panel(F)
54 HPNLH2450XHSF N D Decoration panel(IT)
54 HPNLH2450XHSB AP N D Decoration panel(H/SE)
55 LPLTM3387XHZZ AF N C Shaft holder plate
56 PSHEZ3884XHZZ AE N C Blind fold sheet
57 PSPAP2290XHZZ N C ADF spacer
B4 XJPS740P10X00 AC N C Screw(4x10)
B7 LX-BZ2323XHZ7 AE N C Screw(3x8)
6
AM-400DE
[3] Scanner unit
B1 17
6
B1
25
24
8
9
B1
29 3
31 30
7
4
3 1 15
2
16
27 5
B2
B2 19
10
11
B2
28 14
B2
26 32
21 18
14 20
13
18
22
13
12
23

RANK MARK RANK
[3] Scanner unit

1 LPLTG3307XHZZ AF C Separate rubber
2 LPLTP2790XHZZ AD C Separate plate
3 MARMP2025XHZZ AF C Feed plate arm
4 MSPRD3564XHZZ AE N C Feed spring
5 MSPRT3563XHZZ AD N C Separate spring
6 PGIDM2681XHSA AN N C Guide middle upper
7 QCNWN255CXHZZ AG N C Front sensor cable
8 QCNWN260CXHZZ AG N C Earth cable C
9 QSW-Z2250XHZA AL N C Front sensor
12 LPLTP3363XHZZ AH N C Back guide bracket
13 MSPRC3589XHZZ AD N C Back guide spring
14 MSPRD3566XHZZ AE N C Exit pinch roller spring
15 NGERH2542XHZZ AE N C ADF gear
16 NGERH2547XHZZ AE C Transfer gear,42/17Z
17 NGERH2657XHZZ AE N C Reduction gear
18 NROLP2334XHZA AC C Exit pinch roller
19 NROLR2525XHZZ AQ N C Transfer roller
20 NSFTZ2406XHZZ AH N C Exit pinch roller shaft
21 PGIDM2682XHSA AN N C Guide middle lower
22 PGIDM2703XHZZ AK N C Back guide
23 PSHEZ3843XHZZ AF N C Rear sheet
24 MSPRC3567XHZZ AE N C Earth spring
25 GCOVA2511XHSA AS N C Top cover
26 LSTPP2063XHZZ AE N C Stopper plate
27 MLEVP2402XHSA AG N C Release lever
28 MSPRT3565XHZZ AD N C Release lever spring
29 NROLR2333XHZZ AP C Feed roller
30 NSFTP2394XHZZ AF N C Feed roller shaft
31 PGIDM2683XHSA AQ N C Guide upper
32 PSHEZ3886XHZZ N C ADF guide sheet
7
AM-400DE
[4] Paper exit unit
14
13 1
4
1
4
2 7 7
5
2
3 5
6
7
3
11
8
10 10
12

RANK MARK RANK
[4] Paper exit unit

1 MSPRD3574XHZZ AE N C Pinch roller spring 1
2 MSPRD3575XHZZ AE N C Pinch roller spring 2
3 NGERH2466XHZZ AE C Idler gear,32Z
4 NGERH2602XHZZ AH C Idler gear,50Z
5 NGERH2603XHZZ AE C Idler gear,17Z(17Z)
6 NGERH2662XHZZ AE N C Feed roller gear,15Z
7 NROLP2332XHZA AL N C PO pinch roller
8 NROLP2420XHZZ AM C Paper exit roller
9 NSFTP2400XHZZ AS N C Feed roller shaft
10 PGIDM2696XHZZ AE N C Anti curl guide
11 PGIDM2697XHZZ AU N C Paper exit guide upper
12 PGIDM2698XHZZ AS N C Paper exit guide lower
13 QCNWN264CXHZZ AG N C PO sensor cable
14 QSW-Z2237XHZB AL N C PO2 sensor
8
AM-400DE
[5] Fusing unit
B5
4
B4
1 38
3 B5 B2
2 15
34 24 28
36 24 29
N1 27
B5 34
34 24 B2
6
24
26
34
B4 30
B5 11 36
B2
N1 22
37 B1
B4
B2
8 B1
21 39 14
35
10
17
B4 25
5 B3
19 42
16
18 13
41
16 33 23
23
40
9
20 7
32
12 41
31
43
901
9
AM-400DE

RANK MARK RANK
[5] Fusing unit

1 LHLDZ2297XHZZ AE N C Fuse holder
2 PSHEP3853XHZZ AG N C Fuse sheet
3 PSPO-2024XHZZ AG N C Fuse sponge
4 QFS-T2020XHZZ AT N A Fuse-2
5 LBSHP2162XHZZ AE N C Heat roller bearing 1
6 LBSHP2167XHZZ AK N C Heat roller bearing 2
7 LBSHP2168XHZZ AE N C FU bearing
8 LFRM-2265XHZZ AU N C FU frame,left
9 LFRM-2266XHZZ AV N C FU frame,right
10 LPLTP3348XHZZ AG N C FU terminal
11 LPLTP3376XHZZ AK N C FU AC terminal
12 MLEVP2411XHZZ AF N C FU release lever,front
13 MLEVP2412XHZZ AF N C FU release lever,rear
14 MLEVP2413XHZZ AF N C FU sensor lever
15 MSPRC3528XHZZ AE N C Rachet gear spring
16 MSPRC3530XHZZ AD N C FU pinch spring
17 MSPRC3531XHZZ AE N C FU earth spring
18 MSPRC3595XHZZ AE N C Right cover open spring
19 MSPRD3529XHZZ AE N C FU sensor lever spring
20 MSPRD3550XHZZ AE N C Rear cover spring
21 MSPRK3549XHZZ AF N C Fuse bar 1
22 MSPRK3590XHZZ AE N C Fuse bar 2
23 MSPRP3535XHZZ AE N C Earth spring
24 MSPRT3594XHZZ AE N C Separating pawl spring
25 NGERH2576XHZA AF N C Idler gear,21Z
26 NGERH2582XHZA AY C Idler gear,15Z
27 NGERH2678XHZZ AF N C Heat roller gear
28 NGERH2679XHZZ AE N C Idler gear,27Z
29 NGERH2680XHZZ AE N C Idler gear,28Z
30 NROLP2536XHZZ BD N C Heat roller
31 NROLR2539XHZZ BD N C FU roller
32 PGIDM2702XHZZ AE N C Rear cover
33 PSHEZ3864XHZZ AG N C Photo sheet
34 PTME-2081XHZZ AF N C Separating pawl
35 QCNWN262CXHZZ AG N C Photo sensor cable
36 QCNWN266CXHZZ AK N C FU AC cord
37 QFS-T2019XHZZ AQ N A Fuse-1
38 RDTCT2001XHZZ AV N B Thermistor
39 RLMPU2016XHZZ BE N B Heater
40 TCAUH2041XHZZ AG N D Heat caution
41 TLABH351JXHZZ AD N D FU release label
42 VHPSG2482A+-1 AN N B PO1 sensor
43 LBNDJ2006XHZZ AA C Band
B2 LX-BZ2138XHZ7 AD C Screw
B3 LX-BZ2222XHZ7 AD C Screw
B4 XBPS730P08KS0 AB N C Screw(3x8)
N1 XNGS730-18000 AD N C Nut(M3)
(Unit)
901 CFRM-2265XH02 N E Fusing unit
10
AM-400DE
[6] Printer drive unit
10
11
B2
9
12
16 B2
19
31 B1
21 B3
34
28 32
25 27
B1
5 6
23 B3
29
22
7
17
15
20 13 26
24 B4
33 30 4 2
18 35
8 36
1 4
3 13
14

RANK MARK RANK
[6] Printer drive unit

1 LFRM-2263XHZZ AW N C Printer drive frame
2 LPLTP3343XHZZ AV N C Printer drive bracket
3 MLEVP2409XHZZ AE N C Planet lever A
4 MSPRC2735XHZZ AC C Planet gear spring
5 MSPRC3519XHZZ AE N C OPC earth spring
6 MSPRC3547XHZZ AE N C Coupling spring
7 MSPRP3514XHZZ AG N C DVE-TE spring
8 MSPRP3515XHZZ AG N C SROL-T spring
9 MSPRP3516XHZZ AG N C MC-TER spring
10 MSPRP3517XHZZ AG N C Earth spring
11 MSPRP3518XHZZ AH N C TR-TER spring
12 NFANP2005XHZZ AY N B Fan
13 NGERH2458XHZZ AB C Planet gear
14 NGERH2480XHZZ AB C Reduction gear,17/28Z
15 NGERH2700XHZZ AF N C Reduction gear,17/23Z
16 NGERH2576XHZB AF N C Idler gear,21Z
17 NGERH2577XHZZ AD C Idler gear,20Z
18 NGERH2581XHZZ AC C Idler gear,25Z
19 NGERH2699XHZZ AL N C Idler gear
20 NGERH2621XHZZ AF C Reduction gear,15/30Z
21 NGERH2663XHZZ AE N C Reduction gear,15/52Z
23 NGERH2697XHZZ AG N C Jgma gear,15/28Z
24 NGERH2698XHZZ AG N C Jgma gear,15/28Z
26 NGERH2670XHZZ AE N C Sun gear
27 NGERH2671XHZZ AE N C Coupling gear
29 NSFTP2401XHZZ AE N C Coupling shaft
30 QCNWN297CXHZZ AH N C Toner sensor cable
31 QCNWN317CXHZZ AE N C Roller switch cable
32 QSW-F2224SCZZ AE C Roller switch
33 QSW-M2342XHZZ AV N C Toner sensor
34 RMOTS2199XHZZ BC N B Main motor
35 RMOTS2202XHZZ AY N B Pickup motor
36 MLEVP2409XHZB N C Planet lever B
B1 LX-BZ2241XHZ7 AD N C Screw
B2 LX-BZ2314XHZ7 AD N C Screw
11
AM-400DE
[7] Drive unit
18
B1
6 B1
11
16
2
10
17
15 5
8
3
5
8
9
1
14
7
13
12

RANK MARK RANK
[7] Drive unit

1 LFRM-2262XHZZ AN N C Drive frame
2 LPLTP3340XHZZ AK N C Motor plate
3 MLEVP2405XHZZ AE N C Planet lever A
4 MLEVP2406XHZZ AE N C Planet lever B
5 MSPRC2735XHZZ AC C Planet spring
6 MSPRT3571XHZZ AD N C Hold spring
7 NBLTK2067XHZZ AS N C Drive belt
8 NGERH2278XHZZ AC C Planet gear
9 NGERH2517XHZZ AE N C Reduction gear
10 NGERH2541XHZZ AE N C Reduction gear,25Z
11 NGERH2573XHZZ AD C Reduction gear,20/40Z
12 NGERH2655XHZZ AE N C System gear A
13 NGERH2656XHZZ AE N C System gear B
17 NPLYD2099XHZZ AE N C Pulley reduction gear,48Z
18 RMOTZ2201XHZZ AW N B Scanner motor
12
AM-400DE
[8] Packing material & Accessories
13
25
22
23
1
30
12
5 3
6
29 8
31 2
34 7
32
33 28
19
15
4
10
16 14
27 11 21
17
18 26
13
AM-400DE

RANK MARK RANK
[8] Packing material & Accessories

1 PHOP-2121XHSA AV N C Document feeder tray
2 LPLTP3344XHSA AY N C Output tray
3 LPLTP3345XHSA AK N C Output sub tray
4 DUNT-291DXH06 N S Toner cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(DE)
4 DUNT-291DXH10 N S Toner cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(F)
4 DUNT-291DXH09 N S Toner cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(IT)
4 DUNT-291DXH08 N S Toner cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(SE)
4 DUNT-291DXH05 N S Toner cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(H)
5 DUNT-292DXH04 N S Drum cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(DE)
5 DUNT-292DXH10 N S Drum cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(F)
5 DUNT-292DXH09 N S Drum cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(IT)
5 DUNT-292DXH08 N S Drum cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(SE)
5 DUNT-292DXH03 N S Drum cartridge(Initial starter cartridge)(H)
6 QCNW-4649XHZZ AE C Telephone line cord(DE)
7 SPAKA279GXHZZ AQ N D Packing add.,top,front
8 SPAKA280GXHZZ AS N D Packing add.,top,rear
9 SPAKA281GXHZZ AQ N D Packing add.,bottom,front
10 SPAKA282GXHZZ AQ N D Packing add.,bottom,rear
11 SPAKA286GXHZZ AG N D Pad A
12 SPAKA429GXHZZ AE N D Protection B
13 SPAKA428GXHZZ AE N D Protection A
14 SPAKA356GXHZZ AG N D Pad,toner cartridge,left
15 SPAKA357GXHZZ AG N D Pad,toner cartridge,right
16 SPAKA373GXHZZ AD N D Pad D
17 SPAKA374GXHZZ AD N D Spacer
18 SPAKC377GXHTZ N D Packing case
19 SPAKP285GXHZZ AK N D Unit cover
21 TCADZ3790XHZZ N D Pop card(DE)
21 TCADZ3804XHZZ N D Pop card(F)
21 TCADZ3803XHZZ N D Pop card(IT)
21 TCADZ3788XHZZ N D Pop card(SE)
21 TCADZ3789XHZZ N D Pop card(H)
22 TCADH3786XHZZ AG N D Setup guide(DE for German)
22 TCADH3797XHZZ N D Setup guide(F for French)
22 TCADH3796XHZZ N D Setup guide(IT for Italian)
22 TCADH3795XHZZ N D Setup guide(SE/NO/FI/DK)
22 TCADH3785XHZZ AG N D Setup guide(H for England)
23 TGANG2345XHZZ N D Warranty card(DE)
23 TGANE2344XHZZ N D Warranty card(H)
25 UDSKA2053XHZZ BB N D CD ROM(To the production in Feb.)(DE/H)
25 UDSKA2053XHZA N D CD ROM(From the production in Mar.)(DE/F/IT/SE/H)
26 SPAKA386GXHZZ AE N D Release pad
27 PSHEZ3880XHZZ AN N D Release lever caution sheet 2
28 QPLGJ2019XHZZ AN C Adapter(IT)
29 QCNW-3914XHZZ AH C Telephone line cord(F)
30 PSHEZ3885XHZZ N C Shading sheet
31 QCNWG370BXHZZ AL C Telephone line cord(IT/SE)
32 TLABH363JXHZZ N D Output tray label(DE)
32 TLABH412JXHZZ N D Output tray label(F)
32 TLABH411JXHZZ N D Output tray label(IT)
33 QCNW-4266XHZZ AF C UK jack cable(H)
34 QCNW-281AXHZZ AL C Telephone line cord(H)
[9] Control PWB unit
1 VRS-CG1JF330J AC N C Block resistor(33Ω x4) [BR1]
6 VRS-CG1JF271J N C Block resistor(270Ω x4) [BR6]
17 VCKYCZ1CB103K AA C Capacitor(16WV 0.01µ F) [C3]
18 VCCCCZ1EH180J AA C Capacitor(25WV 18PF) [C4]
20 VCKYCZ1CF104Z AB C Capacitor(16WV 0.1µ F) [C8]
25 VCEAEA1CW106M AC C Capacitor(16WV 10µ F) [C15]
14
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

31 VCCCCZ1EH330J AC C Capacitor(25WV 33PF) [C23]
40 VCKYCZ0JF105Z AC C Capacitor(6.3WV 1µ F) [C34]
59 VCKYCY1AB225K AB C Capacitor(10WV 2.2µ F) [C53]
76 VCKYCY1AF105Z AC C Capacitor(10WV 1µ F) [C71]
79 VCKYCZ1EB102K AA C Capacitor(25WV 1000PF) [C75]
83 VCEAGA1CW476M AB C Capacitor(16WV 47µ F) [C81]
108 VCKYCY1HB472K AA C Capacitor(50WV 4700PF) [C119]
112 VCEAGA1HW107M AA C Capacitor(50WV 100µ F) [C124]
15
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

117 VCKYCZ1HB331K AA C Capacitor(50WV 330PF) [C129]
120 VCKYCZ1AB104K AC C Capacitor(10WV 0.1µ F) [C132]
132 VCEAEA1EW475M AA C Capacitor(25WV 4.7µ F) [C144]
133 VCEAEA1HW105M AC C Capacitor(50WV 1µ F) [C145]
135 VCEAGA1HW226M AB C Capacitor(50WV 22µ F) [C149]
142 VCCCCZ1EH221J AB C Capacitor(25WV 220PF) [C157]
143 VCKYCZ1HB331K AA C Capacitor(50WV 330PF) [C158]
144 VCKYCY1AB105K AB C Capacitor(10WV 1µ F) [C159]
148 VCKYCZ1EB222K AB C Capacitor(25WV 2200PF) [C164]
157 VCKYCZ1EB471K AD C Capacitor(25WV 470PF) [C173]
159 VRS-CY1JB000J AA C Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ± 5%) [C175]
161 VCCCCZ1HH8R0D AA C Capacitor(50WV 8.0PF) [C177]
162 VCKYCY1HF104Z AA C Capacitor(50WV 0.1µ F) [C178]
168 VCEAGA1EW107M AB C Capacitor(25WV 100µ F) [C187]
189 VCCCCZ1EH100D AA C Capacitor(25WV 10PF) [C210]
16
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

210 VCKYCY1HB103K AA C Capacitor(50WV 0.01µ F) [C237]
214 VCKYCY1CF224Z AB C Capacitor(16WV 0.22µ F) [C241]
241 VCKYCZ0JB105K AB C Capacitor(6.3WV 1.0µ F) [C275]
246 VCKYTQ1CF474Z AB C Capacitor(16WV 0.47µ F) [C289]
247 QCNCM2442SC0B AB C Connector(2pin) [CNBYPE]
248 QCNCW2556SC1B AG C Connector(12pin) [CNCIS]
249 QCNCM2694XH0C AE N C Connector(3pin) [CNFM]
250 QCNCM2401SC0B AA C Connector(2pin) [CNFRT]
251 QCNCM2694XH0B AE N C Connector(2pin) [CNHPS]
252 QCNCM2694XH0E AE N C Connector(5pin) [CNHV]
253 QCNCM2694XH1B AE N C Connector(12pin) [CNLIU]
254 QCNCM7014SC0H AB C Connector(8pin) [CNLSR]
255 QCNCM7014SC0D AB C Connector(4pin) [CNMM]
256 QCNCM2442SC0B AB C Connector(2pin) [CNORG]
257 QCNCM2401SC0B AA C Connector(2pin) [CNPIN]
258 QCNCM2666XH0E AE N C Connector(5pin) [CNPM]
259 QCNCW2556SC1F AG N C Connector(16pin) [CNPN]
260 QCNCM2401SC0B AA C Connector(2pin) [CNPOUT2]
261 QCNCM7014SC0C AA C Connector(3pin) [CNPOUT1]
262 QCNCM2694XH0F AE N C Connector(6pin) [CNPUM]
263 QCNCM2694XH1D AE N C Connector(14pin) [CNPW]
264 QCNCM2666XH0B AD C Connector(2pin) [CNROLSNS]
265 QCNCM7014SC0B AD C Connector(2pin) [CNRTH]
266 QCNCM7014SC0D AB C Connector(4pin) [CNSCM]
267 QCNCM2666XH0B AD C Connector(2pin) [CNSP]
268 QCNCM2666XH0D AD C Connector(4pin) [CNTCT]
269 QCNCM7014SC0B AD C Connector(2pin) [CNTCVR]
270 QCNCM2710XHZZ AK N C Connector [CNUSB]
271 VHD1SS355//-1 AB B Diode(1SS355) [D4]
273 VHDMC2850T1-1 AE B Diode(MC2850) [D13]
275 VHE1N4748A/-1 AC B Diode(1N4748A) [D15]
276 VHEUDZS6R2B-1 AE N B Zener diode(UDZS6.2B) [D21]
! 278 QFS-L1027YCZZ AE A IC protector(KAB3202 202) [F3]
! 279 QFS-L2021XHZZ AE N A IC protector(KAB5002 251) [F4]
! 281 QFS-L0004QCZZ AE N A IC protector(KAB3202 102) [F6]
! 283 QFS-L2016XHZZ AD A IC protector(KAB5002 201) [F8]
284 RH-IX2425XHZZ BS N B IC(OA-2000) [IC1]
285 RH-IX2459XHZZ AG N B IC(74LV1GWU04ASCE-E) [IC3]
17
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

286 RH-IX2446XHZZ BK N B IC(W9812G6DH-75/IS42S16800A-7TL) [IC4]
287 VHIPST596CMT1 AF B IC(PST596CMT) [IC5]
288 VHIF016/TE37B N E Service IC,FLASH ROM(DE)(16MB)(Ver.:TE37B) [IC6]
288 VHIF016/TE39A N B Service IC,FLASH ROM(F)(16MB)(Ver.:TE39A) [IC6]
288 VHIF016/TE44A N B Service IC,FLASH ROM(IT)(16MB)(Ver.:TE44A) [IC6]
288 VHIF016/TE48A N B Service IC,FLASH ROM(SE)(16MB)(Ver.:TE48A) [IC6]
288 VHIF016/TE42B N B Service IC,FLASH ROM(H)(16MB)(Ver.:TE42B) [IC6]
289 RH-IX2448XHZZ AL N B IC(FAN1117AD18X) [IC8]
290 RH-IX2494XHZZ AH N B IC(XC6219B332PR) [IC9]
291 RH-IX2411XHZZ AG N B IC(SN74LV244APWR) [IC10]
292 RH-IX2462XHZZ AZ N B IC(MTD2007F-3072) [IC12]
294 RH-IX2451XHZZ AH N B IC(SN74AHCT244PWR) [IC15]
295 RH-IX2458XHZZ AG N B IC(74LV1GW53ASCE-E) [IC16]
296 VHINJM2113M-1 AG B IC(NJM2113M) [IC17]
297 RH-IX2444XHZZ BP N B IC(FM336Plus) [IC18]
298 RH-IX2346XHZZ AG B IC(HA17358AF) [IC19]
299 VHIF001/TE53E BL N B Service IC,MASK ROM(1MB)(Ver.:TE53E) [IC21]
300 RH-IX2461XHZZ AH N B IC(KIA7805API/P) [IC22]
304 RH-IX2450XHZZ AG N B IC(SN74AHC74PWR) [IC26]
305 RH-IX2457XHZZ AG N B IC(74LV1GW14ASCE-E) [IC27]
306 RH-IX2456XHZZ AG N B IC(74HC161FPEL-E) [IC28]
308 RH-IX2455XHZZ AG N B IC(74HC151FPEL-E) [IC30]
309 VHIBA10393F-1 AC B IC(BA10393F) [IC31]
310 VHIULN2003AN/ AE B IC(ULN2003AN) [IC32]
311 RH-IX2450XHZZ AG N B IC(SN74AHC74PWR) [IC33]
312 RH-IX2447XHZZ AX N B IC(A3982SLB) [IC34]
313 RH-IX2493XHZZ AH N B IC(NJM78L12UA) [IC36]
314 RCILF2195XHZZ N C Filter(1012AH-1012=P2) [L1]
315 VRS-CZ1JB100J AA C Resistor(1/16W 10Ω ± 5%) [L4]
316 VRS-CZ1JB000J AA C Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ± 5%) [L5]
317 RCILZ2193XHZZ AE N C Coil(MMZ1005Y102C) [L6]
318 VSRT1N436CT-1 AE B Transistor(RT1N436C) [Q4]
321 VSRT1P141CT-1 AB B Transistor(RT1P141C) [Q7]
328 VSRT1N141CT-1 AE N B Transistor(RT1N141C) [Q14]
331 VS2SC2412K/-1 AB B Transistor(2SC2412K) [Q29]
334 VS2SA1530AT-1 AE N B Transistor(2SA1530A) [Q32]
335 VS2SA1530AT-1 AE N B Transistor(2SA1530A) [Q33]
337 VRS-CZ1JB000J AA C Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ± 5%) [R1]
340 VRS-CZ1JB472J AA C Resistor(1/16W 4.7KΩ ± 5%) [R5]
345 VRS-CZ1JB221J AD C Resistor(1/16W 220Ω ± 5%) [R11]
364 VRS-CZ1JB223J AA C Resistor(1/16W 22KΩ ± 5%) [R33]
18
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

367 RCILZ2193XHZZ AE C Coil(MMZ1005Y102C) [R36]
378 VRS-CZ1JB105J AD C Resistor(1/16W 1MΩ ± 5%) [R52]
382 VRSCY1JB27R4F AD N C Resistor(1/16W 27.4Ω ± 1%) [R56]
383 VRSCY1JB27R4F AD N C Resistor(1/16W 27.4Ω ± 1%) [R57]
384 VRS-CY1JB000J AA C Resistor(1/16W 0Ω ± 5%) [R58]
389 VRSCZ1JB2492F AF N C Resistor(1/16W 24.9KΩ ± 1%) [R63]
398 RCILZ0285AFZZ AB C Coil(MMZ1608Y102B) [R87]
430 VRS-CZ1JB392J AD C Resistor(1/16W 3.9KΩ ± 5%) [R139]
436 VRS-HT3AAR47J AC C Resistor(1W 0.47Ω ± 5%) [R146]
438 VRS-CZ1JB133J AC N C Resistor(1/16W 13KΩ ± 5%) [R153]
441 VRS-HT3AAR47J AC C Resistor(1W 0.47Ω ± 5%) [R156]
19
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

458 VRS-CZ1JB154J AD C Resistor(1/16W 150KΩ ± 5%) [R176]
20
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

548 VRS-HT3DA470J AA C Resistor(2W 47Ω ± 5%) [R277]
590 VRS-CZ1JB203F AD C Resistor(1/16W 20KΩ ± 1%) [R320]
596 VRS-CZ1JB512F AE N C Resistor(1/16W 5.1KΩ ± 1%) [R326]
599 VRS-CZ1JB203F AD C Resistor(1/16W 20KΩ ± 1%) [R329]
617 VRS-HT3AAR22J AA C Resistor(1W 0.22Ω ± 5%) [R348]
621 VRS-HT3AAR22J AA C Resistor(1W 0.22Ω ± 5%) [R352]
21
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

647 RCILZ0285AFZZ AB C Coil(MMZ1608Y102B) [R388]
651 VCCCCZ1EH180J AA C Capacitor(25WV 18PF) [R398]
656 VRS-CZ1JB271J AA C Resistor(1/16W 270Ω ± 5%)) [R411]
675 VRS-TW2HF561F AF N C Resistor(1/2W 560Ω ± 1%) [R440]
676 VRS-TW2HF561F AF N C Resistor(1/2W 560Ω ± 1%) [R441]
677 VRS-CZ1JB682J AD C Resistor(1/16W 6.8KΩ ± 5%) [R444]
683 VRS-TP2BD151J AA C Resistor(1/8W 150Ω ± 5%) [R450]
693 RCRSB2185XHZZ AD B Crystal(32.768kHz) [X1]
694 RCRSA2212XHZZ AK N B Crystal(27.5549MHz) [X2]
695 RCRSA2213XHZZ AK N B Crystal(24.000MHZ) [X3]
696 RCRSP2194XHZZ AL B Crystal(28.2240MHz) [X4]
697 RCRSA2214XHZZ AK N B Crystal(20.000MHZ) [X5]
(Unit)
901 DCEKC980UXHZZ CC N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(DE)
901 DCEKC083VXHZZ N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(F)
901 DCEKC082VXHZZ N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(IT)
901 DCEKC081VXHZZ N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(SE)
901 DCEKC889UXHZZ CD N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM)(H)
22
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK
[10] LIU PWB unit

! 1 VHVRA501PC6-1 AG B Varistor(RA-501P-C6) [AR1]
! 2 VHVRA501PC6-1 AG B Varistor(RA-501P-C6) [AR2]
3 QTANZ2042SCZZ AB C Earth terminal [ARG]
4 VCE9GA475V1HM AC C Capacitor(50WV 4.7µ F) [C1]
6 VCEAGA1EW476M AA C Capacitor(25WV 47µ F) [C3]
7 VCKYPA2HB102K AA C Capacitor(500WV 1000PF) [C4]
8 VCFYDA1HA474J AD C Capacitor(50WV 0.47µ F) [C5]
10 RC-FZ3079SCZZ AG C Capacitor(250WV 1µ F) [C7]
13 VCE9GA475V1HM AC C Capacitor(50WV 4.7µ F) [C10]
17 RC-FZ3077SCZZ AG C Capacitor(250WV 0.47µ F) [C14]
21 VCKYTV1HB473K AA C Capacitor(50WV 0.047µ F) [C101]
22 VRS-CY1JB113J AA C Resistor(1/16W 11KΩ ± 5%) [C102]
28 VCCCCY1HH221J AA C Capacitor(50WV 220PF) [C108]
! 44 RRLYD3439XHZZ AM B Relay(A5X-G-24E-908) [CML1]
45 QCNCM2694XH1B AE C Connector(12pin) [CNLIU1]
46 VHD1N4148//-1 AA B Diode(1N4148) [D1]
47 VHD1N4148//-1 AA B Diode(1N4148) [D3]
48 VHITHS65//-1A AF B IC(THS-65) [IC1]
49 RH-IX2394XHZZ AG B IC(LM2904PS) [IC100]
50 RH-IX2394XHZZ AG B IC(LM2904PS) [IC101]
! 51 RFILN2027XHZZ AC C Coil(R-5C) [L1]
52 RCILF2125SCZZ AF C Coil(LHL08 472K) [L2]
54 RCILZ2118SCZZ AD C Coil(EL0909RR-102K) [L4]
57 QJAKZ2046SCFD AL C Jack [MJ1/2]
! 58 VHPPS2535-1// AH B Photo coupler(PS2535-1) [PC1]
! 59 VHPPS2561L-1/ AG B Photo coupler(PS2561L-1) [PC2]
! 60 VHPPS2561L-1/ AG B Photo coupler(PS2561L-1) [PC4]
61 VSKTC3198GR-1 AD B Transistor(KTC3198GR) [Q1]
62 VSKTD2092//-1 AL B Transistor(KTD2092) [Q3]
69 VRS-HT3AA121J AA C Resistor(1W 120Ω ± 5%) [R1]
70 VRD-HT2EY100J AA C Resistor(1/4W 10Ω ± 5%) [R2]
71 VRD-HT2EY130J AA C Resistor(1/4W 13Ω ± 5%) [R4]
72 VRD-HT2HY223J AA C Resistor(1/2W 22KΩ ± 5%) [R5]
73 VRS-TS2AD103J AA C Resistor(1/10W 10KΩ ± 5%) [R100]
74 VRS-CY1JB103J AA C Resistor(1/16W 10KΩ ± 5%) [R101]
76 VRS-TS2AD471J AA C Resistor(1/10W 470Ω ± 5%) [R103]
78 VRS-CY1JB332J AA C Resistor(1/16W 3.3KΩ ± 5%) [R105]
23
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK
[10] LIU PWB unit

100 RH-DX2007SCZZ AC B Diode bridge(S1ZB60) [REC1]
! 101 RTRNI2165XHZZ AG B Transformer(2165) [T1]
! 102 VHVDSS301L/-U AF B Varistor(DSS-301L) [VA1]
103 VHEMTZJ200B-1 AC B Zener diode(MTZJ20B) [ZD1]
104 VHEBZX79B47/A AH B Zener diode(BZX79B47) [ZD2]
105 VRD-HT2EY512J AA C Resistor(1/4W 5.1KΩ ± 5%) [ZD3]
106 VHEMTZJ200B-1 AC B Zener diode(MTZJ20B) [ZD4]
107 VHEMTZJ4R7B-1 AC B Zener diode(MTZJ4R7B) [ZD5]
(Unit)
901 DCEKL475CXH09 BL N E LIU PWB unit
[11] Power supply PWB unit

1 0KYL5051AQ002 AF C Ferrite beads(BL02RN2) [BEA1]
3 0KYL5116AC002 AH C Ferrite beads(BLM31PG121) [BEA102]
4 0KYW0000AQ005 AC C Wire(5mm) [BEA103]
6 0KYL5116AC002 AH C Ferrite beads(BLM31PG121) [BEA105]
7 0KYC2131QS224 AK C Film capacitor(275WV 0.22µ F) [C1]
8 0KYC2131QS224 AK C Film capacitor(275WV 0.22µ F) [C2]
9 0KYC3126YS680 AX N C Electrolytic capacitor(450WV 68µ F) [C5]
10 0KYC1384QS102 AG C Ceramic capacitor(1000PF) [C6]
12 0KYC10B2SQ101 AF C Ceramic capacitor(2KWV 100PF) [C8]
13 0KYC1102EC103 AC C Ceramic capacitor(50WV 0.01µ F) [C9]
14 0KYC1102EC472 AC C Ceramic capacitor(50WV 4700PF) [C10]
15 0KYC10Q1EQ101 AC C Ceramic capacitor(50WV 100PF) [C11]
16 0KYC1076QQ103 AL N C Ceramic capacitor(0.01µ F) [C15]
17 0KYC1076QQ103 AL N C Ceramic capacitor(0.01µ F) [C16]
19 0KYC10Q2EQ104 AD C Ceramic capacitor(50WV 0.1µ F) [C22]
20 0KYC30A0DQ331 AK C Electrolytic capacitor(35WV 330µ F) [C101]
21 0KYC1186NC102 AG N C Ceramic capacitor(630WV 1000PF) [C102]
22 0KYC30A0DQ330 AG C Electrolytic capacitor(35WV 33µ F) [C103]
24 0KYC10A9RQ152 AH C Ceramic capacitor(1KWV 1500PF) [C108]
25 0KYC30A0DQ560 AG C Electrolytic capacitor(35WV 56µ F) [C151]
26 0KYC30A0BQ121 AG C Electrolytic capacitor(16WV 120µ F) [C271]
28 0KYC1102EC562 AC C Ceramic capacitor(50WV 5600PF) [C273]
30 0KYC30A0BQ331 AK C Electrolytic capacitor(16WV 330µ F) [C301]
31 0KYC3075BQ471 AM C Electrolytic capacitor(16WV 470µ F) [C302]
33 0KYC1095EQ104 AD C Ceramic capacitor(50WV 0.1µ F) [C501]
34 0KYC30A0BQ331 AK C Electrolytic capacitor(16WV 330µ F) [C502]
35 0KYK2061AQ002 AF C Connector(2pin) [CN2]
36 0KYK2148LS005 AG C Connector(3pin) [CN6]
37 0KYK2051AQ002 AG C Connector(3pin) [CNAC]
38 0KYK2051AQ002 AG C Connector(3pin) [CNHT]
39 0KYK2148LS004 AN C Connector(14pin) [CNPW]
40 0KYD4066AQ105 AF B Zener diode(HZS30) [D2]
41 0KYD2051AQ002 AD B Diode(1SS133) [D4]
45 0KYW0000AQ005 AC C Wire(5mm) [D8]
46 0KYD1057AQ006 AF B Diode(ERA15-06) [D10]
52 0KYD3155AL001 AU N B Diode(YG861S15R) [D101]
53 0KYD4061AQ270 AL B Zener diode(HZ27P) [D104]
55 0KYD2066AQ006 AH B Diode(ERA83-006) [D151]
56 0KYD3134AA004 AK B Diode(CB833-04) [D271]
24
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

57 0KYD4066AQ015 AE B Zener diode(HZS3) [D274]
58 0KYD4061AQ5R6 AK B Zener diode(HZ5.6P) [D275]
59 0KYD4066AQ078 AE B Zener diode(HZS12B2) [D277]
60 0KYD4066AQ015 AE B Zener diode(HZS3) [D291]
61 0KYD3134AA004 AK B Diode(CB833-04) [D301]
63 0KYK7135AS006 AM N A Fuse(T6.3AH/AC250V) [F1]
64 0KYK7144AR003 AL N A Fuse(T2.5A/AC250V) [F2]
65 0KYK7135AS006 AM N A Fuse(T6.3AH/AC250V) [F3]
66 0KYW0000AQ012 AC C Wire(12.5mm) [F101]
67 0KYK7144AR005 AL N A Fuse(T4A/AC250V) [F102]
68 0KYK7144AR005 AL N A Fuse(T4A/AC250V) [F103]
69 0KY0MPS902200 AF C Heat sink [HS1]
70 0KY0MPS902200 AF C Heat sink [HS2]
71 0KY0MPS902100 AH C Heat sink [HS3]
72 0KYH2107AR001 AQ B IC(TA76432S) [IC201]
73 0KYH1050BQ5R0 AT B IC(µ PC7805AHF) [IC301]
74 0KYW0000AQ012 AC C Wire(12.5mm) [J2]
75 0KYW0000AQ005 AC C Wire(5mm) [J4]
83 0KYR3121TC000 AB C Resistor(1/8W 0Ω ) [J108]
84 0KYR3111VC000 AB C Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ) [J109]
85 0KYR3121TC000 AB C Resistor(1/8W 0Ω ) [J110]
86 0KYR3131AC000 AC C Resistor(1/4W 0Ω ) [J112]
88 0KYL1179JL333 AM N C Inductor(0R5A333F20A) [L1]
89 0KYL1118RS400 AQ C Inductor(SN8SP-404JA) [L3]
90 0KYL1105SL560 AN C Inductor(SBC9-560) [L271]
91 0KYD7102AR8R0 AM B NTC thermistor(NTPA78R0) [NTC1]
92 0KYH7137AS001 AL B Optical isolater(TLP421F) [PC1]
93 0KYH7151AS001 AW B Optical isolater(TLP363JF) [PC2]
94 0KYH7137AS001 AL B Optical isolater(TLP421F) [PC3]
95 0KYT2717KL002 AY B FET(2SK2717) [Q1]
96 0KYT4097CC002 AG B Transistor(2SC4097) [Q2]
97 0KYT4081CC002 AF B Transistor(2SC4081) [Q101]
98 0KYT1029LC001 AU B FET(FDS6685) [Q271]
99 0KYT1018NC001 AG B Transistor(XP4601) [Q272]
101 0KYT1576AC002 AF B Transistor(2SA1576A) [Q291]
103 0KYT1576AC002 AF B Transistor(2SA1576A) [Q301]
105 0KYR1066BQ475 AE C Resistor(1/2W 4.7MΩ ) [R1]
106 0KYR3126TC274 AC C Resistor(1/8W 270KΩ ) [R2]
109 0KYR3114VC153 AC C Resistor(1/10W 15KΩ ) [R5]
110 0KYR3120TC102 AC N C Resistor(1/8W 1KΩ ) [R6]
111 0KYR3121TC221 AB C Resistor(1/8W 220Ω ) [R7]
112 0KYR3111VC333 AB C Resistor(1/10W 33KΩ ) [R8]
113 0KYR3111VC101 AB C Resistor(1/10W 100Ω ) [R9]
114 0KYR3111VC682 AB C Resistor(1/10W 6.8KΩ ) [R10]
115 0KYR3114VC822 AC C Resistor(1/10W 8.2KΩ ) [R11]
118 0KYR3111VC681 AB C Resistor(1/10W 680Ω ) [R17]
119 0KYR3131AC100 AB C Resistor(1/4W 10Ω ) [R19]
120 0KYR3062UQ100 AL C Resistor(1/6W 10Ω ) [R20]
121 0KYR3121TC220 AC C Resistor(1/8W 22Ω ) [R21]
123 0KYR1053UQ563 AC C Resistor(1/4W 56KΩ ) [R51]
130 0KYR3120TC153 AB C Resistor(1/8W 15KΩ ) [R105]
131 0KYR3120TC752 AB C Resistor(1/8W 7.5KΩ ) [R106]
135 0KYR3121TC102 AB C Resistor(1/8W 1KΩ ) [R276]
136 0KYR3114VC681 AC C Resistor(1/10W 680Ω ) [R277]
25
AM-400DE
RANK MARK RANK

142 0KYR3114VC302 AC N C Resistor(1/10W 3KΩ ) [R291]
151 0KYR3131AC472 AC C Resistor(1/4W 4.7KΩ ) [R501]
159 0KYK3104AL001 AU B Relay(G5PA-1) [RL1]
160 0KYL2100DS083 BA N B Transformer(83D1) [T1]
161 0KYD5013AQ612 AV B Triac(SM12JZ47) [TRA1]
162 0KYR8054EQ502 AG C Variable resistor(1/10W 5KΩ ) [VR101]
163 0KYD7062AQ471 AH B Transient voltage surge suppressor(ENC471D-07A) [Z1]
164 0KYM1108AZ001 AE C Screw with washer(3x7) [SR1]
(Unit)
! 901 RDENT2215XHZZ BQ N E Power supply PWB unit
[12] High voltage PWB unit

! 901 RDENT2206XHZZ BK N E High voltage PWB unit
[13] Operation panel PWB unit
1 QSW-K0005AWZZ AC C Tact switch [SW]
(Unit)
901 DCEKP304DXH01 BD N E Operation panel PWB unit
26
AM-400DE
INDEX
PRICE NEW PART PRICE NEW PART
PARTS CODE No. PARTS CODE No.
RANK MARK RANK RANK MARK RANK
[ C ] LPLTG3386XHZZ 1-20 AL N C
CCNWN346CXH01 2-25 AP N C LPLTG3388XHZZ 1-22 AG N C
CFRM-2265XH02 5-901 N E LPLTM0163GCZZ 1-66 AE C
CROLR2528XH51 1-24 N C LPLTM3387XHZZ 2-55 AF N C
[ D ] LPLTP2790XHZZ 3-2 AD C
DCEKC081VXHZZ 1-1 N E LPLTP3335XHSA 1-4 AF N C
" 9-901 N E LPLTP3336XHSA 1-5 AF N C
DCEKC082VXHZZ 1-1 N E LPLTP3338XHZZ 2-27 AW N C
" 9-901 N E LPLTP3339XHZZ 2-28 AE N C
DCEKC083VXHZZ 1-1 N E LPLTP3340XHZZ 7-2 AK N C
" 9-901 N E LPLTP3342XHZZ 1-16 AE N C
DCEKC889UXHZZ 1-1 CD N E LPLTP3343XHZZ 6-2 AV N C
" 9-901 CD N E LPLTP3344XHSA 8-2 AY N C
DCEKC980UXHZZ 1-1 CC N E LPLTP3345XHSA 8-3 AK N C
" 9-901 CC N E LPLTP3346XHZZ 1-91 AZ N C
DCEKL475CXH09 1-2 BL N E LPLTP3348XHZZ 5-10 AG N C
" 10-901 BL N E LPLTP3349XHZZ 1-21 AU N C
DCEKP304DXH01 2-1 BD N E LPLTP3363XHZZ 3-12 AH N C
" 13-901 BD N E LPLTP3376XHZZ 5-11 AK N C
DUNT-291DXH05 8-4 N S LSTPP2063XHZZ 3-26 AE N C
DUNT-291DXH06 8-4 N S LX-BZ0956XHZ7 5-B1 AE N C
DUNT-291DXH08 8-4 N S LX-BZ2138XHZ7 5-B2 AD C
DUNT-291DXH10 8-4 N S LX-BZ2222XHZ7 5-B3 AD C
DUNT-292DXH03 8-5 N S LX-BZ2241XHZ7 6-B1 AD N C
DUNT-292DXH08 8-5 N S LX-BZ2314XHZ7 6-B2 AD N C
DUNTK273DXHZZ 1-25 BV N E [ M ]
[ G ] MARMP2025XHZZ 3-3 AF C
GCABA2451XHSA 2-4 BB N C MLEVP2402XHSA 3-27 AG N C
GCABB2450XHSA 1-29 BR N D MLEVP2403XHSA 2-29 AG N C
GCABB2452XHSA 2-26 BF N C MLEVP2404XHZZ 2-30 AG N C
GCOVA2510XHSA 1-3 BA N C MLEVP2405XHZZ 7-3 AE N C
GCOVA2511XHSA 3-25 AS N C MLEVP2406XHZZ 7-4 AE N C
GCOVA2512XHZZ 2-5 AH N C MLEVP2409XHZB 6-36 N C
GCOVA2513XHSA 1-61 AY N C MLEVP2409XHZZ 6-3 AE N C
GCOVA2514XHSA 1-100 BA N C MLEVP2410XHSA 1-67 AK N C
GCOVA2515XHSA 1-88 AU N C MLEVP2411XHZZ 5-12 AF N C
GLEGG2089XHZZ 1-30 AE N C MLEVP2412XHZZ 5-13 AF N C
[ H ] MLEVP2413XHZZ 5-14 AF N C
HPNLH2450XHSB 2-54 AP N D MSPRC2568XHZZ 2-11 AE N C
HPNLH2450XHSD 2-54 AP N D MSPRC2735XHZZ 6-4 AC C
HPNLH2450XHSF 2-54 N D " 7-5 AC C
HPNLH2450XHSG 2-54 N D MSPRC3301XHZZ 1-9 AB C
[ J ] " 1-39 AB C
JBTN-2483XHSA 2-6 AF N C MSPRC3505XHZZ 1-17 AD N C
JBTN-2484XHSA 2-7 AL N C MSPRC3506XHZZ 1-18 AF N C
JBTN-2486XHSA 2-8 AK N C MSPRC3519XHZZ 6-5 AE N C
JBTN-2487XHSA 2-9 AK N C MSPRC3522XHZZ 1-68 AD N C
JBTN-2489XHSA 2-10 AE N C MSPRC3525XHZZ 1-69 AE N C
[ L ] MSPRC3527XHZZ 1-70 AD N C
LANGF2869XHZZ 1-62 AN N C MSPRC3528XHZZ 5-15 AE N C
LANGF2870XHZZ 1-89 AG N C MSPRC3530XHZZ 5-16 AD N C
LANGJ2847XHZZ 1-101 AG N C MSPRC3531XHZZ 5-17 AE N C
LBNDJ2006XHZZ 1-90 AA C MSPRC3542XHZZ 2-31 AD N C
" 5-43 AA C MSPRC3547XHZZ 6-6 AE N C
LBSHP2113XHZA 1-31 AE C MSPRC3567XHZZ 3-24 AE N C
LBSHP2113XHZZ 2-52 AH C MSPRC3572XHZZ 2-43 AE N C
LBSHP2135XHZZ 3-10 AC C MSPRC3576XHZZ 1-71 AE N C
LBSHP2136XHZZ 2-53 AC C MSPRC3589XHZZ 3-13 AD N C
" 3-11 AC C MSPRC3590XHZZ 1-40 AE N C
LBSHP2161XHZZ 1-33 AE N C MSPRC3595XHZZ 5-18 AE N C
LBSHP2162XHZZ 5-5 AE N C MSPRD3523XHZZ 1-72 AE N C
LBSHP2167XHZZ 5-6 AK N C MSPRD3529XHZZ 5-19 AE N C
LBSHP2168XHZZ 5-7 AE N C MSPRD3543XHZZ 2-32 AE N C
LFRM-2262XHZZ 7-1 AN N C MSPRD3545XHZZ 1-41 AE N C
LFRM-2263XHZZ 6-1 AW N C MSPRD3548XHZZ 1-73 AE N C
LFRM-2264XHZZ 1-63 AT N C MSPRD3550XHZZ 5-20 AE N C
LFRM-2265XHZZ 5-8 AU N C MSPRD3560XHZZ 2-33 AE N C
LFRM-2266XHZZ 5-9 AV N C MSPRD3564XHZZ 3-4 AE N C
LHLDW2310XHZZ 1-102 AE N C MSPRD3566XHZZ 3-14 AE N C
LHLDZ2295XHZZ 1-64 AE N C MSPRD3569XHZZ 2-49 AE N C
LHLDZ2299XHZZ 2-41 AH N C MSPRD3575XHZZ 4-2 AE N C
LHLDZ2300XHZZ 2-42 AG N C MSPRK3549XHZZ 5-21 AF N C
LPLTG3307XHZZ 3-1 AF C MSPRK3590XHZZ 5-22 AE N C
MSPRP3514XHZZ 6-7 AG N C
27
AM-400DE
MSPRP3515XHZZ 6-8 AG N C PBRS-2074XHZZ 1-11 AG N C
MSPRP3516XHZZ 6-9 AG N C PBRS-2075XHZZ 1-80 AE N C
MSPRP3517XHZZ 6-10 AG N C PBRS-2076XHZZ 1-108 AF N C
MSPRP3518XHZZ 6-11 AH N C PCUSS2226XHZZ 1-7 AE N C
MSPRP3524XHZZ 1-74 AE N C PGIDM2677XHSA 1-49 AG N C
MSPRP3534XHZZ 1-75 AF N C PGIDM2678XHZZ 1-92 AE N C
MSPRP3535XHZZ 5-23 AE N C PGIDM2679XHSA 1-12 AF N C
MSPRP3591XHZZ 1-42 AE N C PGIDM2680XHSA 1-13 AF N C
MSPRT3507XHZZ 1-43 AE N C PGIDM2681XHSA 3-6 AN N C
MSPRT3563XHZZ 3-5 AD N C PGIDM2682XHSA 3-21 AN N C
MSPRT3565XHZZ 3-28 AD N C PGIDM2683XHSA 3-31 AQ N C
MSPRT3571XHZZ 7-6 AD N C PGIDM2687XHZZ 1-50 AE N C
MSPRT3594XHZZ 5-24 AE N C PGIDM2688XHZZ 1-51 AE N C
[ N ] PGIDM2689XHZZ 1-19 AW N C
NBLTK2067XHZZ 7-7 AS N C PGIDM2690XHZZ 1-113 N C
NFANP2005XHZZ 6-12 AY N B PGIDM2691XHZZ 1-114 N C
NGERH2278XHZZ 7-8 AC C PGIDM2692XHSA 1-82 AQ N C
NGERH2458XHZZ 6-13 AB C PGIDM2694XHSA 1-52 AE N C
NGERH2466XHZZ 4-3 AE C PGIDM2695XHSA 1-53 AE N C
NGERH2480XHZZ 6-14 AB C PGIDM2696XHZZ 4-10 AE N C
NGERH2517XHZZ 7-9 AE N C PGIDM2697XHZZ 4-11 AU N C
NGERH2541XHZZ 7-10 AE N C PGIDM2698XHZZ 4-12 AS N C
NGERH2542XHZZ 3-15 AE N C PGIDM2699XHZZ 1-81 AH N C
NGERH2543XHZZ 2-51 AC C PGIDM2700XHZZ 1-93 AE N C
NGERH2547XHZZ 3-16 AE C PGIDM2702XHZZ 5-32 AE N C
NGERH2573XHZZ 7-11 AD C PGIDM2703XHZZ 3-22 AK N C
NGERH2576XHZA 5-25 AF N C PGIDM2704XHZZ 2-44 AE N C
NGERH2576XHZB 6-16 AF N C PGIDM2705XHZZ 2-45 AE N C
NGERH2577XHZZ 6-17 AD C PGLSP2064XHZZ 2-14 AY N C
NGERH2581XHZZ 6-18 AC C PGLSP2065XHZZ 2-15 AQ N C
NGERH2582XHZA 5-26 AY C PHOP-2120XHSA 1-14 AQ N C
NGERH2602XHZZ 4-4 AH C PHOP-2121XHSA 8-1 AV N C
NGERH2603XHZZ 4-5 AE C PSEL-2043XHZZ 2-24 AE N C
NGERH2621XHZZ 6-20 AF C PSHEP3853XHZZ 5-2 AG N C
NGERH2655XHZZ 7-12 AE N C PSHEP3879XHZZ 1-105 AE N C
NGERH2656XHZZ 7-13 AE N C PSHEP3883XHZZ 1-107 AG N C
NGERH2657XHZZ 3-17 AE N C PSHEZ3410XHZZ 1-103 AB C
" 7-14 AE N C PSHEZ3843XHZZ 3-23 AF N C
NGERH2658XHZZ 7-15 AE N C PSHEZ3854XHZZ 2-16 AH N C
NGERH2661XHZZ 1-45 AE N C PSHEZ3855XHZZ 1-8 AY N C
NGERH2662XHZZ 4-6 AE N C PSHEZ3864XHZZ 5-33 AG N C
NGERH2663XHZZ 6-21 AE N C PSHEZ3866XHZZ 2-17 AE N C
NGERH2664XHZZ 6-22 AE N C PSHEZ3880XHZZ 8-27 AN N D
NGERH2667XHZZ 6-25 AE N C PSHEZ3884XHZZ 2-56 AE N C
NGERH2670XHZZ 6-26 AE N C PSHEZ3885XHZZ 8-30 N C
NGERH2671XHZZ 6-27 AE N C PSHEZ3886XHZZ 3-32 N C
NGERH2673XHZZ 6-28 AE N C PSPAP2290XHZZ 2-57 N C
NGERH2677XHZZ 1-76 AE N C PSPO-2001XHZZ 1-23 AD C
NGERH2678XHZZ 5-27 AF N C PSPO-2013XHZZ 1-54 AE C
NGERH2679XHZZ 5-28 AE N C PSPO-2024XHZZ 5-3 AG N C
NGERH2680XHZZ 5-29 AE N C PTME-2081XHZZ 5-34 AF N C
NGERH2693XHZZ 7-16 AE N C PTPEZ2116XHZZ 2-18 AE N C
NGERH2697XHZZ 6-23 AG N C PTPEZ2117XHZZ 2-19 AE N C
NGERH2698XHZZ 6-24 AG N C PTPEZ2118XHZZ 2-20 AE N C
NGERH2699XHZZ 6-19 AL N C PTPEZ2127XHZZ 2-38 AC N C
NGERH2700XHZZ 6-15 AF N C [ Q ]
NGERP2318XHZZ 1-10 AD C QACCB2080XHZZ 1-94 BA B
" 1-46 AD C QACCE2082XHZZ 1-94 AX B
NPLYD2088XHZZ 2-35 AC C QCNCM2401SC0B 9-250 AA C
NPLYD2099XHZZ 7-17 AE N C " 9-257 AA C
NROLP2332XHZA 4-7 AL N C " 9-260 AA C
NROLP2334XHZA 1-77 AC C QCNCM2442SC0B 9-247 AB C
" 2-12 AC C " 9-256 AB C
" 3-18 AC C QCNCM2666XH0B 9-264 AD C
NROLP2420XHZZ 4-8 AM C " 9-267 AD C
NROLP2530XHZZ 1-78 BD N C QCNCM2666XH0D 9-268 AD C
NROLP2536XHZZ 5-30 BD N C QCNCM2666XH0E 9-258 AE N C
NROLR2333XHZZ 3-29 AP C QCNCM2694XH0B 9-251 AE N C
NROLR2525XHZZ 3-19 AQ N C QCNCM2694XH0C 9-249 AE N C
NROLR2526XHZZ 2-50 AS N C QCNCM2694XH0E 9-252 AE N C
NROLR2527XHZZ 1-47 AQ N C QCNCM2694XH0F 9-262 AE N C
NROLR2539XHZZ 5-31 BD N C QCNCM2694XH1B 9-253 AE N C
NSFTP2393XHZZ 1-6 AF N C " 10-45 AE C
NSFTP2394XHZZ 3-30 AF N C QCNCM2694XH1D 9-263 AE N C
NSFTP2400XHZZ 4-9 AS N C QCNCM2710XHZZ 9-270 AK N C
NSFTP2401XHZZ 6-29 AE N C QCNCM7014SC0B 9-265 AD C
NSFTZ2396XHZZ 2-36 AG N C " 9-269 AD C
NSFTZ2397XHZZ 2-37 AS N C QCNCM7014SC0C 9-261 AA C
NSFTZ2402XHZZ 1-79 AK N C QCNCM7014SC0D 9-255 AB C
NSFTZ2406XHZZ 3-20 AH N C " 9-266 AB C
NSFTZ2407XHZZ 2-13 AH N C QCNCM7014SC0H 9-254 AB C
[ P ] QCNCW2556SC1B 9-248 AG C
28
AM-400DE
QCNCW2556SC1F 9-259 AG N C " 10-53 AC C
QCNW-281AXHZZ 8-34 AL C " 10-55 AC C
QCNW-3914XHZZ 8-29 AH C " 10-56 AC C
QCNW-4266XHZZ 8-33 AF C RH-DX2007SCZZ 10-100 AC B
QCNW-4649XHZZ 8-6 AE C RH-IX2346XHZZ 9-298 AG B
QCNWG370BXHZZ 8-31 AL C RH-IX2394XHZZ 10-49 AG B
QCNWN245CXHZZ 2-21 AL N C " 10-50 AG B
QCNWN246CXHZZ 1-26 AL N C RH-IX2411XHZZ 9-291 AG N B
QCNWN247CXHZZ 1-27 AL N C " 9-293 AG N B
QCNWN248CXHZZ 2-46 AN N C RH-IX2425XHZZ 9-284 BS N B
QCNWN249CXHZZ 2-22 AG N C RH-IX2444XHZZ 9-297 BP N B
QCNWN254CXHZZ 2-39 AG N C RH-IX2446XHZZ 9-286 BK N B
QCNWN255CXHZZ 3-7 AG N C RH-IX2447XHZZ 9-312 AX N B
QCNWN256CXHZZ 1-83 AG N C RH-IX2448XHZZ 9-289 AL N B
QCNWN259CXHZZ 1-55 AG N C RH-IX2450XHZZ 9-304 AG N B
QCNWN260CXHZZ 3-8 AG N C " 9-311 AG N B
QCNWN261CXHZZ 1-95 AG N C RH-IX2451XHZZ 9-294 AH N B
QCNWN266CXHZZ 5-36 AK N C " 9-307 AG N B
QCNWN267CXHZZ 1-84 AN N C RH-IX2454XHZZ 9-301 AG N B
QCNWN297CXHZZ 6-30 AH N C RH-IX2456XHZZ 9-306 AG N B
QCNWN317CXHZZ 6-31 AE N C RH-IX2459XHZZ 9-285 AG N B
QCNWN390CXHZZ 1-109 AN N C RH-IX2461XHZZ 9-300 AH N B
QCNWN392CXHZZ 1-112 N C RH-IX2462XHZZ 9-292 AZ N B
QFS-L0004QCZZ 9-281 AE N A RH-IX2493XHZZ 9-313 AH N B
QFS-L1027YCZZ 9-278 AE A RH-IX2494XHZZ 9-290 AH N B
QFS-L2016XHZZ 9-283 AD A RLMPU2016XHZZ 5-39 BE N B
QFS-L2021XHZZ 9-279 AE N A RMOTS2199XHZZ 6-34 BC N B
" 9-280 AE N A RMOTS2202XHZZ 6-35 AY N B
QFS-L2025XHZZ 9-282 AE N A RMOTZ2201XHZZ 7-18 AW N B
QFS-T2019XHZZ 5-37 AQ N A RRLYD3439XHZZ 10-44 AM B
QFS-T2020XHZZ 5-4 AT N A RTRNI2165XHZZ 10-101 AG B
QJAKZ2046SCFD 10-57 AL C RUITZ2001XHZZ 2-2 AZ N E
QPLGJ2019XHZZ 8-28 AN C RUITZ2006XHZZ 2-47 BT N B
QSW-F2224SCZZ 6-32 AE C [ S ]
QSW-K0005AWZZ 2-3 AC C SPAKA279GXHZZ 8-7 AQ N D
" 13-1 AC C SPAKA280GXHZZ 8-8 AS N D
QSW-M2221XHZA 1-58 AL N C SPAKA281GXHZZ 8-9 AQ N D
" 1-85 AL N C SPAKA282GXHZZ 8-10 AQ N D
QSW-M2296XHZZ 1-59 AD C SPAKA286GXHZZ 8-11 AG N D
QSW-M2324XHZZ 2-40 AN C SPAKA356GXHZZ 8-14 AG N D
QSW-M2342XHZZ 6-33 AV N C SPAKA357GXHZZ 8-15 AG N D
QSW-M2343XHZZ 1-86 AN N C SPAKA373GXHZZ 8-16 AD N D
QSW-Z2237XHZB 2-23 AL N C SPAKA374GXHZZ 8-17 AD N D
" 4-14 AL N C SPAKA386GXHZZ 8-26 AE N D
QSW-Z2250XHZA 3-9 AL N C SPAKA428GXHZZ 8-13 AE N D
QTANZ2042SCZZ 10-3 AB C SPAKA429GXHZZ 8-12 AE N D
[ R ] SPAKC377GXHTZ 8-18 N D
RC-FZ3077SCZZ 10-17 AG C SPAKP285GXHZZ 8-19 AK N D
RC-FZ3079SCZZ 10-10 AG C [ T ]
RCILF2125SCZZ 10-52 AF C TCADH3785XHZZ 8-22 AG N D
RCILF2195XHZZ 9-314 N C TCADH3786XHZZ 8-22 AG N D
RCILZ0285AFZZ 9-398 AB C TCADH3795XHZZ 8-22 N D
" 9-647 AB C TCADH3796XHZZ 8-22 N D
RCILZ2118SCZZ 10-54 AD C TCADH3797XHZZ 8-22 N D
RCILZ2193XHZZ 9-317 AE N C TCADZ3788XHZZ 8-21 N D
" 9-367 AE C TCADZ3789XHZZ 8-21 N D
" 9-372 AE C TCAUH2041XHZZ 5-40 AG N D
" 9-373 AE C TCAUZ2044XHZZ 1-87 AK N D
" 9-556 AE C TCAUZ2046XHZZ 1-106 AK N D
RCORF2146XHZZ 1-96 AG B TGANE2344XHZZ 8-23 N D
RCORF2147XHZZ 1-111 AG B TGANG2345XHZZ 8-23 N D
RCORF2152SCZZ 2-48 AL N B TLABH3335XHZZ 1-115 AF D
RCORF2154XHZZ 1-97 AG N B TLABH351JXHZZ 5-41 AD N D
RCRSA2212XHZZ 9-694 AK N B TLABH362JXHZZ 1-110 N D
RCRSB2185XHZZ 9-693 AD B TLABH410JXHZZ 1-110 N D
RCRSP2194XHZZ 9-696 AL B TLABH411JXHZZ 8-32 N D
RDENT2206XHZZ 1-98 BK N E TLABH412JXHZZ 8-32 N D
" 12-901 BK N E TLABM224JXHZZ 1-60 AE N D
RDENT2215XHZZ 1-99 BQ N E [ U ]
" 11-901 BQ N E UDSKA2053XHZA 8-25 N D
RDTCT2001XHZZ 5-38 AV N B UDSKA2053XHZZ 8-25 BB N D
RFILN2027XHZZ 10-51 AC C [ V ]
29
AM-400DE
VCCCCY1HH221J 10-28 AA C " 9-137 AB C
" 10-29 AA C " 10-9 AB C
" 10-30 AA C " 10-19 AB C
" 10-34 AA C VCEAGA1HW476M 9-217 AB C
" 10-35 AA C VCFYDA1HA474J 10-8 AD C
" 10-36 AA C VCKYCY1AB105K 9-144 AB C
VCCCCZ1EH100D 9-189 AA C " 9-146 AB C
" 9-191 AA C " 9-147 AB C
" 9-198 AA C " 9-165 AB C
" 9-237 AA C VCKYCY1AB225K 9-59 AB C
VCCCCZ1EH101J 9-96 AA C VCKYCY1AF105Z 9-76 AC C
" 9-97 AA C " 9-84 AC C
" 9-98 AA C " 9-85 AC C
" 9-99 AA C " 9-154 AC C
" 9-188 AA C VCKYCY1CF224Z 9-214 AB C
" 9-196 AA C VCKYCY1HB102K 10-20 AA C
VCCCCZ1EH150J 9-176 AC C " 10-37 AA C
" 9-177 AC C " 10-39 AA C
VCCCCZ1EH180J 9-18 AA C VCKYCY1HB103K 9-210 AA C
" 9-19 AA C " 9-211 AA C
" 9-21 AA C " 9-212 AA C
" 9-22 AA C " 9-213 AA C
" 9-651 AA C " 10-43 AA C
VCCCCZ1EH221J 9-142 AB C VCKYCY1HB472K 9-108 AA C
" 9-145 AB C " 9-109 AA C
" 9-152 AB C " 9-110 AA C
" 9-158 AB C " 9-111 AA C
" 9-166 AB C VCKYCY1HB821K 10-38 AA C
" 9-167 AB C VCKYCY1HF104Z 9-162 AA C
VCCCCZ1EH270J 9-29 AA C " 9-181 AA C
" 9-87 AA C " 9-203 AA C
" 9-88 AA C " 9-207 AA C
" 9-89 AA C " 9-215 AA C
" 9-90 AA C " 9-216 AA C
" 9-91 AA C " 9-218 AA C
" 9-92 AA C " 9-231 AA C
" 9-94 AA C " 9-242 AA C
" 9-95 AA C " 9-243 AA C
VCCCCZ1EH330J 9-31 AC C " 9-245 AA C
" 9-187 AC C " 10-25 AA C
" 9-190 AC C " 10-26 AA C
" 9-192 AC C " 10-27 AA C
" 9-204 AC C " 10-31 AA C
" 9-205 AC C " 10-32 AA C
" 9-238 AC C " 10-33 AA C
VCCCCZ1HH8R0D 9-161 AA C VCKYCZ0JB105K 9-241 AB C
VCE9GA475V1HM 10-4 AC C VCKYCZ0JF105Z 9-40 AC C
" 10-13 AC C " 9-41 AC C
VCEAEA1CW106M 9-25 AC C " 9-42 AC C
" 9-30 AC C " 9-43 AC C
" 9-34 AC C " 9-44 AC C
" 9-36 AC C " 9-45 AC C
" 9-151 AC C " 9-46 AC C
" 9-153 AC C " 9-47 AC C
" 9-156 AC C " 9-48 AC C
" 9-164 AC C " 9-49 AC C
" 9-185 AC C " 9-50 AC C
" 9-201 AC C " 9-51 AC C
" 9-232 AC C " 9-52 AC C
" 9-233 AC C " 9-53 AC C
VCEAEA1CW107M 9-60 AC C " 9-54 AC C
VCEAEA1EW475M 9-132 AA C " 9-55 AC C
VCEAEA1HW105M 9-133 AC C " 9-56 AC C
VCEAGA1CW476M 9-83 AB C " 9-57 AC C
" 9-131 AB C " 9-61 AC C
" 9-220 AB C " 9-62 AC C
" 9-223 AB C " 9-63 AC C
" 9-235 AB C " 9-64 AC C
VCEAGA1EW107M 9-168 AB C " 9-65 AC C
" 10-5 AB C " 9-66 AC C
" 10-18 AB C " 9-67 AC C
VCEAGA1EW476M 10-6 AA C " 9-68 AC C
" 10-15 AA C " 9-69 AC C
" 10-16 AA C " 9-70 AC C
VCEAGA1HW106M 10-11 AA C " 9-71 AC C
" 10-12 AA C " 9-72 AC C
" 10-14 AA C " 9-73 AC C
VCEAGA1HW107M 9-112 AA C " 9-74 AC C
" 9-208 AA C " 9-75 AC C
VCEAGA1HW226M 9-135 AB C " 9-114 AC C
30
AM-400DE
VCKYCZ1AB104K 9-120 AC C " 9-227 AA C
" 9-122 AC C " 9-228 AA C
" 9-123 AC C " 9-229 AA C
VCKYCZ1CB103K 9-17 AA C " 9-230 AA C
" 9-23 AA C VCKYCZ1EB222K 9-148 AB C
" 9-32 AA C " 9-149 AB C
" 9-58 AA C " 9-174 AB C
" 9-140 AA C " 9-175 AB C
VCKYCZ1CF104Z 9-20 AB C VCKYCZ1EB471K 9-157 AD C
" 9-24 AB C " 9-172 AD C
" 9-26 AB C " 9-173 AD C
" 9-27 AB C VCKYCZ1EB472K 9-105 AA C
" 9-28 AB C VCKYCZ1HB331K 9-117 AA C
" 9-33 AB C " 9-143 AA C
" 9-35 AB C VCKYPA2HB102K 10-7 AA C
" 9-37 AB C VCKYTQ1CF474Z 9-246 AB C
" 9-38 AB C VCKYTV1HB223K 10-24 AA C
" 9-77 AB C " 10-23 AA C
" 9-80 AB C " 10-42 AA C
" 9-81 AB C VHD1N4148//-1 10-46 AA B
" 9-82 AB C " 10-47 AA B
" 9-93 AB C VHD1SS355//-1 9-271 AB B
" 9-100 AB C " 9-272 AB B
" 9-106 AB C " 9-274 AB B
" 9-115 AB C " 9-277 AB B
" 9-118 AB C VHDMC2850T1-1 9-273 AE B
" 9-119 AB C VHE1N4748A/-1 9-275 AC B
" 9-121 AB C VHEBZX79B47/A 10-104 AH B
" 9-124 AB C VHEMTZJ200B-1 10-103 AC B
" 9-125 AB C " 10-106 AC B
" 9-126 AB C VHEMTZJ4R7B-1 10-107 AC B
" 9-127 AB C " 10-108 AC B
" 9-128 AB C " 10-109 AC B
" 9-129 AB C VHEUDZS6R2B-1 9-276 AE N B
" 9-130 AB C VHIBA10393F-1 9-309 AC B
" 9-136 AB C VHIF001/TE53E 9-299 BL N B
" 9-138 AB C VHIF016/TE37B 9-288 N E
" 9-139 AB C VHIF016/TE39A 9-288 N B
" 9-150 AB C VHIF016/TE42B 9-288 N B
" 9-155 AB C VHIF016/TE44A 9-288 N B
" 9-163 AB C VHIF016/TE48A 9-288 N B
" 9-169 AB C VHINJM2113M-1 9-296 AG B
" 9-178 AB C VHIPST596CMT1 9-287 AF B
" 9-179 AB C VHITHS65//-1A 10-48 AF B
" 9-180 AB C VHIULN2003AN/ 9-310 AE B
" 9-182 AB C VHPPS2535-1// 10-58 AH B
" 9-183 AB C VHPPS2561L-1/ 10-59 AG B
" 9-184 AB C " 10-60 AG B
" 9-186 AB C VHPSG2482A+-1 5-42 AN N B
" 9-193 AB C VHVDSS301L/-U 10-102 AF B
" 9-194 AB C VHVRA501PC6-1 10-1 AG B
" 9-195 AB C " 10-2 AG B
" 9-197 AB C VRD-HT2EY100J 10-70 AA C
" 9-199 AB C VRD-HT2EY130J 10-71 AA C
" 9-200 AB C VRD-HT2EY512J 10-105 AA C
" 9-206 AB C VRD-HT2HY223J 10-72 AA C
" 9-209 AB C VRS-CG1JF221J 9-15 AC N C
" 9-221 AB C " 9-16 AC N C
" 9-224 AB C VRS-CG1JF271J 9-6 N C
" 9-234 AB C " 9-9 N C
" 9-236 AB C " 9-10 N C
" 9-239 AB C VRS-CG1JF330J 9-1 AC N C
" 9-240 AB C " 9-2 AC N C
" 9-244 AB C " 9-3 AC N C
VCKYCZ1EB102K 9-79 AA C " 9-4 AC N C
" 9-101 AA C " 9-5 AC N C
" 9-102 AA C " 9-7 AC N C
" 9-103 AA C " 9-8 AC N C
" 9-104 AA C " 9-11 AC N C
" 9-107 AA C " 9-12 AC N C
" 9-113 AA C " 9-13 AC N C
" 9-116 AA C " 9-14 AC N C
" 9-134 AA C VRS-CY1JB000J 9-159 AA C
" 9-141 AA C " 9-384 AA C
" 9-170 AA C " 9-390 AA C
" 9-171 AA C " 9-392 AA C
" 9-219 AA C " 9-395 AA C
" 9-222 AA C " 9-396 AA C
" 9-225 AA C " 9-397 AA C
" 9-226 AA C " 9-399 AA C
31
AM-400DE
" 9-427 AA C " 9-569 AA C
" 9-428 AA C VRS-CZ1JB101J 9-338 AA C
" 9-634 AA C " 9-342 AA C
" 9-652 AA C " 9-343 AA C
" 9-653 AA C " 9-377 AA C
" 9-689 AA C " 9-433 AA C
" 9-690 AA C " 9-440 AA C
" 10-95 AA C " 9-444 AA C
VRS-CY1JB102J 10-86 AA C " 9-445 AA C
" 10-94 AA C " 9-446 AA C
VRS-CY1JB103J 10-74 AA C " 9-448 AA C
VRS-CY1JB113J 10-22 AA C " 9-449 AA C
" 10-79 AA C " 9-450 AA C
VRS-CY1JB222J 10-98 AA C " 9-451 AA C
VRS-CY1JB223J 10-83 AA C " 9-452 AA C
" 10-84 AA C " 9-453 AA C
" 10-96 AA C " 9-454 AA C
VRS-CY1JB273J 10-87 AA C " 9-500 AA C
VRSCY1JB27R4F 9-382 AD N C " 9-521 AA C
" 9-383 AD N C " 9-522 AA C
VRS-CY1JB303J 10-85 AA C " 9-524 AA C
VRS-CY1JB332J 10-78 AA C " 9-526 AA C
VRS-CY1JB391J 10-93 AA C " 9-527 AA C
VRS-CY1JB392J 10-90 AA C " 9-532 AA C
VRS-CY1JB751J 10-99 AA C " 9-533 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB000J 9-316 AA C " 9-542 AA C
" 9-337 AA C " 9-549 AA C
" 9-347 AA C " 9-550 AA C
" 9-362 AA C " 9-554 AA C
" 9-363 AA C " 9-555 AA C
" 9-365 AA C " 9-557 AA C
" 9-366 AA C " 9-559 AA C
" 9-374 AA C " 9-560 AA C
" 9-379 AA C " 9-563 AA C
" 9-385 AA C " 9-564 AA C
" 9-386 AA C " 9-568 AA C
" 9-388 AA C " 9-570 AA C
" 9-391 AA C " 9-577 AA C
" 9-405 AA C " 9-584 AA C
" 9-406 AA C " 9-612 AA C
" 9-425 AA C " 9-624 AA C
" 9-426 AA C " 9-626 AA C
" 9-461 AA C " 9-629 AA C
" 9-463 AA C " 9-633 AA C
" 9-491 AA C " 9-636 AA C
" 9-494 AA C " 9-642 AA C
" 9-495 AA C " 9-643 AA C
" 9-497 AA C " 9-644 AA C
" 9-498 AA C " 9-645 AA C
" 9-506 AA C " 9-657 AA C
" 9-543 AA C VRS-CZ1JB102J 9-404 AA C
" 9-579 AA C " 9-464 AA C
" 9-591 AA C " 9-467 AA C
" 9-601 AA C " 9-483 AA C
" 9-602 AA C " 9-575 AA C
" 9-603 AA C " 9-608 AA C
" 9-604 AA C " 9-619 AA C
" 9-605 AA C " 9-670 AA C
" 9-606 AA C " 9-671 AA C
" 9-609 AA C " 9-673 AA C
" 9-613 AA C " 9-678 AA C
" 9-622 AA C " 9-692 AA C
" 9-630 AA C VRS-CZ1JB103J 9-400 AA C
" 9-631 AA C " 9-401 AA C
" 9-648 AA C " 9-402 AA C
" 9-664 AA C " 9-403 AA C
" 9-665 AA C " 9-431 AA C
" 9-667 AA C " 9-434 AA C
" 9-668 AA C " 9-439 AA C
" 9-669 AA C " 9-443 AA C
" 9-687 AA C " 9-466 AA C
" 9-688 AA C " 9-469 AA C
" 9-691 AA C " 9-471 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB100J 9-315 AA C " 9-493 AA C
" 9-339 AA C " 9-496 AA C
" 9-375 AA C " 9-499 AA C
" 9-479 AA C " 9-509 AA C
" 9-489 AA C " 9-510 AA C
" 9-508 AA C " 9-511 AA C
" 9-512 AA C " 9-513 AA C
" 9-529 AA C " 9-514 AA C
" 9-567 AA C " 9-515 AA C
32
AM-400DE
" 9-516 AA C VRS-CZ1JB271J 9-356 AA C
" 9-517 AA C " 9-417 AA C
" 9-518 AA C " 9-418 AA C
" 9-519 AA C " 9-419 AA C
" 9-520 AA C " 9-420 AA C
" 9-523 AA C " 9-421 AA C
" 9-535 AA C " 9-422 AA C
" 9-536 AA C " 9-423 AA C
" 9-537 AA C " 9-424 AA C
" 9-538 AA C " 9-456 AA C
" 9-539 AA C " 9-650 AA C
" 9-540 AA C " 9-656 AA C
" 9-541 AA C VRS-CZ1JB302J 9-460 AD C
" 9-544 AA C " 9-620 AD C
" 9-545 AA C VRS-CZ1JB330J 9-344 AA C
" 9-546 AA C " 9-346 AA C
" 9-547 AA C " 9-348 AA C
" 9-552 AA C " 9-349 AA C
" 9-553 AA C " 9-350 AA C
" 9-558 AA C " 9-351 AA C
" 9-561 AA C " 9-352 AA C
" 9-562 AA C " 9-355 AA C
" 9-566 AA C " 9-357 AA C
" 9-572 AA C " 9-358 AA C
" 9-581 AA C " 9-359 AA C
" 9-582 AA C " 9-360 AA C
" 9-583 AA C " 9-361 AA C
" 9-587 AA C " 9-376 AA C
" 9-593 AA C " 9-380 AA C
" 9-597 AA C " 9-409 AA C
" 9-607 AA C " 9-410 AA C
" 9-610 AA C " 9-411 AA C
" 9-611 AA C " 9-412 AA C
" 9-614 AA C " 9-504 AA C
" 9-615 AA C " 9-505 AA C
" 9-616 AA C " 9-507 AA C
" 9-618 AA C " 9-525 AA C
" 9-623 AA C " 9-528 AA C
" 9-625 AA C " 9-530 AA C
" 9-627 AA C " 9-531 AA C
" 9-632 AA C " 9-534 AA C
" 9-635 AA C " 9-571 AA C
" 9-637 AA C " 9-573 AA C
" 9-638 AA C " 9-574 AA C
" 9-639 AA C " 9-576 AA C
" 9-640 AA C " 9-578 AA C
" 9-641 AA C " 9-580 AA C
" 9-672 AA C " 9-646 AA C
" 9-674 AA C " 9-666 AA C
" 9-679 AA C " 9-686 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB104J 9-457 AA C VRS-CZ1JB332J 9-435 AA C
" 9-565 AA C " 9-485 AA C
" 9-592 AA C " 9-492 AA C
" 9-598 AA C VRS-CZ1JB333J 9-369 AA C
" 9-654 AA C " 9-413 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB105J 9-378 AD C " 9-414 AA C
" 9-393 AD C " 9-415 AA C
" 9-595 AD C " 9-416 AA C
" 9-600 AD C " 9-470 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB133J 9-438 AC N C VRS-CZ1JB391J 9-381 AD C
VRS-CZ1JB151J 9-490 AA C VRS-CZ1JB392J 9-430 AD C
" 9-659 AA C VRS-CZ1JB393J 9-487 AD C
" 9-660 AA C VRSCZ1JB4422F 9-480 AF N C
VRS-CZ1JB152J 9-387 AA C " 9-484 AF N C
" 9-447 AA C VRS-CZ1JB471J 9-462 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB154J 9-458 AD C " 9-661 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB181J 9-394 AA C " 9-662 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB202J 9-685 AD C " 9-663 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB203F 9-590 AD C VRS-CZ1JB472J 9-340 AA C
" 9-599 AD C " 9-341 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB203J 9-459 AD C " 9-407 AA C
" 9-476 AD C " 9-408 AA C
" 9-481 AD C " 9-429 AA C
" 9-589 AD C " 9-432 AA C
" 9-680 AD C " 9-437 AA C
" 9-681 AD C " 9-442 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB221J 9-345 AD C " 9-455 AA C
" 9-353 AD C " 9-468 AA C
" 9-354 AD C " 9-472 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB223J 9-364 AA C " 9-473 AA C
VRSCZ1JB2492F 9-389 AF N C " 9-474 AA C
VRS-CZ1JB270J 9-551 AA C " 9-475 AA C
33
AM-400DE
" 9-482 AA C " 2-B5 AC C
" 9-486 AA C " 6-B3 AC C
" 9-501 AA C XEBS730P14000 1-B8 AD N C
" 9-502 AA C XHBS730P06000 1-B11 AC C
" 9-503 AA C " 2-B6 AC C
" 9-588 AA C " 6-B4 AC C
" 9-594 AA C XHBS730P08000 1-B10 AB C
" 9-649 AA C XHBS730P10000 1-B5 AD C
" 9-655 AA C XJBS740P12000 1-B13 AB N C
" 9-658 AA C XJPS740P10X00 2-B4 AC N C
" 9-682 AA C XNGS730-18000 5-N1 AD N C
VRS-CZ1JB473J 9-585 AA C [ 0 ]
" 9-586 AA C 0KY0MPS902100 11-71 AH C
" 9-628 AA C 0KY0MPS902200 11-69 AF C
VRS-CZ1JB512F 9-596 AE N C " 11-70 AF C
VRS-CZ1JB562J 9-477 AA C 0KYC1076QQ103 11-16 AL N C
VRS-CZ1JB563J 9-465 AD C " 11-17 AL N C
VRS-CZ1JB621J 9-478 AA C 0KYC1095EQ104 11-33 AD C
VRS-CZ1JB623J 9-488 AD C 0KYC10A9RQ152 11-24 AH C
VRS-CZ1JB682J 9-677 AD C 0KYC10B2SQ101 11-12 AF C
VRS-HT3AA121J 10-69 AA C 0KYC10Q1EQ101 11-15 AC C
VRS-HT3AAR22J 9-617 AA C 0KYC10Q2EQ104 11-19 AD C
" 9-621 AA C " 11-23 AD C
VRS-HT3AAR47J 9-436 AC C " 11-32 AD C
" 9-441 AC C 0KYC1102EC103 11-13 AC C
VRS-HT3DA470J 9-548 AA C " 11-27 AC C
VRS-TP2BD100J 10-75 AA C " 11-29 AC C
" 10-88 AA C 0KYC1102EC472 11-14 AC C
VRS-TP2BD151J 9-683 AA C 0KYC1102EC562 11-28 AC C
" 9-684 AA C 0KYC1186NC102 11-21 AG N C
VRS-TS2AD000J 10-97 AA C 0KYC1384QS102 11-10 AG C
VRS-TS2AD101J 10-81 AA C " 11-11 AG C
VRS-TS2AD103J 10-73 AA C " 11-18 AG C
" 10-82 AA C 0KYC2131QS224 11-7 AK C
VRS-TS2AD203J 10-91 AA C " 11-8 AK C
" 10-92 AA C 0KYC3075BQ471 11-31 AM C
VRS-TS2AD301J 10-80 AA C 0KYC30A0BQ121 11-26 AG C
VRS-TS2AD433J 10-89 AA C 0KYC30A0BQ331 11-30 AK C
VRS-TS2AD471J 10-76 AA C " 11-34 AK C
" 10-77 AA C 0KYC30A0DQ330 11-22 AG C
VRS-TW2HF561F 9-675 AF N C 0KYC30A0DQ331 11-20 AK C
" 9-676 AF N C 0KYC30A0DQ560 11-25 AG C
VS2SA1530AT-1 9-334 AE N B 0KYC3126YS680 11-9 AX N C
" 9-335 AE N B 0KYD1057AQ006 11-46 AF B
VS2SC2412K/-1 9-331 AB B " 11-47 AF B
" 9-332 AB B " 11-48 AF B
" 9-333 AB B " 11-49 AF B
VSKTC3198GR-1 10-61 AD B " 11-50 AF B
VSKTD2092//-1 10-62 AL B " 11-51 AF B
VSRT1N141CT-1 9-328 AE N B " 11-62 AF B
" 9-329 AE N B 0KYD2051AQ002 11-41 AD B
" 10-63 AE B " 11-43 AD B
" 10-64 AE B " 11-44 AD B
VSRT1N436CT-1 9-318 AE B 0KYD2066AQ006 11-55 AH B
" 9-319 AE B 0KYD3134AA004 11-56 AK B
" 9-320 AE B " 11-61 AK B
" 9-322 AE B 0KYD3155AL001 11-52 AU N B
" 9-323 AE B 0KYD4061AQ270 11-53 AL B
" 9-324 AE B 0KYD4061AQ5R6 11-58 AK B
" 9-325 AE B 0KYD4066AQ015 11-57 AE B
" 9-326 AE B " 11-60 AE B
" 9-327 AE B 0KYD4066AQ048 11-54 AF B
" 9-336 AE B 0KYD4066AQ060 11-42 AF B
" 10-65 AE B 0KYD4066AQ078 11-59 AE B
" 10-66 AE B 0KYD4066AQ105 11-40 AF B
" 10-67 AE B 0KYD5013AQ612 11-161 AV B
" 10-68 AE B 0KYD7062AQ471 11-163 AH B
VSRT1P141CT-1 9-321 AB B 0KYD7102AR8R0 11-91 AM B
VSRT5N141CT-1 9-330 AE N B 0KYH1050BQ5R0 11-73 AT B
[ X ] 0KYH2107AR001 11-72 AQ B
XBPS730P08KS0 5-B4 AB N C 0KYH7137AS001 11-92 AL B
XEBS720P06000 2-B1 AC C " 11-94 AL B
XEBS720P10000 1-B6 AE N C 0KYH7151AS001 11-93 AW B
XEBS730P08000 1-B3 AC C 0KYK2051AQ002 11-37 AG C
" 2-B3 AC C " 11-38 AG C
" 3-B2 AC C 0KYK2061AQ002 11-35 AF C
XEBS730P10000 1-B1 AC C 0KYK2148LS004 11-39 AN C
" 2-B2 AC C 0KYK2148LS005 11-36 AG C
" 3-B1 AC C 0KYK3104AL001 11-159 AU B
" 5-B5 AC C 0KYK7135AS006 11-63 AM N A
" 7-B1 AC C " 11-65 AM N A
XEBS730P12000 1-B9 AC C 0KYK7144AR003 11-64 AL N A
34
AM-400DE
0KYK7144AR005 11-67 AL N A " 11-104 AF B
" 11-68 AL N A 0KYT4097CC002 11-96 AG B
0KYL1105SL560 11-90 AN C 0KYW0000AQ005 11-4 AC C
0KYL1118RS400 11-89 AQ C " 11-45 AC C
0KYL1179JL333 11-88 AM N C " 11-75 AC C
0KYL2100DS083 11-160 BA N B " 11-76 AC C
0KYL5051AQ002 11-1 AF C " 11-77 AC C
" 11-2 AF C " 11-79 AC C
" 11-5 AF C " 11-87 AC C
0KYL5116AC002 11-3 AH C 0KYW0000AQ007 11-82 AC C
" 11-6 AH C 0KYW0000AQ010 11-80 AC C
0KYM1108AZ001 11-164 AE C 0KYW0000AQ012 11-66 AC C
" 11-165 AE C " 11-74 AC C
" 11-166 AE C " 11-78 AC C
" 11-167 AE C " 11-81 AC C
0KYR1053UQ103 11-155 AC C
0KYR1053UQ473 11-157 AC C
0KYR1053UQ563 11-123 AC C
0KYR1066BQ475 11-105 AE C
0KYR3062UQ100 11-120 AL C
0KYR3111VC000 11-84 AB C
0KYR3111VC101 11-113 AB C
0KYR3111VC102 11-139 AB C
0KYR3111VC103 11-132 AB C
" 11-140 AB C
" 11-141 AB C
" 11-149 AB C
" 11-156 AB C
0KYR3111VC122 11-117 AC C
0KYR3111VC152 11-133 AC C
0KYR3111VC153 11-144 AC C
0KYR3111VC223 11-116 AB C
0KYR3111VC272 11-145 AC C
0KYR3111VC332 11-138 AC C
" 11-146 AC C
0KYR3111VC333 11-112 AB C
0KYR3111VC473 11-158 AC C
0KYR3111VC681 11-118 AB C
0KYR3111VC682 11-114 AB C
0KYR3113VC184 11-148 AC C
0KYR3113VC274 11-147 AC C
0KYR3113VC334 11-129 AC C
0KYR3114VC102 11-127 AC C
0KYR3114VC153 11-109 AC C
0KYR3114VC302 11-142 AC N C
0KYR3114VC332 11-137 AC C
0KYR3114VC472 11-150 AC C
0KYR3114VC562 11-143 AC C
0KYR3114VC681 11-136 AC C
0KYR3114VC752 11-134 AC C
0KYR3114VC822 11-115 AC C
0KYR3120TC101 11-128 AC C
0KYR3120TC102 11-110 AC N C
0KYR3120TC153 11-130 AB C
0KYR3120TC752 11-131 AB C
0KYR3121TC000 11-83 AB C
" 11-85 AB C
0KYR3121TC102 11-135 AB C
0KYR3121TC151 11-122 AC C
0KYR3121TC220 11-121 AC C
0KYR3121TC221 11-111 AB C
0KYR3121TC563 11-124 AC C
" 11-125 AC C
" 11-126 AC C
0KYR3126TC274 11-106 AC C
" 11-107 AC C
" 11-108 AC C
0KYR3131AC000 11-86 AC C
0KYR3131AC100 11-119 AB C
0KYR3131AC472 11-151 AC C
" 11-152 AC C
" 11-153 AC C
" 11-154 AC C
0KYR8054EQ502 11-162 AG C
0KYT1018NC001 11-99 AG B
0KYT1029LC001 11-98 AU B
0KYT1576AC002 11-101 AF B
" 11-103 AF B
0KYT2717KL002 11-95 AY B
0KYT4081CC002 11-97 AF B
" 11-100 AF B
" 11-102 AF B
35
AM-400DE
COPYRIGHT © 2005 BY SHARP CORPORATION

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,

stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in
any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without
prior written permission of the publisher.
SHARP CORPORATION
Communication Systems Group
Quality & Reliability Control Center
Higashihiroshima, Hiroshima 739-0192, Japan
A0503-DS•IS•T

Am400 SM De-Gb

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Am400 SM De-Gb

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Am400 SM De-Gb

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AM-400DE

DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM

This document has been published to be used

Laser Wave Length : 770 nm -795 nm

Section Part Estimated Life Replaced by

1. Employing lead-free solder

Indicates lead-free solder of tin, silver and copper.

2. Using lead-free solder

Printer type: Laser Scanner type: CIS (Contact Image Sensor)

DUPLEX SCAN PRINT STOP ENTER SPEED

1. Display 11. SCAN key

(Min.) (Max.) 356mm 6. Readable Width & Length

2. Paper Thickness & Weight

4. Cautions on Transmitting Documents

2. Attaching the trays

Important: The output tray must be attached correctly or the

Note: The shape of the line cord plug varies by country.

Grasp this handle to

repeatedly until the display at right

2 Press . CLEAR: START KEY

3 Press . 1: LIFE COUNTER

4 Press repeatedly to exit.

repeatedly until the display at right

Display: 2 Press . CLEAR: START KEY

TONER EXCHANGED? TONER COUNTER

2 3 Press . 3: CLR DRUM COUNT

OK: PRESS START

• If you temporarily removed and then replaced an old toner car-

tridge for maintenance or other reason, press to continue

using the previous toner count. (Note: Be sure to press ,

9) If you installed a new drum cartridge, reset the drum counter as

• In Windows® 2000/XP, if a warning message appears at any time

12)Plug in the power cord of the machine.

Completing installation of the software on Windows® XP

• Note for Windows® XP SP2: The following window will appear

• If the following warning message appears regarding the Windows

2) Remove the document.

4) Click OK to confirm the removal.

3) Close the auto document feeder cover, pressing down on both

cover 1 and rotate the white knob 2 in the direction

DOCUMENT JAMMED The original document is jammed. See the following

1 Make sure you have the following items. If any

Note: The shape of the line cord plug varies by

6 Install the toner cartridge and drum cartridge.

TONER EXCHANGED? b. Press and then .

4. Enter the year (four digits)

9 Install the software on your computer. (The software

12. Plug in the machine's power cord.

2. Adjustments of output voltage (FACTORY ONLY)

2.1. Output voltage settings

Output Voltage limits

CNFRT +24VMAIN 23.04V~24.96V

CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE AREA MAX. 4000V

R5 R98 R56 R53

D52 J4 (There is danger of an electric shock!)

CAUTION - HIGH VOLTAGE

CAUTION - HIGH VOLTAGE

CONTROL PWB press

F4 desired volume setting: